The URL can be used to link to this page

CONTRACT 7588 Public Works ContractAgreement No. 7588 PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT v!, BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND PARDESS AIR, INC. PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 This CONTRACT is entered into this 21 st day of May 2026, ("Effective Date") by and between the City of El Segundo, a municipal corporation and general law city ("City") and Pardess Air, Inc. a California corporation ("Contractor"). A. The Contractor shall perform all work required by and set forth in the Contract Documents (the "Work") in a good and workmanlike manner for the project identified in the Contract Documents, as attached hereto and incorporated by reference. The Contractor agrees to perform additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. C. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents. "Contract Documents" means this Contract and the following, as applicable: Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; +� Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Bid Proposal and Bid Bond; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; • Insurance Requirements; 0 Labor and Material Payment Bond; • Performance Bond • Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; a Drawings; 0 Addenda; a Notice to Proceed; Agreement No. 7588 Change Orders; Notice of Completion. "Contract Documents" also includes all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings. 2. CONTRACT SUM. In consideration of the services rendered hereunder, the City shall pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed amount of Six Hundred and "Fen Thousand Dollar . S(` 10.i➢ Qj lUs a conLingency amount which roa y or inay not be used, of Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents, in accordance with the prices set forth therein. Contractor shall provide City with a monthly invoice for current completed work. The City shall make payments within thirty-five (35) days after receipt of the Contractor's undisputed and properly submitted invoice, including an updated schedule of work. The City shall return to the Contractor any invoice determined not to be a proper payment request as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt and shall explain in writing the reasons why the payment request is not proper. Contractor shall have seven days from written notice of improper payment request to submit a revised request satisfactory to the City. Payment for a properly revised payment request shall then be paid by the City within a reasonable period thereafter. 3. SECURITIES AND BONDS. Within ten (10) working days of the Effective Date of this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a labor and material payment bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum, and a faithful performance bond in the amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum. Said bonds shall be secured from a surety company admitted and authorized to do business in California as such and satisfactory to the City. Upon filing the Notice of Completion, the Contractor shall be required to maintain a labor and material payment bond for a period of seven (7) months. Additionally, the faithful performance bond amount shall be reduced to an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Contract Sum and shall remain in effect until the end of all warranty periods set forth in the Contract Documents, or, if no warranty period is specified, for a period of twelve (12) months after filing of the Notice of Completion. (Note: Securities are not required if Contract Sum is less than $25,000.) 4. INSURANCE. A. Before commencing performance under this Agreement, and at all other times this Agreement is effective, Contractor will procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Type of Insurance Limits Agreement No. 7588 Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence Business automobile liability $1,000,000 per occurrence Workers Compensation Statutory Requirement (only if Contractor has employees) *The city has the option to increase the limits as required for more complex and major waterworks, sanitation, and road pavement projects. B. Commercial general liability ("CGL") insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. Form CG 00 01 04 13, or equivalent, covering CGL on an "occurrence" basis, including property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location (ISO CG 25 03 or 25 04) or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. C. For automobiles, the insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of Insurance Services Office Form Number CA 0001 covering Code 1 (any auto), or, if Contractor provides proof of a personal automobile policy, such personal policy must include and indicate business venture coverage with limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. If Contractor has no owned autos, Code 8 (hired) and 9 (non -owned), with limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage must be included in coverage. D. The amount of insurance set forth above will be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies will be endorsed to name City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by City will be excess thereto. City's additional insured status will apply with respect to liability and defense of suits arising out of Contractor's acts or omissions. Such insurance will be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to City, and the notice must include any necessary endorsement to facilitate such notice to City. E. Required Insurance Endorsement Language: Additional Insured Endorsement with this language: "The City of El Segundo, its elected and appointed officials, employees, and volunteers as additional insureds." Agreement No. 7588 J. Cancellation Endorsement with this language: "The City of El Segundo will receive thirty (30) days written notice in the event of cancellation, nonrenewed or reduction." iii. Primary and Non -Contributory Endorsement with this language: "Coverage is primary and non-contributory such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto." F. Contractor will furnish a to City valid Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, a copy of an Additional Insured endorsement confirming CITY has been given Additional Insured status under the Contractor's General Liability policy, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A:VII." G. Should Contractor, for any reason, fail to obtain and maintain the insurance required by this Agreement, CITY may obtain such coverage at Contractor's expense and deduct the cost of such insurance from payments due to Contractor under this Agreement or terminate pursuant to Section 7. 5. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within Thirty (30) working days ("Contract Time"). The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the Notice to Proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. B. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: i. The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and ii. The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and Notice to Proceed. C. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Project Completion Date is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work by that date. D, Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. 6. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. A. General. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, an adjustment to the Project Completion Date by reason of a Change Order shall be agreed to at the time the Change Order is issued and accepted by Contractor. Agreement No. 7588 B. Extensions of Time. In the event it is deemed appropriate by the City to extend the time for completion of the Work, any such extension shall not release any guarantee for the Work required by the Contract Documents, nor shall any such extension of time relieve or release the Sureties on the Bonds executed. In executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agrees to any such extensions of time. The amount of time allowed by an extension of time shall be limited to the period of the delay giving rise to the same as determined by the City. Notwithstanding any dispute which may arise in connection with a claim for adjustment of the Project Completion Date, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work. C. Payment for Delays. Notwithstanding any other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, the City shall have no obligation whatsoever to increase the Contract Sum or extend the time for delays. Unless compensation and/or markup is agreed upon by the City, the Contractor agrees that no payment of compensation of any kind shall be made to the Contractor for damages or increased overhead costs caused by any delays in the progress of the Contract, whether such delays are avoidable or unavoidable or caused by any act or omission of the City or its agents. Any accepted delay claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time to complete the performance of the Work. 7. TERM AND TERMINATION. The Contract is effective as of the Effective Date stated in the first paragraph of this Contract and shall remain in full force and effect until the Contractor has fully rendered the services required by the Contract Documents or the Contract has been otherwise terminated by the City. However, some provisions may survive the term of the Contract, as stated in those provisions. City may terminate this Contract at any time, at will, for any reason or no reason, after giving written notice to Contractor at least ten (10) calendar days before the termination is to be effective. If City defaults under this Agreement, and if City has not cured the default within thirty (30) calendar days after Contractor has given City notice of the event of default. Contractor may terminate this Contract for cause after giving written notice to City at least thirty (30) calendar days before the termination is to be effective. Contractor shall cease all work under this Contract on or before the effective date of termination specified in the notice of termination. Contractor shall be paid for services satisfactorily rendered to the last working day this Contract is in effect and Contractor shall deliver all materials, reports, documents, notes or other written materials compiled through the last working day this Contract is in effect. In no event shall Contractor be entitled to receive more than the maximum compensation set forth in this Contract that would be paid to the Contractor for the full performance of the services required by this Contract. Neither party shall have any other claim against the other party by reason of such termination. In the event the City terminates the Contract, Contractor shall be reimbursed for all unavoidable and unmitigable costs resulting from such termination, in addition to the compensation for all work completed up until the effective date of the termination of the Contract. Agreement No. 7588 8. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Before starting any construction work, the Contractor will be required to obtain all necessary permits, licenses or certificates from the City and shall maintain such permits, licenses and certificates required to complete the Work until the Project Completion Date. Contractor shall bear all costs for fees for all agencies except for the City's permit fees. 9. COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all Work with the City's Street sweeping, trash pick-up, and street maintenance contractors, emergency services departments, utility company crews, and others when necessary. Payment for conforming to these requirements shall be included in other items of Work, and no additional payment shall be made thereof. 10. EXTRA WORK. New and unforeseen work will be classified as Extra Work only when the Work is not covered and cannot be paid for under any of the various items or combination of items for which a Bid price appears on the Bid. The Contractor shall not do any Extra Work except upon written order from the City Manager. 11. ASSIGNMENT. Any purported assignment without written consent of the City shall be null, void, and of no effect, and the Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify the City and its officers, officials, employees, agents and representatives with respect to any claim, demand, or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment. If the city opts to consent to assignment, the City's consent shall be contingent upon: (1) a letter from the Surety agreeing to the assignment and assigning all of the Bonds to the assignee without any reduction, or the assignee supplying all new Bonds in the amounts originally required under the Contract Documents; and (2) the assignee supplying all of the required insurance in the amounts required in the Contract Documents. Until the Surety assigns all of the Bonds or the assignee supplies all of the new Bonds, and until the assignee supplies all of the required insurance, an assignment otherwise consented to in writing by the City shall not be effective. Even if the City consents to assignment, no assignment shall relieve the Contractor from liability under the Contract. 12. INSPECTION. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for all off -site inspection of the Work required by any ordinance or governing authorities. The Contractor shall also arrange and pay for other inspections, including tests in connection therewith, as may be assigned or required. 13. WORKSITE MAINTENANCE. A. General. Clean-up shall be done as Work progresses at the end of each day and thoroughly before weekends. The Contractor shall not allow the Work site to become littered with trash and waste material but shall maintain the same in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction operation. Materials which need to be disposed shall not be stored at the Work site but shall be removed by the end of each working day. If the job site is not cleaned to the Agreement No. 7588 satisfaction of the City Manager, the cleaning will be done or contracted by the City and shall be back -charged to the Contractor and deducted from the Contract Sum. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed Work, all rubbish, debris, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the Work by the City will be withheld until the Contractor has satisfactorily complies with the foregoing requirements for final clean-up of the Work site. B. Storage of Equipment and Materials. The Contractor shall make arrangements for storing its equipment and materials. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off -site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the Work. Approved areas within Work site may be used for temporary storage; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary permits from the City. Construction materials and equipment shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways unless otherwise approved by the City Manager. C. All costs associated with the clean-up and storage required to complete the Work shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 14. WARRANTY. For purposes of the calculation of the start of the warranty period, the Work shall be deemed completed upon the date of the Notice of Completion. If that direction is contingent on the completion of any items remaining on a punch list, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of the City Manager's acceptance of the final item(s) on the punch list. The Contractor shall repair or replace defective materials and workmanship at its own expense. Additionally, the Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City from claims or any kind arising from damage, injury, or death due to such defects. The parties agree that no certificates given shall be conclusive evidence of the faithful performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be in acceptance of any defective Work or improper materials. Further, the certificate or final payment shall not terminate the Contractor's obligations under the warranty herein. 15. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK. Until the final acceptance of the Work by the City, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part of the Work by the action of the elements, criminal acts, or any other cause. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except for such injuries or damages arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents or employees. In the case of suspension of Work from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and the protection of Work already completed, shall properly store and protect them if necessary, and shall provide suitable Agreement No. 7588 drainage and erect temporary structures where necessary. The Contractor is prohibited from performing work with a subcontractor who is debarred pursuant to Labor Code §§ 1777.1 or 1777.7. 16. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13. 17. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than 10 business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third- party claim. 18. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. 19. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. 20. INDEMNIFICATION. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor hereby agrees at its sole cost and expense, to defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, volunteers, attorneys, agents (including those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City representative), successors, and assignees (collectively "Indemnitees") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, charges, obligations, damages, causes of action, proceedings, suits, losses, stop payment notices, judgments, fines, liens, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind and nature whatsoever, in any manner arising out of, incident to, related to, in connection with or resulting from any act, failure to act, error or omission of the Contractor or any of its officers, agents, attorneys, employees, subcontractors, material supplies or any of their officers, agents or employees and/or arising out of, incident to, related to, in connection with or resulting from any term, provision, image, plan, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys' fees, experts' fees, and other related costs and expenses (individually a "Claim", or collectively, "Claims"). The Contractor shall promptly pay and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered against any of the Indemnitees as to any such Claim. The Contractor shall reimburse Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. The Contractor's obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by the Contractor or Indemnitees. This indemnity shall apply to all claims regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable or whether the Claim was caused in part or contributed to by an Indemnitee. Agreement No. 7588 Nonwaiver of [ i . Indemnitees do not and shall not waive any rights that they may possess against the Contractor because the acceptance by the City or the deposit with the city of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to these Contract Documents. This indemnity provision is effective regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees and shall operate to fully indemnify Indemnitees against any such negligence. Waiver of 'Ri. -it of Subro(,,ation. The Contractor, on behalf of itself and all parties claiming under or through it, hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Indemnitees, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all Claims arising out of or incident to the activities or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor regardless of any prior, concurrent or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees. Survival. The provisions of this Section 20 shall survive the term and termination of the Contract, are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State, and are in addition to any other rights or remedies that Indemnitees may have under the law. Payment is not required as a condition precedent to an Indemnitee's right to recover under this indemnity provision, and an entry of judgment against the Contractor shall be conclusive in favor of the Indemnitee's right to recover under this indemnity provision. 21. NONDISCRIMINATORY EMPLOYMENT. The Contractor shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, religion, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation, or military and veteran status. The Contractor understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with the nondiscrimination mandates of all statutes and local ordinances and regulations. 22. PREVAILING WAGES. In accordance with Labor Code § 1770 et seq., the Project is a "public work" to which prevailing wages apply. The Contractor and any Subcontractors shall pay wages in accordance with the determination of the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations ("DIR") regarding the prevailing wage rate of per diem wages. The Contractor shall post a copy of the DIR's determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages at each job site. The project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. 23.INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which it is performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Agreement No. 7588 Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only. 24. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Contractor and its employees, associates and subcontractors, if any, shall comply with all California conflict of interest statutes applicable to Contractor's Work under this Contract, including, but not limited to the Political Reform Act (Gov. Code § 81000 et seq.) and Government Code § 1090. 25. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 26. NON -WAIVER OF TERMS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under the Contract Documents shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under the Contract Documents. In no event shall the making by the City of any payment to the Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by the City of any breach of covenant, or any default that may then exist on the part of the Contractor, and the making of any such payment by the City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to the City with regard to such breach or default. 27. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: To Contractor: Attn: Mozaffar Shaye Dept.: Pardess Air, Inc. Address: 1769 Kelton Ave Los Angeles, CA. 90024 Phone: 310-477-3628 Email: estimating@pardessair.com To City: Attn: Eric Brown Dept.: Public Works Address: 350 Main St El Segundo, CA 90245 Phone: 310-524-2368 Email: ebrown@elsegundo.org Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee upon deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 28. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. Agreement No. 7588 29. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. 30. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as determined in the Standard Specifications. 31. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect. 32. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 33. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Contract, including the Contract Documents and any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between City and Contractor. This Contract supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations or agreements. This Contract may not be modified or amended, not any provisions or breach waived, except in a writing signed by both parties that expressly refers to this Contract. 34. ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES; SIGNATURE AUTHORITY. This Contract may be executed by the Parties on any number of separate counterparts, and all such counterparts so executed constitute one agreement binding on all the Parties notwithstanding that all the Parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. In accordance with Government Code § 16.5, the Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by electronic transmission. Such electronic signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. Contractor warrants that its signatory (or signatories, as applicable) to this Agreement has the legal authority to enter this Agreement and bind Contractor accordingly. 35. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. 36. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. Agreement No. 7588 37. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. [Signatures on following page.] Agreement No. 7588 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO Darrell Geo ge. City Manager ATTEST:. Stet n " ruax. City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: MARK D. HENSLEY, City Attorney By:_ Davi. �u�u�_� t �P ..� '�tt��_--._....�. PARDESS AIR, INC. �f. Name: �.,.,. Title: C Name: Title:...m Taxpayer ID No. Contractor State License No. Contractor City Business License No. Insurance Reviewed b ® M4 k"�..r� Sharon Bi-enna Risk Manager Agreement No. 7588 PROPOSAL FOR THE PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Date 11a1v 47,-3 20 2 6 / Company Name: n C�- TO THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO: In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated Project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the BIDDER has satisfied himself regarding the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may affect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City of El Segundo at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of El Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHOWN AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten working days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. Mail a Public Works Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of El Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's option, be considered null and void. Agreement No. 7588 EQUAL : MPLO "MENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract documents. NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal; that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 7588 BID SCHEDULE PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS L� PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: p6y% //-5 l- `C L Note: Bid Item work is elaborated in detail in the Project plans and specifications. A. HVAC East (MZ-3) ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTy UNIT PRICE AMOUNT BASE BID ITEMS — HVAC EAST Mobilization, Superintendent, Crane, 1A Temporary Barriers, General Conditions LS 1 $ if 491000 $ ® Odd Allowances General Demolition of Existing Units, 2A Piping, Ducts, Various Mechanical and LS 1 $ 2-01 61 $ Zal000 Plumbing Items 3A HVAC Unit, 25 ton LS 1 $ ®�®p $ /S® ve 4A Ductwork, Duct Insulation, Duct Supports, LS I $ li ®/ ace) $ and Duct Smoke Alarms Metal Grating, Equipment Support, 5A Modifications, Duct Cross Over, Roff LS 1 $ 5-0O $ Guard Rail 6A Commissioning and Air Balancing LS 1 $ aq $ 7A Condensate Drain Piping and Natural Gas LS 1 $ 14,9610 $ MleOd Piping General Electrical Demolition of Various 8A Conductors, Disconnects, Receptacles, LS l is l9U $ d® ...— Circuit Breakers, Devices —........_� ......... Furnishing and Installation of New Circuit Breakers, Unfused Disconnect Switches, 9A Conductors, Service Receptacles, Various LS 1 $ $ Electrical Items; Testing and Commissioning Demolition and Installation of HVAC 10A Control Conduit and Wiring, Testing, LS 1 $ 2-410w $ 2.V1,Va Commissioning, Controls Pro rammin 11A Provision for Roof Penetration Patching LS I $ /J a0a $ /®j®QG I-C-3a Agreement No. 7588 ._._...... . _............... .._._...... _. ._.._. Fire Alarm Writing Reconnection for Existing Duct Connectors, New Fire 12A Alarm Wiring for New Duct Smoke LS 1 $ $ Detectors, Fire Alarm Integration and Programming, Testing, and Commissioning 3-year Bayer HVAC Season4 Control 13A System Static IP Service (May 1, 2027 — LS 1 $ l�jDO� $ A ril 30, 2030) TOTAL BASE BID A (#IA thru #13A) _ ®1 , " $ 1 V TOTAL BASE BID A WRITTEN IN WORDS: I ✓'�,�" .�° �' �� clean B. HVAC MEDIA ROOM ITEOM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY PRICE AMOUNT BASE BID ITEMS — HVAC MEDIA ROOM Mobilization, Superintendent, Crane, 1B Temporary Barriers, General Conditions LS Allowances HVAC Minisplit Unit, Condensate Drain _ 211 Piping; Refrigerant Line Set and Controls LS Wiring 311 Commissioning and Air Balancing LS 1 $ 06 Ot� $ '2,,C 00 .._._.. _ ....... General Electrical Demolition of Various, Conductors, Disconnects, Receptables, 4B Circuit Breakers, Devices, Furnishing and LS 1 $ 1310w $ 13 aaa Installation of New Circuit Breakers, Conductors, Various Electrical Items; Testing and Commissioning. TOTAL BASE BID B (# 1 B thru #413) = $ !� ., d p4 TOTAL BASE BID B WRITTEN IN WORDS: I-C-3b Agreement No. 7588 TOTAL BASE BID A + B (# 1 A thru # 13A + # I B thru #4B) = ® 4 TOTAL BASE BID A+ B WRITTEN IN WORDS: / I-C-3c Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S INFORMATION Company Name: azr $A2Z,2A (- BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) 590M If corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e., California) r .. „. Business Q ✓ 5 ' Street Address (% ITITITITITITIT 170 7 five Q s m. Tele hone No. Email Address State Contractor's License No. and Class.._... Original Date Issued w_ I2- Expiration Date Contractor's Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Information: Registration No. _L4 6'e tj Expiration Date k 322 The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having principal interest in this proposal: The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: v I-C-4 Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S INFORMATION (CONTINUED) Company Name: Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: * IName: .................. n"n1, ..... �.. Title: P n�sj 0/4, 4, r I-C-5 Agreement No. 7588 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER execLites and submits this proposal witli the, names, titles, hands, and seals of all aforenarned principals this /2 day of Ma M6 , 20 2-4 BIDDER NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION Pan dew WS In& /- s h - vo, , R ree,,; M I -- 31- 't 7 7 - 36 Z-f Bidder Signature: Subscribed and sworn to this day of Ma 120 2-Z NOTARY PUBLIC I-C-6 Agreement No. 7588 Jurat Certificate 111-111--- . . .... ................. ...... ... ..... . . . ------ . . ............. A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the in who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. -- State of California S.s. County of Los Angeles Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this _ 1 94� day of H6 fc-L 20 , by _C41-0— proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. A and ADEH LIFORMA, ........... 24951 V2 UNTY containing _ pages, and dated 2021 www.thebestnotary.net OPTIONAL INFORMATION Notarial event is detailed in notary journal on. Page#_ Entry #- Notary Contact: Other [] Affiant(s) Thumbprint(s) El Describe: Agreement No. 7588 pe. 2 Of PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, Pardess Air, Inc. , as BIDDER, and Markel Insurance Company , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of El Segundo, in the penal sum of Ten percent of amount bid DOLLARS (S 10%, which is ten (10%) percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated Project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated Project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this 11 th day of March , 20 26 BIDDER* Pardess Air, Inc. 1769 Kelton Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024, Ph: (310) 477-3628 SURETY* Markel Insurance Company 4521 H , Glen Allen, VA 23060 Alliant Insurance Services, Inc., 18100 Von Karman Avenue, 10th Floor, Irvine," Subscribed and sworn to this day of ff , 20 bW NOTARY PUBLIC *Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-7 -1270 sandra De Leon, Attorney -in -Fact 12, Ph: 949-756-0271 jllber and the name, title, Agreement No. 7588 STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPART ENT OF INSURANCE N4 07500 SAN FRANCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority THIS IS To CERTIFY THAT, Pursuant to the Insurance Code of the State of California, Markel Insurance Company Of Deerfield, Illinois organized under the taws of Illinois , subject to its Articles of Incorporation or other fundamental organizational documents, is -hereby authorised to transact within the State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, the following classes of insurance: Fire, Marine, Surety, Disability, Plate Glass; Liability, Workers' -Compensation, Common Carrier Liability, Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Credit, Sprinkler, Team and Vehicle, -Automobile,' and Miscellaneous ti as such classes are now or may hereafter be defined in the Insurance Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTIFICATE is expressly conditioned upon the holder hereof now and hereafter being in 'rll compliance with all, and not in violation of any, of the applicable laws and lawful requirements made ander authority of the laws of the State of California as long as such laws or requirements are in effect znd applicable, and as such laws and requirements now are; or may hereet,ltea� be changed or amender. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, effective as ofthe 16th day of 'T! fit x it ;(L 0 2 , I have hereunto set my hand and caused my official seal to be affixed this 16th day of January _ 2002 NOTICE, Quaiificaabon v ith ilia Secretary of S utt trtust be aornplish fl as requi��R6 �qJ i ns (We after issuance of this Certificate ofAuthority, Failure to do as wilt toe a racaiatittta trf instt,ran�e C torte �a�rr S rounds for revoking this Certificate of Authority parsuant to the cvnwenams made in the applicafion, therefor an sandidons cortudued heroin. FORM Ca-3 OFT) o8P oa a9.41 Agreement No. 7588 POA# 510028 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That SureTec Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris, Texas and Markel Insurance Company (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois, and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen, Virginia, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Kassandra De Leon, Emily Preciado, Edith Garibay Their true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their own behalf, individually as a surety or jointly, as co -sureties, and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided, however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: "RESOLVED, That the President, any Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer and each of them hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney, and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature, which may be attested or acknowledged by any officer or attorney, of the company, qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney, to execute in behalf of, and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company, as the case may be, all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship, and to affix the corporate seal thereto." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Markel Insurance Company and SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the 12th day of February , 2026 . SureTec Insurance Company �yI AM w%"" %0 rrr« By g4indy urance Comp y SEAL Michael C. Keimig, President 'N,%X wce President State of Texas County of Harris: On this 12th day of February , 2026 A. D., before me, a Notary Public of the State of Texas, in and for the County of Harris, duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES, tome personally known to be the individuals and officers described in, who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, disposed and said that they are the officers of the said companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies, and that Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of said Companies referred to in the preceding instrument is now in force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and affixed my Official Seal at the County of Harris, the day and year first above written. ..,,� KALLYSTA DANAE WHEELER Notary Public State of Texas .� Commission # 135531601 By, m._... °rai��*� Kanyst an'ae Wheeler, Notary Public Commission Expires 9/8/2029 My commission expires 9/8/2029 We, the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company do herby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and affixed the Seals of said Companies, on the 1 1 th day of March 2026 SureTec Insurance Company By: � M. Brent aty, Assistant Secretary By: Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. 510028 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call (713)812-0800 on any business day between 8:30 AM and 5:00 PM CST. Insurance Company Marquis, Assistant Agreement No. 7588 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Oranqe Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this day of f- b p by Kassandra De Leon proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. c. L. HERNANOU N. airy Pub0c -Cal If runt Los AnSolms County CommNasiom 0 2414374 'Y Comm. Expires Saba 37, 74476 � 1 ✓ J r (Seal) Signatur.� Agreement No. 7588 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validit of that document. State of California Orange County of ) E.A. Garibay, Notary Public OnJL ,._ before me, Notary Public (insert name of the officer) personally appeared Kassandra De Leon ------------------------------------------------------------ who proved to me on the basis ofsatisfactoryevidence to be the person whose nameW is e subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that Zt /she/t y executed the same in �Iher/t* authorized capacity+ ' , and that by ' /her/t Ir sig ure on the instrument the person), or the entity upon behalf of which the erson acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature E. A. GARIBAY COMM. 42408744 Nofar� Public - California crane Count}r r1�9' Cararm. Czpras Jung 2, 2026 (Seal) Agreement No. 7588 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is Class No.: (b -1 C 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is:_;' ,31 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed on , 20 2,6 at A4 �Pv/z�z (insert City and State where Declaration signed). Signa tire Tpe N, e ® ry ............ Title A Company Name I-C-8 Agreement No. 7588 NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID (pursuant to Cal. Pub. Contract Code § 7106) The undersigned declares: I am the ✓ e d making the foregoing bid. of s......./ the party The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder that all statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correc and that this declaration is executed on 314[date], at o.Alt, ,... [City], - . [state].�� 2d. Dated this day of 20...... ......._. Name wde, 4 ... ........ Title ry Signature I-C-9 Agreement No. 7588 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder: Title: �Ooos IT_ Business Name: � L 74 Business Address: 6 1 Ile tJ'4s,e®® 2 P ( 3 Z S ........�� Telephone Number: ✓?" �°� ._. _w_ 1111e6 Dated this `=, day of a 4 , 20, I-C-10 Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: As detailed in Section 2-3 (Page II-B-3) of the General Provisions, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will erfbrm that portioia of the work itself. Subcontractor's Description of Contractor Portion of License No. & Work Name of DIR Subcontracted Estimated Subcontractor Address Registration No. $ Amount (Number and Street) (CSLB #) (City, Zip Code) (DIR #)� law ��e �d�1-1-► N �3 ®� ol ANC ,� l�l ytl�,� ,So�flr�an�f ad 395 29 D )07ap cl cA q 3a3 6 la,,Va7-zt3�- 011dor" 90�5`t 93 �ir� A41 (Make copies of this pa ,.e if additional space is needed) Signature o -, i e Date I-C-11 Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: J As detailed in Section 2-3 (Page II-B-3) of the General Provisions, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that artion of the work itself. Subcontractor's Description of Contractor Portion of License No. & Work Name of DIR Subcontracted Estimated Subcontractor Address Registration No. $ Amount Pomm (Number and Street) (CSLB #) (City, Zip Code) (DIR #) (Make copies of tih, i pa if additional space is needed) Signature i MIT Dae I-C-11 Agreement No. 7588 REFERENCES Company Name: _ 9 The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime contractor or major subcontractor within the past five (5) years: i e 1. Project Owner: Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 2. Project Owner: a c w S Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email adress: Contract amount: $ 9 l� ��V � .... �(" :. 2. �Ji Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 3. Project Owner: Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-12 Agreement No. 7588 4. Project Owner: Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: Date completed: W Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 5. Project Owner: C.-L Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: Date completed: 0 -2 . .#' 1 A Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Bidder may attach additional reference pages if necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance bonds: I-C-13 Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: nne Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. Have you ever been disqualifiet lro rt any government contract? Yes ❑ No 2. If yes, explain the circumstances: 3. Are you registered in accordance wtlt .,abor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bi( , nonresponsive]? Yes 0 No II Bidder's Si tore 1110 -aa/ Name (Please Print) I-C-14 Agreement No. 7588 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 J Company Name: Al=r" L✓Psse To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Type of Insurance Limits Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 Business automobile liability: $1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement *The city has the option to increase the limits as required for more complex and major waterworks, sanitation, and road pavement projects. Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 04 13. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Form CA 00 01, covering Code 1 (Any Auto). The Contractor must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A:VII." Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Contractor will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. The City requires California Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of- state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's Contractor. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." Date I-C-15 Bidder's S g A tune Agreement No. 7588 END PROPOSAL SECTION I-C- 16 C7� Agreement No. 7588 CITY07 ELSEGVNDO March 30, 2026 ADDENDUM NO. 1 to THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS for PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 ATTENTION BIDDERS: The following additions, modifications, and clarifications to the specifications shall be included in, and become a part of, any contract which may be executed for the above project in the City of El Segundo: 1. The bid due date and time is changed to Wednesday, April 15, 2026 at 11:00 am. 2. Please see this project's attached Supplement to Addendum 1 for bid -related questions and the responses to them. As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this completed Addendum page with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement shall render the bid as non- responsive and subject to rejectic r Signature: u� Date: Marc. A L Print Company Name: _ / a. !, 1 Page I of 1 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 Agreement No. 7588 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW #25-18 Premium is for the contract term and is subj to adjustment based on Finar contract price Bond No. 4485325 Bond Fee: $8,157.00 Premium Pardess Air, Inc. and Markel Insurance Company ("PRINCIPAL") a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of Sias Hundred and Ten Thousand Do] lar s ( 1, 0,000), lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. *AND NO/100 PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18, and the Public Works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18, a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 25-18) which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 3. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's completion and acceptance by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to correct its work against any I-E-1 Agreement No. 7588 defective work, labor, or materials, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void one (1) year following the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 7588 SIGNED AND SEALED this 27th day of May , 20 26 . Pardess Air, Inc. Markel Insurance Company PRIN CIPAL's xESIDENT SURETY=&PRPSID04T PRINCIPAL's-SECRETARY bUKEIY'sI'�64n= IA Kassandra De Ton, Attorney -in -Fact PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: Pardess Air Inc. Markel Insurance Com an 1769 Kelton Ave 45ZI High gods Pairkw Los Angeles, CA 90024 Glen Allen,VA 23060 NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job.. I-E-3 Agreement No. 7588 POA# 510028 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That SureTec Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris, Texas and Markel Insurance Company (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois, and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen, Virginia, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Kassandra De Leon, Emily Preciado, Edith Garibay Their true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their own behalf, individually as a surety or jointly, as co -sureties, and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided, however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority ofthe following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of SureTec insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: "RESOLVED, That the President, any Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer and each ofthem hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney, and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature, which may be attested or acknowledged by any officer or attorney, of the company, qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney, to execute in behalf of, and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company, as the case may be, all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship, and to affix the corporate seal thereto" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Markel Insurance Company and SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the 12th day of February , 2026 . SureTec Insurance Company dRANC s"'""ss 1 1V9e,, Mark ur'art0e Com y L W , SEAL By: gPresident(,..,. '�� , " indey Jt nnin Ice President Michael C. Keimi ,,. State of Texas County of Harris: On this 121h day of February , 2026 A. D., before me, a Notary Public of the State of Texas, in and for the County of Harris, duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in, who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, disposed and said that they are the officers of the said companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies, and that Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of said Companies referred to in the preceding instrument is now in force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and affixed my Official Seal at the County of Harris, the day and year first above written,• KALL=DANAEWHEELERELERNotaTexasCo1601Kallystanae Wheeler, Notary Public Com2029 My commission expires 9/8/2029 We, the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company do herby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and affixed the Seals of said Companies, on the 27th day of May 2026 SureTec Insurance Company q� By: 'Le M. Brent deaty, Assistant Secretary By: Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. 510028 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call (713)812-0800 on any business day between 8:30 AM and 5:00 PM CST. Insurance Company Marquis„ Assistant Agreement No. 7588 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange On " d � -T- before me, E.A. Garibay, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Kassandra De Leon who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name( is/ subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she/ y executed t e sa a in rheritir authorised capaoity(i, and that by�ler�ir sig atureC on the instrument the ersonX or the entity upon behalf of which the personx acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.. "A e.AY ax w " �" OMB `2408744 WITNESS my hand and official seal. - y ubla e �� ' ;z My ��rn �ar�cra wtl�r�� ary _. �.6 Signature (Seal) Agreement No. 7588 STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE No 07500 SAN FRANCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority THIS IS To CERTIFY THAT, Pursuant to the Insurance Code of the State of California, Markel Insurance Company Of Deerfield, Illinois , organized under the laws of Illinois subject to its Articles of Incorporation or other fundamental organizational documents, is hereby authorized to transact within the State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, the following classes of insurance: Fire, Marine, Surety, Disability, Plate Glass', Liability, Workers' -Compensation, Common Carrier Liability, Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Credit, Sprinkler, Team and Vehicle, -Automobile, and Miscellaneous as such classes are now or may hereafter be'd fined in the Insurance Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTIFICATE is expressly conditioned upon the holder hereof now and hereafter being in Ul compliance with all, and not in violation of any, of the applicable laws and lmv, fill requirements made under authority of the laws of the State of (7olaf rnftia as long as such laws or requirements are in effect end applicable, and as such laws and requirements now are; or may horeis ter be changed or amended IN WITNESS WHEREOF, effective as of the Z 6 th day of d AqR" r 0 0 , I have hereunto set my hand and eaitsed my off cial seal to be axed this 16th day of,° •�TangAr. _2.002_ By NOTICE: ` -- �� Quahf attton with the Secretary of State must k acoumpiished as fequite �y tH a�aria� C0 a�� ray Cade rafter iwrance of this Certificate of Autthority, pititnrt: to do ara uviil he a viaro4tetaora �[fnswaraunce Code recta ttt grounds fot reevo9cin6 this Cerdficeate of Authority iauurstaent to the convens us made in thl, 3piuticatiiau therefor i conditions conmined herein FOAM C3-3 efol osP oo 39M Agreement No. 7588 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW #25-18 Pardess Air, Inc. ("PRINCIPAL") and Markel Insurance Company corporation Bond No. 4485325 Bond Fee: Premium included in Performance bond as principal a incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly hound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("Cl"I"Y") in the sum, of Six Hundred and TenThousand Dollars" 610,000 , lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. * AND NO/100 ,this bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment„ payment. by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18 ("Public Project"), the Public Works contract executed for such Pub] is Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18, and the Public Works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 25-18), which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. 2. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor thereon. I-F-1 Agreement No. 7588 SIGNED AND SEALED this 27th day of May m 20 26 Pardess Air, 1pp, Markel Insurance Company PRINCIPAL's kffSIDENT PRINCIPAL's 'RETARY PRINCIPAL'S MAILING ADDRESS: Pardess Air Inc. 1769 I elto�n Ave Los Angeles, CA 90024 SURETY-' SURETY's te U'4FT Y Kassandra Leon, Attorney -in -Fact SURETY'S MAILING ADDRESS: Markel Insurance Com an 45,21 HI h,woods Parkw, Glen Allen, VA 23060 NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-E-3 Agreement No. 7588 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("BSMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 7588 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or valid of that document. State of California County of Orange On I r " ,20,10 before me, E.A. Garibay, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Kassandra De Leon who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name( is/ subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that sheJy executed t e sa a in �`lherlt it authorized capacity(i ,and that y�/her�`ir sig ature(�') on the instrument the erson', or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. E. A. GARIBAY WITNESS my hand and official seal. COMM. #2408744 "46Notary Public California o , O, 9 County `M a Comm. Ex res June 22, 2026 Signature (Seal) Agreement No. 7588 POA# 510028 JOINT LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That SureTec Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas and having its principal office in the County of Harris, Texas and Markel Insurance Company (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of Illinois, and having its principal administrative office in Glen Allen, Virginia, does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Kassandra De Leon, Emily Preciado, Edith Garibay Their true and lawful agent(s) and attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on their own behalf, individually as a surety or jointly, as co -sureties, and as their act and deed any and all bonds and other undertaking in suretyship provided, however, that the penal sum of any one such instrument executed hereunder shall not exceed the sum of: Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed under and by the authority ofthe following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company: "RESOLVED, That the President, any Senior Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer and each of them hereby is authorized to execute powers of attorney, and such authority can be executed by use of facsimile signature, which may be attested or acknowledged by any officer or attorney, of the company, qualifying the attorney or attorneys named in the given power of attorney, to execute in behalf of, and acknowledge as the act and deed of the SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company, as the case may be, all bond undertakings and contracts of suretyship, and to affix the corporate seal thereto." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Markel Insurance Company and SureTec Insurance Company have caused their official seal to be hereunto affixed and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers on the 12th day of February , 2026 . SureTec Insurance Company 0"W1 ti*s"OW109s', Marker urance Comp, y two 0 Stu �SMaN By; Michael C. Keiml , President '�r+�rrraPtwett�""" mindeyfetnin IcNsident � State of Texas County of Harris: On this 12th day of February , 2026 A. D., before me, a Notary Public ofthe State of Texas, in and for the County of Harris, duly commissioned and qualified, came THE ABOVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANIES, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in, who executed the preceding instrument, and they acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, disposed and said that they are the officers ofthe said companies aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the proceeding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and the said Corporate Seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said companies, and that Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of said Companies referred to in the preceding instrument is now in force. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, and affixed my Official Seal at the County of Harris, the day and year first above written.•., +.ilN.NM .rMw M.�!�wwwwF �.. C. n, KALLYSTA DANAE WHEELER Notary Public State of Texas oy � e� *r - Commission # 135531601 Kallyst anae wheeler, Notary Public Commission Expires 9/8/2029 My commission expires 9/8/2029 We, the undersigned Officers of SureTec Insurance Company and Markel Insurance Company do herby certify that the original POWER OF ATTORNEY of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy is still in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands, and affixed the Seals of said Companies, on the 27th day of May 2026 SureTec Insurance Company M. Brent aty, Assistant Secretary By: Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above is totally void and without any validity. 510028 For verification of the authority of this Power you may call (713)812-0800 on any business day between 8:30 AM and 5:00 PM CST. Insurance Company Marquis, Assistant Agreement No. 7588 STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE NQ 07500 SAN FRANCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority THIS IS To CERTIFY THAT, Pursuant to the Insurance Code of the State of California, Markel Insurance Company Of Deerfield, Illinois , organized under the laws of Illinois , subject to its Articles of Incorporation or other fundamental organizational documents, is hereby authorized to transact within the State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, the following classes of insurance: Fire, Marine, Surety, Disability, Plate Glass', Liability, Workers' -Compensation, Common Carrier Liability, Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Credit, Sprinkler, Team and Vehicle,.Automobile, and Miscellaneous Z as such classes are now or may hereafter be defned in the Insurance, Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTIFICATE is expressly conditioned upon the holder hereof now and hereafter being in Full compliance with all, and not in violation of any, of the applicable laws and lawful requirements made snider authority of the laws of the State of Califorwia as long as such laws or requirements are in effect and applicable, and as such laws and requirements now are; or may hereafter be changed or amended. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, effective as of _ 16th _ day of Januer 2002 , Ihave hereunto Set my hand and caused irry official seal to be axed this 16th day ofT Janua'rY�_ --- 00 Byr "'.. NOTIC-9c Qualification with the Secretary of state rt uA be accomplished as require ,f iifortt" "'P ats Cate after kojaance of this Certificate, of Authority. Fra acre to do 10 will best violation of dnsuran�aa Coda: +a� Cc ld g n& for revoking this Certificate of Authority daaarsuaant, to th,e conven;ants made in tine sopld titan therefor conditions contWned brrein. roam cea 08P 00 39M Agreement No. 7588 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS FOR THE PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 The City of El Segundo is accepting sealed bids in the City Clerk's office, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California 90245, until 11:00 a.m. on: WEDNESDAY, APRIL 01, 2026 at which time they will be publicly opened. Bids will not be accepted after that time. As described in the Bidding Documents, the bids are for a Public Works Project ("Project") which consists of furnishing all supervision, materials, labor, tools and incidentals, as required in the specifications and contract documents for the following project: "Phase 2 City Hall HVAC Improvement Project", and related work as shown on the plans on file with the City's Public Works Department. The work will take place at City Hall, 350 Main Street in El Segundo CA, 90245. Work on the Project must be performed in strict conformity with Specifications No. PW 25- 18: Phase 2 City Hall HVAC Improvements Project as adopted by the El Segundo City Council on February 17, 2026, which is filed with the Public Works Department. Contractors bidding the project shall provide a minimum of five government agency references, preferably municipal, for building similar projects (in terms of scope, size, type, magnitude, and complexity) as the prime contractor in the past five (5) years. Bidders shall include references, etc. to demonstrate qualifications. Copies of the Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents and Engineer's estimate are available are electronically via lids //www.etse �cg !2Ag.or g/ 6,ovc _ t�itt�entsl��bl c: works/re nest- uiblie-works-bid A pre -bid meeting is scheduled for Wednesday, March 11, 2026, at 10:00 am at the City Hall Courtyard, 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA 90245. Bidders' attendance at this meeting is mandatory. Questions regarding the bid shall be submitted by 4:00 pm on Wednesday, March 25, 2026 to https://www.els - Ltii�t.or oyeraii i nt/del)at`ttiiet ts/ a lic_works/re u!�� works -bid The terms and conditions for bidding on the Project are described in the attached Bidding Instructions. This Project requires payment of State prevailing rates of wages for Los Angeles County. The contractor must post copies of the prevailing schedule at each j ob site. Copies of these rates of wages are available from the State of California Department of Industrial Relations Prevailing Wage Unit, Telephone No. (415) 703-4774. The website for this agency is currently located at http://www.dir.ca.gov. Agreement No. 7588 Note that the Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by California Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to California law, the City must find bids failing to comply with all applicable Labor Code requirements including, without limitation, Labor Code § § 1725.5 and 1771.4 to be nonresponsive. The contractor to whom the contract is awarded must assist in locating, qualifying, hiring and increasing the skills of minority group employees and applicants for employment, as set forth in Executive Order 11246 and 11375. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the State Labor Code. Compliance with the prevailing rates of wages and apprenticeship employment standards established by the State Director of Industrial Relations will be required. Affirmative action to ensure against discrimination in employment practices on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion will also be required. The City of El Segundo hereby affirmatively ensures that minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this notice and will not be discriminated against on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion in any consideration leading to the award of contract. Prevailing Wage: Federal Labor Standard Provisions, including prevailing wage requirements of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts will be enforced. IN the event of a conflict between Federal and State wage rates, the higher of the two will prevail. The Contractor's duty to pay State prevailing wages can be found under Labor Code Section 1770 et. Seq. and Labor Code Sections 1775 and 1777.7 outline the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages and employ apprentices including forfeitures and debarment. Five percent (5%) will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City. The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor. Pursuant to Public Contracts Code ("PCC") § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, any such election will be at the Contractor own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. In entering into a Public Works contract, or a subcontract, to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a Public Works contract, the Contractor, or Subcontractor, offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in, and to, all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Public Works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. Bids must be prepared on the approved Proposal forms in conformance with the Instructions to Agreement No. 7588 Bidders and submitted to the City Clerk, 350 Main Street, City of El Segundo, in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside: "SEALED BIDS FOR PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL" The bid must be accompanied by a bid bond, made payable to the City of El Segundo for an amount no less than ten percent (10%) of the amount bid for the base contract. No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. For this Project, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A", "B", or "C-20". The successful Contractor and his Subcontractors will be required to possess the correct license for their Project classifications, and valid City Business Licenses from the City of El Segundo. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice shall become effective or enforceable against the City of El Segundo only when the formal written contract has been duly executed by the appropriate officer(s) of the City of El Segundo. DATED this 17TH day of February, 2026. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA Susan Truax, City Clerk Agreement No. 7588 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING DIVISION 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 310-524-2300 https://www.elsegundo.org/govemment/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING WEDNESDAY, MARCH 11, 2026 AT 10:00 AM CITY HALL COURTYARD (SEE NEXT PAGE FOR LOCATION MAP) 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 BIDS DUE WEDNESDAY, APRIL 1, 2026 AT 11:00 AM I Agreement No. 7588 MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING LOCATION: Agreement No. 7588 BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED UP TO THE HOUR OF 11:00 A.M. WEDNESDAY, APRIL 1, 2026 IN THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK CITY HALL 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA 90245 AT WHICH TIME THEY WILL BE PUBLICLY OPENED 3 Agreement No. 7588 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS Contractors are required to review section 5-4 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, pages II-B-16 thru II-B-19 "INSURANCE". ONLY CONTRACTORS ABLE TO OBTAIN AND FURNISH THE REQUIRED COVERAGE AND ENDORSEMENT "ISO" FORMS SHOULD CONSIDER SUBMITTING A BID PACKAGE. The Contractor will be required to apply and obtain an Encroachment Permit from the City Public Works Department as well as any applicable Building/Safety Permit from the City Planning and Building Safety Department. The permits will be issued on a "no -fee" basis. The Contractor shall be responsible for calling the Building Safety Division for inspections. All noted deficiencies shall be corrected by the contractor. The Project will not be accepted as complete until the contractor obtains a final sign -off from the Department of Planning and Building Safety. S Agreement No. 7588 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I — LEGAL A. NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS B. BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS 1. DEFINITION 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 5. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 6. SUBCONTRACTORS 7. ADDENDA 8. PRE -BID CONFERENCE 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 10. BID SECURITY 11. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 12. OPENING OF BIDS 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 14. AWARD C. PROPOSAL 1. PROPOSAL, FIRST PAGE 2. BID SCHEDULES a. BASE BID — HVAC EAST (MZ-3) b. BASE BID — MEDIA ROOM c. BASE BID — TOTAL 3. BIDDER'S INFORMATION 4. BIDDER AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 5. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND 6. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION 7. NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION 8. WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION 9. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS 10. REFERENCES 11. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST DISQUALIFICATIONS 11. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS D. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT E. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND F. LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND i PAGE I-A-1 TO A-3 I-B-1 TO B-8 I-B-1 I-B-1 I-B-2 I-B-2 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-3 I-B-4 I-B-5 I-B-6 I-B-6 I-B-6 I-B-7 I-C-1 TO C-17 I-C-1 I-C-3 I-C-4 I-C-6 I-C-7 I-C-8 I-C-9 I-C-10 I-C-11 I-C-12 I-C-14 I-C-15 I-D-1 TO D-13 I-E-1 TO E-3 I-F-1 TO F-3 SECTION II - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS 2. INSURANCE AND CITY BUSINESS LICENSE 3. EMERGENCY INFORMATION 4. FURNISHING OF WATER 5. CALIFORNIA - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION 6. SOUND CONTROL 7. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 8. WORKER UNIFORMS B. GENERAL PROVISIONS 0-0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 0-1 GENERAL 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS 1-2 DEFINITIONS 1-2.1 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID 1-6.1 GENERAL 1-6.2 ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITY 1-7.2 CONTRACT BONDS Agreement No. 7588 PAGE II-A-1 TO A-2 II-A-1 II-A-1 II-A-1 II-A-1 II-A-2 II-A-2 II-A-2 II-A-2 II-B-1 TO B-35 II-B-1 II-B-1 II-B-1 II-B-1 II-B-1 II-B-2 II-B-3 II-B-3 II-B-4 II-B-4 2-0 SCOPE OF WORK II-B-4 2-1.1 ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE II-B-4 2-1.2 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT II-B-4 DOCUMENTS 2-2 PERMITS II-B-4 2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY II-B-5 2-3.1 ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS AND FACILITIES II-B-5 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS II-B-5 2-10 DISPUTED WORK II-B-6 3-0 CONTROL OF THE WORK II-B-6 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS II-B-7 3-7.1 GENERAL II-B-7 3-7.2 PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS II-B-7 3-7.3 ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS II-B-7 3-10 SURVEYING II-B-8 3-10.3 SURVEY SERVICE II-B-8 3-10.3.1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING II-B-8 3-10.3.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT II-B-8 11 Agreement No. 7588 SECTION II — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 3-12.1 CLEANUP AND DUST CONTROL 3-12.1.1 GENERAL 3-12.1.2 WATERING 3-12.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 3-12.7 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS 3-12.8 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 3-12.8.1 TRAFFIC AND ACCESS 3-12.8.2 STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, AND BARRICADES 3-12.8.3 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC 3-13 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE 3-13.1 GENERAL GUARANTY 4-0 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-3 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS 4-3.1 GENERAL 4-6 TRADE NAMES 4-6.1 TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS 5-0 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5-3 LABOR 5-3.2 PREVAILING WAGES 5-3.5 APPRENTICES 5-3.3 RECORD OF WAGES PAID: INSPECTION 5-4 INSURANCE 5-4.1 GENERAL 5-4.2 GENERAL LIABILITY 5-4.4 AUTO LIABILITY INSURANCE 5-4.5 INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFENSE 5-7 SAFETY 5-7.4.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL 6-0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6-1.1 CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.2 CONTENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.3 EFFECT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.4 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME 6-3.3 WORK DAYS AND WORKING HOURS 6-3.4 NIGHT WORK 6-3.5 WEEKEND AND HOLIDAY WORK 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 6-4.1 GENERAL iii PAGE II-B-9 II-B-9 II-B-9 II-B-9 II-B-10 II-B-12 II-B-12 II-B-13 II-B-13 II-B-13 II-B-13 II-B-13 II-B-13 II-B-15 II-B-15 II-B-15 II-B-15 II-B-16 II-B-16 II-B-16 II-B-18 II-B-18 II-B-19 II-B-20 II-B-20 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-21 II-B-22 II-B-22 II-B-23 II-B-23 II-B-23 II-B-23 Agreement No. 7588 6-4.2 EXTENSIONS OF TIME II-B-24 6-4.3 PAYMENT FOR DELAYS TO CONTRACTOR II-B-24 6-4.4 WRITTEN NOTICE AND REPORT II-B-25 6-7 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR II-B-25 6-7.1 GENERAL II-B-25 6-7.2 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S II-B-25 CONTROL OVER THE WORK 6-7.3 SURETY'S ASSUMPTION OF CONTROL II-B-25 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES II-B-26 6-9.1 FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE WORK ON TIME II-B-26 7-0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT II-B-26 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK II-B-26 7-3 PAYMENT II-B-27 7-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS II-B-27 7-3.2.1 FINAL PAYMENT AND TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY II-B-28 7-3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS II-B-28 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK II-B-28 7-4.2 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS II-B-29 7-4.3 MARKUP II-B-29 7-4.4 DAILY REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR II-B-29 7-4.5 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS PROCEDURE II-B-29 7-4.5.1 GENERAL II-B-29 7-4.5.2 FORM AND CONTENT II-B-30 7-4.5.3 CLAIMS SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER II-B-31 7-4.5.4 CLAIMS IS PREREQUISITE TO OTHER REMEDY II-B-32 7-4.5.5 DECISION ON CLAIMS II-B-32 7-4.5.6 APPEAL OF ENGINEER'S DECISION II-B-32 7-4.5.7 MEDIATION II-B-33 7-4.5.8 ARBITRATION II-B-33 7-4.5.9 WHEN ARBITRATION DECISION BECOMES BINDING II-B-33 7-4.5.10 APPEAL TO SUPERIOR COURT; WAIVER II-B-33 OF JURY TRIAL 7-4.5.11 AB 626 CLAIMS; PROCESS II-B-34 402-0 UTILITIES II-B-35 402-2 PROTECTION II-B-35 402-2.1 INCORRECT LOCATION OF UTILITIES II-B-35 402-4 RELOCATION II-B-35 402-4.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF UTILITY REMOVAL II-B-35 OR RELOCATION 402-5 DELAYS II-B-35 402-5.1 CALCULATING IDLE TIME II-B-35 1V Agreement No. 7588 SECTION III - SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPENDICIES APPENDIX A: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX B: PLANS APPENDIX C: STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS III -A -I - III -A -I I APPENDIX D: CITY CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN (WMP) FORM v Agreement No. 7588 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS FOR THE PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 The City of El Segundo is accepting sealed bids in the City Clerk's office, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California 90245, until 11:00 a.m. on: WEDNESDAY, APRIL 01, 2026 at which time they will be publicly opened. Bids will not be accepted after that time. As described in the Bidding Documents, the bids are for a Public Works Project ("Project") which consists of furnishing all supervision, materials, labor, tools and incidentals, as required in the specifications and contract documents for the following project: "Phase 2 City Hall HVAC Improvement Project", and related work as shown on the plans on file with the City's Public Works Department. The work will take place at City Hall, 350 Main Street in El Segundo CA, 90245. Work on the Project must be performed in strict conformity with Specifications No. PW 25- 18: Phase 2 City Hall HVAC Improvements Project as adopted by the El Segundo City Council on February 17, 2026, which is filed with the Public Works Department. Contractors bidding the project shall provide a minimum of five government agency references, preferably municipal, for building similar projects (in terms of scope, size, type, magnitude, and complexity) as the prime contractor in the past five (5) years. Bidders shall include references, etc. to demonstrate qualifications. Copies of the Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents and Engineer's estimate are available are electronically via his://www.else undo.org//govemment/departments/public- works/request-public-works-bid A pre -bid meeting is scheduled for Wednesday, March 11, 2026, at 10:00 am at the City Hall Courtyard, 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA 90245. Bidders' attendance at this meeting is mandatory. Questions regarding the bid shall be submitted by 4:00 pm on Wednesday, March 25, 2026 to hops://www.elsegundo.org//govemment/departments/public-works/request-public-works- bid The terms and conditions for bidding on the Project are described in the attached Bidding Instructions. This Project requires payment of State prevailing rates of wages for Los Angeles County. The I-A-1 Agreement No. 7588 contractor must post copies of the prevailing schedule at each job site. Copies of these rates of wages are available from the State of California Department of Industrial Relations Prevailing Wage Unit, Telephone No. (415) 703-4774. The website for this agency is currently located at http://www.dir.ca.gov. Note that the Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by California Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to California law, the City must find bids failing to comply with all applicable Labor Code requirements including, without limitation, Labor Code §§ 1725.5 and 1771.4 to be nonresponsive. The contractor to whom the contract is awarded must assist in locating, qualifying, hiring and increasing the skills of minority group employees and applicants for employment, as set forth in Executive Order 11246 and 11375. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the State Labor Code. Compliance with the prevailing rates of wages and apprenticeship employment standards established by the State Director of Industrial Relations will be required. Affirmative action to ensure against discrimination in employment practices on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion will also be required. The City of El Segundo hereby affirmatively ensures that minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this notice and will not be discriminated against on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion in any consideration leading to the award of contract. Prevailing Wage: Federal Labor Standard Provisions, including prevailing wage requirements of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts will be enforced. IN the event of a conflict between Federal and State wage rates, the higher of the two will prevail. The Contractor's duty to pay State prevailing wages can be found under Labor Code Section 1770 et. Seq. and Labor Code Sections 1775 and 1777.7 outline the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages and employ apprentices including forfeitures and debarment. Five percent (5%) will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City. The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor. Pursuant to Public Contracts Code ("PCC") § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, any such election will be at the Contractor own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. In entering into a Public Works contract, or a subcontract, to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a Public Works contract, the Contractor, or Subcontractor, offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in, and to, all causes of action f S:Q.I► Agreement No. 7588 it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Public Works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. Bids must be prepared on the approved Proposal forms in conformance with the Instructions to Bidders and submitted to the City Clerk, 350 Main Street, City of El Segundo, in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside: "SEALED BIDS FOR PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL" The bid must be accompanied by a bid bond, made payable to the City of El Segundo for an amount no less than ten percent (10%) of the amount bid for the base contract. No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. For this Project, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A", "B", or "C-20". The successful Contractor and his Subcontractors will be required to possess the correct license for their Project classifications, and valid City Business Licenses from the City of El Segundo. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice shall become effective or enforceable against the City of El Segundo only when the formal written contract has been duly executed by the appropriate officer(s) of the City of El Segundo. DATED this 17TH day of February, 2026. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA Susan Truax, City Clerk is:Q3c Agreement No. 7588 BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS 1. DEFINITIONS. Unless provided otherwise, the definitions in the Greenbook, Special Conditions, or other Contract Documents are applicable to all Bidding Documents. 1.1 "Addenda" means written or graphic instruments issued by the City before the Bid Deadline that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. 1.2 "Alternate" means a proposed change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents which, if accepted, may result in a change to either the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, or both. 1.3 "Bid Deadline" means the date and time designated in the Notice for Bids as the last date and time for receipt of Bids, as may be revised by Addenda. 1.4 "Bidder" means a person or firm that submits a Bid. 1.5 "Bidding Documents" means the construction documents prepared and issued for bidding purposes including all Addenda 1.6 "Lump Sum Base Bid" means the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents, but not including unit price items or Alternates. 1.7 "Unit Price" means an amount stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Unit Price Work for a fixed price per unit of measurement. 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS. By making its Bid, Bidder represents that: 2.1 Bidder read, understood, and made the Bid pursuant to the requirements in the Bidding Documents. 2.2 Bidder visited the Project site and is familiar with the conditions under which the Work will be performed and the local conditions as related to the Contract Documents. 2.3 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents. 2.4 Bidder and all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, have the appropriate current licenses issued by the State of California Contractor's State License Board for the Work to be performed. If Bidder is a joint venture, the Bidder will have a joint venture license appropriate for the performance of the work, and each member of the joint venture will likewise have the appropriate license. Business and Professions Code §§ 7000-7191 establish licensing requirements for contractors. If a Bidder, that is a specialty contractor, submits a Bid involving 3 or more specialized building trades, the work of which is more than incidental and supplemental to the performance of the Work for which Bidder holds a specialty contractor license, Bidder must also hold either (1) a specialty contractor " C', license in each such trade, (2) a General Engineering contractor "A" license, or (3) a General Building contractor "B" license. This requirement is applicable whether or not Bidder lists a Subcontractor for each such trade. 2.5 If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from Agreement No. 7588 the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 2.6 Bidder has the expertise and financial capacity to perform and complete all obligations under the Bidding Documents. 2.7 The person executing the Bid Form is duly authorized and empowered to execute the Bid Form on Bidder's behalf. 2.8 Bidder is aware of and, if awarded the Contract, will comply with Applicable Code Requirements in its performance of the Work. 2.9 The Bidder has paid the City's business license fee(s) 2.10 The Bidder, per SB 854 requirements for public Projects, has registered with and paid their annual fee to the California State Department of Industrial Relations. Information about SB 854 and its requirements can be found at this link: http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/SB854.html 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents electronically via btt,�s.//avavavnelseunilo,orb/overnr�vent/ile�artr�vents/t�ublic-avorks/request-t�ublic- works-bill. 3.2 Bidders will use a complete set of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. 3.3 The City makes Bidding Documents available on the City's website for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and does not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. 4. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS. 4.1 Before submitting its Bid, Bidder will carefully study and compare the various documents comprising the Bidding Documents and compare them with any other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction which relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted; will examine the Project site, the conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and the local conditions; and will at once report to the City's Representative errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. 4.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents will be addressed to the City's Representative. 4.2.1 The release of the bid package begins a quiet period for potential Bidders participating in this Project. The City of El Segundo realizes it is critical to provide Bidders with a vehicle to ask questions so that quality responses can be prepared. Questions must be submitted in writing to project managers via the City website: his://www.else ndo.org//govemment/departments/ ublic- wy 1<s/re nest -public -works -bid Responses to all questions will be provided in writing to all Bidders in I-B-2 Agreement No. 7588 accordance with the schedule below. We will not identify companies or individuals that pose questions. Potential bidders must not call City of El Segundo employees to discuss potential projects or ask questions regarding the bid. Questions Due by 4:00 pm on Wednesday, March 25, 2026 Questions Answered by 4:00 pm on Monday, March 30, 2026 4.3 Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents will be made by Addenda. Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders must not rely upon them. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS. No substitutions will be considered before award of Contract. Substitutions will only be considered after award of the Contract and as provided for in the Contract Documents. 6. SUBCONTRACTORS. 6.1 Each Bidder will list in the Bid Form all first -tier Subcontractors that will perform work, labor or render such services. The Bid Form contains spaces for the following information when listing Subcontractors: (1) Work Activity; (2) name of Subcontractor; (3) city of Subcontractor's business location. Failure to list any of these items on the Bid Form will result in the City treating the Bid as if no Subcontractor was listed for the Work and that Bidder represents to the City that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work and will perform do so. 6.2 Subcontractors listed in the Bid Form will only be substituted after the Bid Deadline with the City's written consent in accordance with California law. 7. ADDENDA. 7.1 Addenda will be in writing and issued only by the City. Addenda will be emailed to all who are known by the City to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents and who have provided an email address for receipt of Addenda. 7.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection at the City's Public Works Department. 7.3 The City will issue Addenda so that they are received by prospective Bidders not later than three (3) business days before the Bid Deadline. Addenda that withdraw the request for Bids or postpone the Bid Deadline may be issued anytime before the Bid Deadline. 7.4 Each Bidder is responsible for ensuring that it has received all issued Addenda before issuing a Bid. 8. PRE -BID CONFERENCE. Bidder will attend a Pre -Bid Conference where the City will discuss the Bidding Documents, answer questions, accept comments, and conduct a Project site visit. The City requires all Pre -Bid Conference attendees to arrive for the meeting on time and to sign an attendance list which is used to determine if Bidders meet this I-B-3 Agreement No. 7588 requirement. Any Bidder not attending the Pre -Bid Conference in its entirety will be deemed to have not complied with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and its Bid will be rejected. 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 9.1 Bids will be submitted on the Bid Form included with the Bidding Documents. Bids not submitted on the City's Bid Form will be rejected. 9.2 All blanks on the Bid Form will be filled in legibly in ink or typewritten by computer. 9.3 Bidder's failure to submit a price for any Alternate or unit price will result in the Bid being considered as nonresponsive. If Alternates are called for and no change in the Lump Sum Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 9.4 Each Bidder must fill out the "Bidders Statement of Past Contract Disqualifica- tions" form stating any and all instances of contract disqualifications due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. The Bidder must explain the circumstances of each disqualification. The City may reject the bid based on such information. 9.5 Bidder will make no stipulations on the Bid Form nor qualify the Bid in any manner. 9.6 The Bids will be based upon full completion of all the Work as shown on the plans and specifications. It is expressly understood that the plans are drawn with as much accuracy as is possible in advance, but should errors, omissions or discrepancies exist in the plans which show conditions that vary from those encountered in construction, the Bidder (if awarded the Contract) specifically agrees to construct a completed work ready for the use and in the manner which is intended. In the event of increasing or decreasing of work, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished must be paid for according to the unit or lump sum price established for such work under the contract, wherever such unit or lump sum price has been established. In the event no prices are named in the contract to cover such changes or alterations, the cost of such changes must be covered as extra work. 9.7 The Bid Form will be signed by a person or persons legally authorized to bind Bidder to a contract. Bidder's Representative will sign and date the Declaration included in the Bid Form. Failure to sign and date the declaration will cause the Bid to be rejected. 9.8 Bids must be submitted in writing on the Proposal forms provided by the City of El Segundo. One (1) set of these Proposal forms is inserted loose herein for use by the bidders. Bidders are required to submit one (1) original set of the proposal forms. All information requested therein must be clearly and legibly set forth in the manner and form indicated. 9.9 Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and by any other means as they may believe necessary, as to the actual physical conditions, requirements and difficulties under which the work must be performed. No bidder shall at any time after submissions of a proposal make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. Any errors, omissions, or Agreement No. 7588 discrepancies found in the Plans, Specifications, or other contract documents shall be called to the attention of the City of El Segundo and clarified prior to the submission of proposals. 10. BID SECURITY 10.1 Each Bid will be accompanied by Bid Security, in the amount of 10% of the Lump Sum Base Bid as security for Bidder's obligation to enter into a Contract with the City on the terms stated in the Bid Form and to furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents. Bid Security will be a Bid Bond on the form provided by the City or a certified check made payable to "City of El Segundo." When a Bond is used for Bid Security, failure to use the City's Bid Bond form will result in the rejection of the Bid. 10.2 If the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails to sign the Agreement and furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents within the time limits specified in these Instructions to Bidders, the City will disqualify such Bidder and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder until all bids have been exhausted or the City may reject all bids. In such an event, the disqualified Bidder will be liable for and forfeit to the City the amount of the difference, not to exceed the amount of the Bid Security, between the amount of the disqualified Bid and the larger amount for which the City procures the Work. 10.3 If a Bid Bond is submitted and an attorney -in -fact executes the Bid Bond on behalf of the surety, a notarized and current copy of the power of attorney will be affixed to the Bid Bond. The surety issuing the Bid Bond will be listed in the latest published State of California, Department of Insurance list of, "Insurers Admitted to Transact Surety Insurance in This State." 10.4 The City will retain Bid Security until the occurrence of one of the following: 10.4.1 All items required by the Bidding Documents have been furnished and the Agreement has been signed by the successful Bidder and the City. 10.4.2 The specified time has elapsed during which Bids may be withdrawn. 10.4.3 All Bids have been rejected. 10.5 The Bid Form, Bid Security, and all other documents required to be submitted with the Bid must be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope must be addressed to the City Clerk. The envelope must be identified with the Bidder's name and address and identify the Project for which the Bid is submitted, as follows: "SEALED BIDS FOR PROJECT NO.:PW 25-18 PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENT PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO. DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL." Proposals may be mailed or delivered by messenger. 10.6 Bids will be deposited at the designated location on or before the Bid Deadline. A Bid received after the Bid Deadline will be returned to Bidder unopened. 10.7 Bidder will assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 10.8 Oral, telephonic, facsimile, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not be accepted. 10.9 All proposals must be submitted, filed, made, and executed in accordance with State and Federal laws related to bids for contracts of this nature whether the same is expressly referred to herein or not. Any bidder submitting a proposal shall by such I-B-5 Agreement No. 7588 action thereby agree to each and all of the terms, conditions, provisions, and requirements set forth, contemplated, and referred to in the Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and to full compliance therewith. 11. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID. 11.1 Before the Bid Deadline, a submitted Bid may be modified or withdrawn. Notice of such action will be given to the City in writing and signed by the Bidder's authorized representative. A change so made will be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 11.2 A withdrawn Bid may be resubmitted up to the Bid Deadline, provided that it then fully complies with the Bidding Requirements. 11.3 Bid Security will be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. 11.4 Bids may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled within ninety (90) calendar days after the Bid Deadline unless otherwise provided in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. 11.5 Proposals may not be withdrawn after said Bid Deadline without forfeiture of the proposal guarantee. 11.6 The withdrawal of a proposal will not prejudice the right of the bidder to submit a new proposal, providing there is time to do so. 11.7 No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, City Business License, or any other tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may be applicable. 11.8 No mention shall be made in the proposal of the cost of bonds as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such costs, which may be applicable. 12. OPENING OF BIDS. Bids submitted in the manner required by these instructions and are received on or before the Bid Deadline will be opened publicly. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS. 13.1 The City will have the right to reject all Bids. 13.2 The City will have the right to reject any Bid not accompanied by the required Bid Security or any other item required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any other way materially incomplete or irregular. 13.2.1 Unrequested/unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a proposal will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed proposal forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically requested. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic proposal, modification, or withdrawal will be considered. 13.3 In the event that any bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one proposal, all such proposals will be rejected, and the bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one bidder, and while doing so, may also submit a formal proposal as a prime contractor. No proposal will be accepted from a bidder who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and I elve, Agreement No. 7588 Professions Code. 14. AWARD 14.1 The City may retain all bids for a period of ninety (90) calendar days for examination and comparison, and to delete any portion of the work from the contract. 14.2 The City will have the right to waive nonmaterial irregularities in a Bid and to accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by The City. 14.3 The City will have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents. 14.4 Unless stated otherwise on bidding documents (e.g., Bid Schedule), the City will determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid plus all unit prices multiplied by their respective estimated quantities as stated in the Bid Form, if any, plus the Contractor Delay Damages multiplied by the "multiplier" as stated in the Bid Form, plus the amounts of all accepted Alternates. 14.4.1 Inclusion of Contractor Delay Damages within the Bid Form is solely for the purpose of determining the low bidder and establishing the City's maximum daily liability as a result of City delays to Contractor, if any, and City has no obligation to pay any daily Contractor Delay Damages except as provided for in these Contract Documents for Compensable Delays. In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Proposal Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 14.5 The City will select the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder and notify such Bidder within thirty (30) calendar days (unless number of days is modified in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) after the Bid Deadline or reject all bids. Within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notice that Bidder was selected as the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, Bidder will submit to the City all of the following items: 14.5.1 One original of the Agreement signed by Bidder. 14.5.2 One original of the Payment Bond. 14.5.3 One original of the Performance Bond. 14.5.4 Certificates of Insurance on form provided by the City. 14.5.5 Names of all Subcontractors, with their addresses, telephone number, facsimile number, trade on Bidders' company stationery. Evidence, as required by the City, of the reliability and responsibility of the proposed Subcontractors such as statements of experience, statements of financial condition, and references. 14.5.6 Preliminary Contract Schedule. 14.5.7 Selection of Retention Options and Escrow Agreement for Deposit of Securities in Lieu of Retention and Deposit of Retention. If not submitted, the City will withhold retention. 14.5.8 Cost Breakdown. 14.6 Before award of the Contract, the City will notify Bidder in writing, if the City I 03WA Agreement No. 7588 14.7 objects to a Subcontractor proposed by Bidder, in which case Bidder will propose a substitute acceptable to the City. Failure of the City to object to a proposed Subcontractor before award will not preclude the City from requiring replacement of any Subcontractor based upon information received subsequent to award, information which cannot be properly evaluated before award due to time constraints, or information relating to a failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract. If Bidder submits the original signed Agreements and all other items within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, and all such items comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, the City will award the Contract to Bidder by signing the Agreement and returning a signed copy of the Agreement to Bidder. If the City consents to the withdrawal of the Bid of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, or the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails or refuses to sign the Agreement or submit to the City all of the items required by the Bidding Documents, within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, or the City determines that the Bidder is not financially or otherwise qualified to perform the Contract, the City may reject such Bidder's Bid and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder, until all bids are exhausted, or reject all Bids. 1.. Agreement No. 7588 PROPOSAL FOR THE PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Date 20 Company Name: TO THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO: In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated Project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the BIDDER has satisfied himself regarding the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may affect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City of El Segundo at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of El Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHOWN AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten working days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. Mail a Public Works Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of El Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's option, be considered null and void. Agreement No. 7588 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract documents. NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal; that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 7588 BID SCHEDULE PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: Note: Bid Item work is elaborated in detail in the Project plans and specifications. A. HVAC East (MZ-3) ITEM E DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY AMOUNT NO.BASE PRICE BID ITEMS — HVAC EAST Mobilization, Superintendent, Crane, lA Temporary Barriers, General Conditions LS 1 $ $ Allowances General Demolition of Existing Units, 2A Piping, Ducts, Various Mechanical and LS 1 $ $ Plumbing Items 3A HVAC Unit, 25 ton LS 1 $ $ 4A Ductwork, Duct Insulation, Duct Supports LS 1 $ $ and Duct Smoke Alarms Metal Grating, Equipment Support, 5A Modifications, Duct Cross Over, Roff LS 1 $ $ Guard Rail 6A Commissioning and Air Balancing LS 1 $ $ 7A Condensate Drain Piping and Natural Gas LS 1 $ $ Piping General Electrical Demolition of Various 8A Conductors, Disconnects, Receptacles, LS 1 $ $ Circuit Breakers, Devices Furnishing and Installation of New Circuit Breakers, Unfused Disconnect Switches, 9A Conductors, Service Receptacles, Various LS 1 $ $ Electrical Items; Testing and Commissioning Demolition and Installation of HVAC 10A Control Conduit and Wiring, Testing, LS 1 $ $ Commissioning, Controls Programming 11A Provision for Roof Penetration Patching LS 1 $ $ I-C-3 a Agreement No. 7588 Fire Alarm Writing Reconnection for Existing Duct Connectors, New Fire 12A Alarm Wiring for New Duct Smoke LS 1 $ $ Detectors, Fire Alarm Integration and Programming, Testing, and Commissioning 3-year Bayer HVAC Season4 Control 13A System Static IP Service (May 1, 2027 — LS 1 $ $ April 30, 2030 TOTAL BASE BID A (41 A thru 413A) = TOTAL BASE BID A WRITTEN IN WORDS: B. HVAC MEDIA ROOM ITEOM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY N AMOUNT PURIT BASE BID ITEMS — HVAC MEDIA ROOM Mobilization, Superintendent, Crane, 1B Temporary Barriers, General Conditions LS 1 $ $ Allowances HVAC Minisplit Unit, Condensate Drain 2B Piping; Refrigerant Line Set and Controls LS 1 $ $ Wiring 3B Commissioning and Air Balancing LS 1 $ $ General Electrical Demolition of Various, Conductors, Disconnects, Receptables, 4B Circuit Breakers, Devices, Furnishing and LS 1 $ $ Installation of New Circuit Breakers, Conductors, Various Electrical Items; Testing and Commissioning. TOTAL BASE BID B (4113 thru 44B) = TOTAL BASE BID B WRITTEN IN WORDS: I-C-3b Agreement No. 7588 TOTAL BASE BID A + B (41A thru 413A + 41B thru 44B) = TOTAL BASE BID A+ B WRITTEN IN WORDS: I-C-3 c Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S INFORMATION Company Name: BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) If corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e., California) Business Street Address Telephone No. Email Address State Contractor's License No. and Class Original Date Issued Expiration Date Contractor's Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Information: Registration No. Expiration Date The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having principal interest in this proposal: The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: I-C-4 Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S INFORMATION (CONTINUED) Company Name: Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: Name: Title: I-C-5 Agreement No. 7588 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER executes and submits this proposal with the names, titles, hands, and seals of all aforenamed principals this day of , 20_ BIDDER NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION Bidder Signature: Subscribed and sworn to this NOTARY PUBLIC day of , 20 I-C-6 Agreement No. 7588 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, , as BIDDER, and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of El Segundo, in the penal sum of DOLLARS ($ ), which is ten (10%) percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated Project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated Project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this day of , 20 BIDDER* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to this day of 20 NOTARY PUBLIC Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-7 Agreement No. 7588 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is: Class No.: 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is: 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed on , 20_, at Signature Typed Name Title Company Name (insert City and State where Declaration signed). I-C-8 Agreement No. 7588 NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID (pursuant to Cal. Pub. Contract Code § 7106) The undersigned declares: I am the making the foregoing bid. of the parry The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder that all statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, jointventure, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on [date], at [City] [state]." Dated this day of , 20 Name Title Signature I-C-9 Agreement No. 7588 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder: Title: Business Name: Business Address: Telephone Number: ( ) Dated this day of , 20 I-C-10 Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: As detailed in Section 2-3 (Page II-B-3) of the General Provisions, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that portion of the work itself. Name of Subcontractor Address Subcontractor's Contractor License No. & DIR Registration No. Description of Portion of Work Subcontracted Estimated $ Amount (Number and Street) (CSLB #) (City, Zip Code) (DIR #) (Make copies of this page if additional space is needed) Signature of Bidder Date I-C- I I Agreement No. 7588 REFERENCES Company Name: The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime contractor or major subcontractor within the past five (5) years: 1. Project Owner: Project title: _ Type of work: Contact name: _ Telephone: _ Email address: _ Contract amount: $ Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 2. Project Owner: Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 3. Project Owner: Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-12 Agreement No. 7588 4. Project Owner: Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 5. Project Owner: Project title: Type of work: Contact name: Telephone: Email address: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Bidder may attach additional reference pages if necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance bonds: I-C-13 Agreement No. 7588 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. 1. Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes ❑ No ❑ 2. If yes, explain the circumstances: 3. Are you registered in accordance with Labor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bid as nonresponsive]? Yes ❑ No ❑ Bidder's Signature Name (Please Print) I-C-14 Agreement No. 7588 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Company Name: To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Tvpe of Insurance Limits Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 Business automobile liability: $1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement *The city has the option to increase the limits as required for more complex and major waterworks, sanitation, and road pavement projects. Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 04 13. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Form CA 00 01, covering Code I (Any Auto). The Contractor must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A: VIL" Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Contractor will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. The City requires California Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of- state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's Contractor. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." Date Bidder's Signature I-C-15 Agreement No. 7588 END PROPOSAL SECTION I-C-16 Agreement No. 7588 ,r PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND [CONTRACTOR] PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 This CONTRACT is entered into this day of , 20 , ("Effective Date") by and between the City of El Segundo, a municipal corporation and general law city ("City") and [Entity Name], a [Location and type of entity, e.g., a California corporation] ("Contractor"). 1. WORK. A. The Contractor shall perform all work required by and set forth in the Contract Documents (the "Work") in a good and workmanlike manner for the project identified in the Contract Documents, as attached hereto and incorporated by reference. The Contractor agrees to perform additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. C. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents. "Contract Documents" means this Contract and the following, as applicable: • Notice Inviting Bids; • Instructions to Bidders; • Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; • Bid Proposal and Bid Bond; • Standard Specifications; • Supplementary Conditions; • Exhibits; • Insurance Requirements; • Labor and Material Payment Bond; • Performance Bond • Technical Specifications; • List of Drawings; • Drawings; Agreement No. 7588 • Addenda; • Notice to Proceed; • Change Orders; • Notice of Completion. "Contract Documents" also includes all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings. 2. CONTRACT SUM. In consideration of the services rendered hereunder, the City shall pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed amount of ($ ) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents, in accordance with the prices set forth therein. Contractor shall provide City with a monthly invoice for current completed work. The City shall make payments within thirty-five (35) days after receipt of the Contractor's undisputed and properly submitted invoice, including an updated schedule of work. The City shall return to the Contractor any invoice determined not to be a proper payment request as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt and shall explain in writing the reasons why the payment request is not proper. Contractor shall have seven days from written notice of improper payment request to submit a revised request satisfactory to the City. Payment for a properly revised payment request shall then be paid by the City within a reasonable period thereafter. 3. SECURITIES AND BONDS. Within ten (10) working days of the Effective Date of this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a labor and material payment bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum, and a faithful performance bond in the amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum. Said bonds shall be secured from a surety company admitted and authorized to do business in California as such and satisfactory to the City. Upon filing the Notice of Completion, the Contractor shall be required to maintain a labor and material payment bond for a period of seven (7) months. Additionally, the faithful performance bond amount shall be reduced to an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Contract Sum and shall remain in effect until the end of all warranty periods set forth in the Contract Documents, or, if no warranty period is specified, for a period of twelve (12) months after filing of the Notice of Completion. (Note: Securities are not required if Contract Sum is less than $25,000.) 4. INSURANCE. A. Before commencing performance under this Agreement, and at all other times this Agreement is effective, Contractor will procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: I-D-2 Agreement No. 7588 Type of Insurance Commercial general liability: Business automobile liability Workers Compensation T imitc $2,000,000 per occurrence $1,000,000 per occurrence Statutory Requirement (only if Contractor has employees) *The city has the option to increase the limits as required for more complex and major waterworks, sanitation, and road pavement projects. B. Commercial general liability ("CGL") insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. Form CG 00 01 04 13, or equivalent, covering CGL on an "occurrence" basis, including property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location (ISO CG 25 03 or 25 04) or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. C. For automobiles, the insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of Insurance Services Office Form Number CA 0001 covering Code 1 (any auto), or, if Contractor provides proof of a personal automobile policy, such personal policy must include and indicate business venture coverage with limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. If Contractor has no owned autos, Code 8 (hired) and 9 (non -owned), with limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage must be included in coverage. D. The amount of insurance set forth above will be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies will be endorsed to name City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by City will be excess thereto. City's additional insured status will apply with respect to liability and defense of suits arising out of Contractor's acts or omissions. Such insurance will be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to City, and the notice must include any necessary endorsement to facilitate such notice to City. E. Required Insurance Endorsement Language: Additional Insured Endorsement with this language: "The City of El Segundo, its elected and appointed officials, employees, and volunteers as additional insureds." I-D-3 Agreement No. 7588 ii. Cancellation Endorsement with this language: "The City of El Segundo will receive thirty (30) days written notice in the event of cancellation, nonrenewed or reduction." iii. Primary and Non -Contributory Endorsement with this language: "Coverage is primary and non-contributory such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto." F. Contractor will furnish to City valid Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, a copy of an Additional Insured endorsement confirming CITY has been given Additional Insured status under the Contractor's General Liability policy, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A: VII." G. Should Contractor, for any reason, fail to obtain and maintain the insurance required by this Agreement, CITY may obtain such coverage at Contractor's expense and deduct the cost of such insurance from payments due to Contractor under this Agreement or terminate pursuant to Section 7. 5. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within working days (the "Contract Time.") B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and ii. The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and Notice to Proceed. D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. I-D-4 Agreement No. 7588 6. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. A. General. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, an adjustment to the Contract Time by reason of a Change Order shall be agreed to at the time the Change Order is issued and accepted by Contractor. B. Extensions of Time. In the event it is deemed appropriate by the City to extend the time for completion of the Work, any such extension shall not release any guarantee for the Work required by the Contract Documents, nor shall any such extension of time relieve or release the Sureties on the Bonds executed. In executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agrees to any such extensions of time. The amount of time allowed by an extension of time shall be limited to the period of the delay giving rise to the same as determined by the City. Notwithstanding any dispute which may arise in connection with a claim for adjustment of the Contract Time, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work. C. Payment for Delays. Notwithstanding any other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, the City shall have no obligation whatsoever to increase the Contract Sum or extend the time for delays. Unless compensation and/or markup is agreed upon by the City, the Contractor agrees that no payment of compensation of any kind shall be made to the Contractor for damages or increased overhead costs caused by any delays in the progress of the Contract, whether such delays are avoidable or unavoidable or caused by any act or omission of the City or its agents. Any accepted delay claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time to complete the performance of the Work. 7. TERM AND TERMINATION. The Contract is effective as of the Effective Date stated in the first paragraph of this Contract and shall remain in full force and effect until the Contractor has fully rendered the services required by the Contract Documents or the Contract has been otherwise terminated by the City. However, some provisions may survive the term of the Contract, as stated in those provisions. City may terminate this Contract at any time, at will, for any reason or no reason, after giving written notice to Contractor at least ten (10) calendar days before the termination is to be effective. If City defaults under this Agreement, and if City has not cured the default within thirty (30) calendar days after Contractor has given City notice of the event of default. Contractor may terminate this Contract for cause after giving written notice to City at least thirty (30) calendar days before the termination is to be effective. Contractor shall cease all work under this Contract on or before the effective date of termination specified in the notice of termination. Contractor shall be paid for services satisfactorily rendered to the last working day this Contract is in effect and Contractor shall deliver all materials, reports, documents, notes or other written materials compiled I-D-5 Agreement No. 7588 through the last working day this Contract is in effect. In no event shall Contractor be entitled to receive more than the maximum compensation set forth in this Contract that would be paid to the Contractor for the full performance of the services required by this Contract. Neither party shall have any other claim against the other party by reason of such termination. In the event the City terminates the Contract, Contractor shall be reimbursed for all unavoidable and unmitigable costs resulting from such termination, in addition to the compensation for all work completed up until the effective date of the termination of the Contract. 8. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Before starting any construction work, the Contractor will be required to obtain all necessary permits, licenses or certificates from the City and shall maintain such permits, licenses and certificates required to complete the Work during the Contract Time. Contractor shall bear all costs for fees for all agencies except for the City's permit fees. 9. COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all Work with the City's Street sweeping, trash pick-up, and street maintenance contractors, emergency services departments, utility company crews, and others when necessary. Payment for conforming to these requirements shall be included in other items of Work, and no additional payment shall be made thereof. 10. EXTRA WORK. New and unforeseen work will be classified as Extra Work only when the Work is not covered and cannot be paid for under any of the various items or combination of items for which a Bid price appears on the Bid. The Contractor shall not do any Extra Work except upon written order from the City Manager. 11. ASSIGNMENT. Any purported assignment without written consent of the City shall be null, void, and of no effect, and the Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify the City and its officers, officials, employees, agents and representatives with respect to any claim, demand, or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment. If the city opts to consent to assignment, the City's consent shall be contingent upon: (1) a letter from the Surety agreeing to the assignment and assigning all of the Bonds to the assignee without any reduction, or the assignee supplying all new Bonds in the amounts originally required under the Contract Documents; and (2) the assignee supplying all of the required insurance in the amounts required in the Contract Documents. Until the Surety assigns all of the Bonds or the assignee supplies all of the new Bonds, and until the assignee supplies all of the required insurance, an assignment otherwise consented to in writing by the City shall not be effective. Even if the City consents to assignment, no assignment shall relieve the Contractor from liability under the Contract. 12. INSPECTION. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for all off -site inspection of the Work required by any ordinance or governing authorities. The Contractor shall also arrange and pay for other inspections, including tests in connection therewith, as may be assigned or required. I-D-6 Agreement No. 7588 13. WORKSITE MAINTENANCE. A. General. Clean-up shall be done as Work progresses at the end of each day and thoroughly before weekends. The Contractor shall not allow the Work site to become littered with trash and waste material but shall maintain the same in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction operation. Materials which need to be disposed shall not be stored at the Work site but shall be removed by the end of each working day. If the job site is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City Manager, the cleaning will be done or contracted by the City and shall be back -charged to the Contractor and deducted from the Contract Sum. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed Work, all rubbish, debris, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the Work by the City will be withheld until the Contractor has satisfactorily complies with the foregoing requirements for final clean-up of the Work site. B. Storage of Equipment and Materials. The Contractor shall make arrangements for storing its equipment and materials. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off -site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the Work. Approved areas within Work site may be used for temporary storage; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary permits from the City. Construction materials and equipment shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways unless otherwise approved by the City Manager. C. All costs associated with the clean-up and storage required to complete the Work shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 14. WARRANTY. For purposes of the calculation of the start of the warranty period, the Work shall be deemed completed upon the date of the Notice of Completion. If that direction is contingent on the completion of any items remaining on a punch list, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of the City Manager's acceptance of the final item(s) on the punch list. The Contractor shall repair or replace defective materials and workmanship at its own expense. Additionally, the Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the City from claims or any kind arising from damage, injury, or death due to such defects. The parties agree that no certificates given shall be conclusive evidence of the faithful performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be in acceptance of any defective Work or improper materials. Further, the certificate or final payment shall not terminate the Contractor's obligations under the warranty herein. 15. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK Until the final acceptance of the Work by the City, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear I-D-7 Agreement No. 7588 the risk of injury or damage to any part of the Work by the action of the elements, criminal acts, or any other cause. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except for such injuries or damages arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents or employees. In the case of suspension of Work from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and the protection of Work already completed, shall properly store and protect them if necessary, and shall provide suitable drainage and erect temporary structures where necessary. The Contractor is prohibited from performing work with a subcontractor who is debarred pursuant to Labor Code §§ 1777.1 or 1777.7. 16. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13. 17. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -parry claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than 10 business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third- parry claim. 18. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. 19. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. 20. INDEMNIFICATION. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor hereby agrees at its sole cost and expense, to defend, protect, indemnify, and hold harmless the City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, volunteers, attorneys, agents (including those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City representative), successors, and assignees (collectively "Indemnitees") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, charges, obligations, damages, causes of action, proceedings, suits, losses, stop payment notices, judgments, fines, liens, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses of every kind and nature whatsoever, in any manner arising out of, incident to, related to, in connection with or resulting from any act, failure to act, error or omission of the Contractor or any of its officers, agents, attorneys, employees, subcontractors, material supplies or any of their officers, agents or employees and/or arising out of, incident to, related to, in connection with or resulting from any term, provision, image, plan, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys' fees, experts' I-D-8 Agreement No. 7588 fees, and other related costs and expenses (individually a "Claim", or collectively, "Claims"). The Contractor shall promptly pay and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered against any of the Indemnitees as to any such Claim. The Contractor shall reimburse Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. The Contractor's obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by the Contractor or Indemnitees. This indemnity shall apply to all claims regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable or whether the Claim was caused in part or contributed to by an Indemnitee. Nonwaiver of Rights. Indemnitees do not and shall not waive any rights that they may possess against the Contractor because the acceptance by the City or the deposit with the city of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to these Contract Documents. This indemnity provision is effective regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees and shall operate to fully indemnify Indemnitees against any such negligence. Waiver of Right of Subrogation. The Contractor, on behalf of itself and all parties claiming under or through it, hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Indemnitees, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all Claims arising out of or incident to the activities or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor regardless of any prior, concurrent or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees. Survival. The provisions of this Section 20 shall survive the term and termination of the Contract, are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State, and are in addition to any other rights or remedies that Indemnitees may have under the law. Payment is not required as a condition precedent to an Indemnitee's right to recover under this indemnity provision, and an entry of judgment against the Contractor shall be conclusive in favor of the Indemnitee's right to recover under this indemnity provision. 21. NONDISCRIMINATORY EMPLOYMENT. The Contractor shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, religion, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation, or military and veteran status. The Contractor understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with the nondiscrimination mandates of all statutes and local ordinances and regulations. 22. PREVAILING WAGES. In accordance with Labor Code § 1770 et seq., the Project is a "public work" to which prevailing wages apply. The Contractor and any Subcontractors shall pay wages in accordance with the determination of the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations ("DIR") regarding the prevailing wage rate of per diem wages. The Contractor shall post a copy of the DIR's determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages at each job site. The project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. I-D-9 Agreement No. 7588 23. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which it is performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only. 24. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Contractor and its employees, associates and subcontractors, if any, shall comply with all California conflict of interest statutes applicable to Contractor's Work under this Contract, including, but not limited to the Political Reform Act (Gov. Code § 81000 et seq.) and Government Code § 1090. 25. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 26. NON -WAIVER OF TERMS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under the Contract Documents shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under the Contract Documents. In no event shall the making by the City of any payment to the Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by the City of any breach of covenant, or any default that may then exist on the part of the Contractor, and the making of any such payment by the City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to the City with regard to such breach or default. 27. NOTICES. All communications to either parry by the other parry will be deemed made when received by such parry at its respective name and address as follows: To Contractor: To Ci : Attn: Attn: Eric Brown Dept.: Dept.: City of El Segundo Public Works Address: Address: 350 Main St El Segundo, CA 90245 Phone: Phone: (310) 524-2368 Email: Email: ebrown@elsegundo.org I-D-10 Agreement No. 7588 Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee upon deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 28. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. 29. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. 30. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as determined in the Standard Specifications. 31. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect. 32. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 33. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Contract, including the Contract Documents and any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between City and Contractor. This Contract supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations or agreements. This Contract may not be modified or amended, not any provisions or breach waived, except in a writing signed by both parties that expressly refers to this Contract. 34. ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES; SIGNATURE AUTHORITY. This Contract may be executed by the Parties on any number of separate counterparts, and all such counterparts so executed constitute one agreement binding on all the Parties notwithstanding that all the Parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. In accordance with Government Code § 16.5, the Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a parry is delivered by electronic transmission. I-D-11 Agreement No. 7588 Such electronic signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. Contractor warrants that its signatory (or signatories, as applicable) to this Agreement has the legal authority to enter this Agreement and bind Contractor accordingly. 35. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. 36. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. 37. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. [Signatures on following page.] I-D-12 Agreement No. 7588 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO CONTRACTOR Darrell George, City Manager ATTEST: Susan Truax, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: MARK D. HENSLEY, City Attorney IIn David King, Assistant City Attorney Insurance Reviewed by: Name: Title: Name: Title: Taxpayer ID No. Contractor State License No. Contractor City Business License No. Sharon Brennan, Risk Manager I-D-13 Agreement No. 7588 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 25-18 Bond No. Bond Fee: ("PRINCIPAL") and , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of DOLLARS and cents ($ ), lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18 and the Public Works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18 a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 25-18) which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 3. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's Agreement No. 7588 completion and acceptance by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to correct its work against any defective work, labor, or materials, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void one (1) year following the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 7588 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL'S ADDRESS: 20 SURETY'S PRESIDENT SURETY'S SECRETARY MAILING SURETY'S MAILING ADDRESS: NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-E-3 Agreement No. 7588 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND PHASE 2 CITY HALL HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT NO.: PW 425-18 Bond No. Bond Fee: , as principal ("PRINCIPAL") and , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of DOLLARS and cents ($ ), lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18 ("Public Project"), the Public Works contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18, and the Public Works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 25-18), which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. 2. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor I-F-1 Agreement No. 7588 thereon. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 25-18, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 7588 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of , 20 PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT SURETY'S PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL'S MAILING ADDRESS: SURETY'S SECRETARY SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. I-F-3 Agreement No. 7588 SECTION II - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of California relating to licensing of contractors, for the type of work to be performed under this Contract. 2. INSURANCE AND CITY BUSINESS LICENSE Contractor and Subcontractors will obtain appropriate insurance and a City Business License before execution of the construction contract. EMERGENCY INFORMATION The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor and Subcontractors, or their representatives, will be filed with the City Engineer and the City Police Department BEFORE PERFORMING WORK. 4. FURNISHING OF WATER Water necessary for the prosecution of the work as herein specified will be furnished by the City in the following manner: The Contractor will deposit with the City Water/Wastewater Division the sum of One Thousand Four Hundred Forty -Four Dollars ($1,444.00) to insure against damage to a 2 1/z" Fire Hydrant water meter, which will be furnished and installed by the City at a point convenient to the site of the work. This deposit will be refunded to the Contractor upon completion of the Project if, after removal and inspection of said meter by the City, it is found to be in satisfactory condition. In event of damage to this meter while under the jurisdiction of the Contractor, all or any part of said deposit may be retained by the City. A non-refundable Activation Fee of One Hundred and Fifty -Six Dollars ($156.00) will be charged to the Contractor upon activation of the temporary meter. All water used from the temporary meter will be metered and charged to the Contractor at the prevailing rate plus the current daily meter rental rate. The Contractor will be charged a $15 reconnect fee if the Contractor wishes the City to relocate the temporary meter to another hydrant. Cost of water to be used shall be included in the Contract bid price of the items of work relevant to its use. II-A-1 Agreement No. 7588 5. CALIFORNIA - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ADMINISTRATION All work performed under this contract will be done in strict compliance with the Cal - OSHA Rules and Regulations, latest edition. 6. SOUND CONTROL The Contractor will comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances that apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the Project or related to the Project, will be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine will be operated on the Project without said muffler. The use of loud signals will be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. 7. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL The Contractor is put on notice that he must abide by all existing rules and regulations of the SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District), relating to all operations or equipment which discharge visible emissions or solid or liquid particles to the atmosphere. 8. WORKER UNIFORMS All workers under the employment of the Contractor or his/her Subcontractor shall wear the appropriate safety apparel as required by the latest edition of the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCHBOOK) while working in the public right -of way. Workers shall wear the correct Class visibility apparel for the speed zone working in, as required in the WATCHBOOK. II-A-2 Agreement No. 7588 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 0-0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 0-1 GENERAL Except as modified by these Supplemental Provisions, the provisions of the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" ("Greenbook") and its supplements prepared and promulgated by Public Works Standards, Inc. Public Works, constitute the Standard Specifications for this Project. 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS The numbering contained within the Standard Specifications of the Contract Documents is intended to correspond with Greenbook numbering. 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Add or delete the following to Subsection 1-2 of the Greenbook. Acceptance — In the context of "acceptance" of the work, the date on which the City Council accepts the Work as complete. City - City of El Segundo City Council - The body constituting the awarding authority of the City. Compensable Delay - a delay entitling the Contractor to an adjustment of the Contract Sum and an adjustment of the Contract Time in accordance with this Agreement. Due Notice - A written notification, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours or two working days) before the commencement of the contemplated action. Notification may be from Engineer to Contractor or from Contractor to Engineer. II-B-1 Agreement No. 7588 Engineer - The City Engineer, or designee, as defined in the Greenbook. Unless otherwise provided, all correspondence and decisions made relative to the contract will be by the City Engineer or his designated representative. Prompt - The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval of a governing body. Public Works Director — The City's Public Works Director, or designee. State Standard Specifications - State of California Standard Specifications, latest edition and supplements, California State Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Working Days - A working day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and days when work is suspended by the Engineer (non -working), as provided in Subsection 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS Add the following to Subsection 1-3 of the Greenbook. 1-3.1 Common Usage Public Works Public Works NTP Notice to Proceed WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction by Public Works Standards, Inc. CITY City of El Segundo 1-3.2 Institutions AAN American Association of Nurserymen AGC Associated General Contractors of America AISC American Institute of Steel Construction APWA American Public Works Association ASA American Standard Association ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers IEEE Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers NEC National Electric Code PCC California Public Contract Code II-B-2 Agreement No. 7588 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID Subsection 1-6 Bidding and Submission of the Bid of Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsection. 1-6.1 General Except as provided in PCC § § 4100 et. seq., each bidder will file with its bid the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the prime contractor's total bid. Only one subcontractor will be listed for each portion of the work, which portion will be defined in the bid. In each instance, the nature and extent of the work to be sublet will be described. The failure of the Contractor to specify a subcontractor, or the listing of more than one subcontractor for the same portion of the work, constitutes an agreement by the Contractor that it is fully qualified to perform that portion itself and that it will perform that portion itself. The Contractor must have the City Council's written consent to substitute a subcontractor other than that designated in the original bid, to permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred, or to allow a subcontract to be performed by other than the original subcontractor. Subcontracting of work for which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid, and which is more than one-half of one percent of the work, will be allowed only in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the City Council setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity. Violation of any of the above provisions will be considered a breach of the Contract, and the City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work, cancel the contract, or assess the Contractor a penalty of not more than ten percent of the subcontract involved. All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors and their employees will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the Work. The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to, the prime Contractor. When subcontracted work is not being prosecuted in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be notified to take corrective action. The Engineer may report the facts to the City Council_ If the City Council so orders, and on receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Engineer, the subcontractor will be removed immediately from the Work. That subcontractor will not again be employed on the Work. II-B-3 Agreement No. 7588 If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 1-6.3 Additional Responsibility Add the following to Subsection 1-6.2 Additional Responsibility: The Contractor will submit experience statements for each subcontractor who will perform contract work that amounts to more than ten percent (10%) of the Work. 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 1-7.2 Contract Bonds The "Performance Bond" shall be for 100% of the Contract Price to guaranty faithful performance of all work, within the time prescribed, in a manner satisfactory to the City, and that all materials and workmanship will be free from original or developed defects. The Faithful Performance Bond and the Labor and Materials Bond must be paid and in effect for one year after the acceptance of the job by the City in accordance with the guarantee required by Subsection 3-13.1. SECTION 2 — SCOPE OF THE WORK 2.1 WORK TO BE DONE Add following subsections: 2-1.1 Access to Project Site Not later than the date designated in the City's Notice to Proceed (NTP), the City will provide access to the real property and facilities upon which the Work is to be performed, in accordance to the Contract Documents for the Contractor's use. 2-1.2 Ownership and Use of Contract Documents The Contract Documents and all copies furnished to or provided by the Contractor are the City's property and may not be used for other work. 2-2 PERMITS Add the following paragraph to Subsection 2-2: II-B-4 Agreement No. 7588 The Contractor will apply for permits required by the City. These permits will be issued on a "no -fee" basis. The Contractor must pay for and obtain all other permits from other governmental and utility agencies necessitated by their operations. All bonding fees, permit, inspection permit fees or other fees, such as, but limited to, overweight and oversized vehicle permit fees, charges and/or required for the completion of the Contract Work must be paid by the Contractor. These costs shall be included in the bid item provided. If no bid item is included, costs will be included in the various items of work, and no additional payment will be allowed. 2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY Add the following subsection to Subsection 2-3: 2-3.1 Additional Work Areas and Facilities When the Contractor arranges for additional temporary work areas and facilities, the Contractor will provide the City with proof that the additional areas or facilities have been left in a condition satisfactory to the owner(s) of said work areas or facilities before acceptance of the work. 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS. Delete Subsection 2-9 and replace with the following: If the Contractor encounters concealed or unknown conditions that differ materially from those anticipated or expected ("changed conditions"), the Contractor will immediately notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions (upon discovery and before disturbing such changed conditions), as provided in Subsection 6-11 of these Supplemental Provisions, so that the Engineer can determine if such conditions require design details that differ from those design details shown in the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding the time period (thirty (30) days) set forth in Subsection 6-11.3, Claims Submitted to Engineer, the Contractor is liable to the City for any extra costs incurred as a result of the Contractor's failure to promptly give such notice. Changed conditions include, without limitation, the following: Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract Documents; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from what is represented in the Contract which the II-B-5 Agreement No. 7588 Contractor believes may be hazardous waste as defined in California Health & Safety Code §25117 that is required to be removed to a Class I, II, or III disposal site in accordance with applicable law(s). The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions that appear to be changed conditions and render a decision promptly. The Engineer's decision, and any dispute regarding that decision, will be made in accordance with Section 6-11, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE (of these Supplemental Provisions). Any information provided pursuant to INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS is subject to the following provisions: The information is made available for the Bidders' convenience and is not a part of the Contract. 2. The City has not determined the accuracy or completeness of such information and all such information is made available to Bidders without any representation or warranty by the City whatsoever as to its accuracy, completeness, or relevancy. 3. Bidders will independently evaluate such information for their use and will be solely responsible for use or interpretation of such information. Any such use or interpretation will not be the basis of any claim against the City. 2-10 DISPUTED WORK Delete Subsection 2-10 and replace with the following: If the Contractor and the City do not reach agreement on disputed work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the work. Any payment for the disputed work will be determined pursuant to the claims procedures in these Supplemental Provisions. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor will keep and furnish records of disputed work as required by the Contract Document. SECTION 3 — CONTROL OF THE WORK 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Delete Subsection 3-7.1 and replace with the following: subsection. 3-7.1 General The Contractor will maintain the following at the Work site: Maintain one (1) as -built copy of the Project Plans and Specifications, in good order, complete and current with, clearly defined markings, to record all approved changes and selections made during construction. The As -built plans must be submitted to the City representative for approval before the II-B-6 Agreement No. 7588 City pays a final retention amount. 2. The current accepted Contract Schedule. 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. Copy of approved change documents (RFI, submittal, designer supplemental instructions and approved change orders, this is a partial listing of actual change documents, titles may vary from Project to Project). 4. All approved permits, including those issued by other agencies. Cal -OSHA permits for trench shoring shall be available for review on site, when requested. 5. All other required submittals. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents will govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative and to describe and provide for a complete project. Anything in the Specifications and not on the Plans, or on the Plans and not in the Specifications, will be as though shown or mentioned in both. Payment for any items on the plans for which there is no specific bid item will be included in the various items of work or in any item to which it is appurtenant. If the Contractor performs any work which it knows or should know involves an error, inconsistency, or omission without notifying and obtaining written consent from the Engineer, the Contractor will be responsible for the resulting losses, including, without limitation, the costs of correcting defective work. 3-7.2 Precedence of Contract Documents The following paragraph is added to subsection 3-7.2 of the Greenbook: As the figured dimensions shown on the plans and in the specifications of the Contract may not in every case agree with scaled dimensions, the figured dimensions will be followed in preference to the scaled dimensions, and plans to a large scale will be followed in preference to the plans to a small scale. Should it appear that the work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto, are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor will apply to the Engineer for such further explanations as may be necessary, and will conform thereto as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the terms thereof. Any items shown on drawings and not mentioned in the specifications will be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. 3-7.3 Accuracy of Plans and Specifications Add the following subsection: II-B-7 Agreement No. 7588 Although it is believed that much of the information pertaining to conditions and existing utilities that may affect the cost of the Work will be shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, the City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of such information. The Contractor is responsible for contacting 811— Dig Alert prior to the commencement of the Contract Work and maintaining the status of the notice. The Contractor will carefully study and compare each of the Contract Documents with the others and with information furnished by the City and will promptly report in writing to the Engineer any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents or inconsistencies with applicable law observed by the Contractor. The Contractor will take field measurements, verify field conditions, perform soil investigations, and carefully compare with the Contract Documents such field measurements, conditions, and other information known to the Contractor before commencing the Work. Errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered at any time will be promptly reported in writing to the Engineer. 3-10 SURVEYING Add the following Subsection 3-10.3, Survey Service: 3-10.3 Survey Service 3-10.3.1 Construction Surveying The Contractor will provide for all construction surveys required to layout, monitor and complete the work. The surveys shall be performed by a Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying by the State of California. Computations, survey notes, and other data used to accomplish the work will be neat, legible and accurate. Copies of all computations, survey notes, and other data (electronic format may be required) will be furnished to the Engineer before beginning work that requires their use. The Project Benchmark is shown on the plans. The Contractor will establish all necessary control lines based on the plans and record information on file with the County of Los Angeles Surveyor and the Engineer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the survey control as shown on the plans. If the survey control is destroyed or disturbed during construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for resetting them and to file appropriate documents with the County of Los Angeles, at the direction of the Engineer. 3-10.3.2 Measurement and Payment Construction Survey — Unless a separate bid item is provided, payment shall be considered to be included in the other items of the bid and no additional payment will be made therefore. II-B-8 Agreement No. 7588 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE Delete Subsection 3-12.1, General and replace with the following: 3-12.1 Cleanup and Dust Control 3-12.1.1 General On any construction Project requiring trenching within public streets and for which total trenching is in excess of 500 feet, the Contractor will be required to sweep the worksite utilizing a pick-up type street sweeper a minimum of once daily. 3-12.1.2 Watering Water for dust control caused by Contractor's operations or the passage of traffic through the work will be applied as necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Water for the above or other purposes may be obtained from any approved source. If the Contractor chooses to use a City fire hydrant upon placing deposits and fees as described in this contract, the Engineer will cause a meter to be installed. All water used from the hydrant will be metered and charged to the Contractor at the prevailing rate plus the current daily meter rental rate. The Contractor will be charged a $15 reconnect fee if the Contractor wishes to move the meter to a different hydrant. Payment for the costs of water to be used shall be included in the cost of various associated bid items. 3-12.6 Water Pollution Control The following requirements are added to establish storm water and urban runoff pollution prevention controls. (a) Storm or construction generated water containing sediment such as, construction waste, soil, slurry from concrete/asphalt concrete saw cutting operations, clean up of concrete transit mixers or other pollutants from construction sites and parking areas will be retained or controlled on site and will not be permitted to enter the storm drain system. (b) Temporary sediment filtering systems such as sandbags, silt fences, or gravel berms will be utilized to trap sediment so that only filtered water enters the City's storm drain system. Proper clean up and disposal of settled sediment and the filtering system will be the responsibility of the Contractor. (c) Discharge of concrete transit mixer wash water on to approved dirt areas (sub - grade area designated for new concrete construction for example) is acceptable. Discharge on to private property, parkway areas, or the street is not permitted. (d) Plastic or other impervious covering will be installed where appropriate to II-B-9 Agreement No. 7588 prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with any other runoff control devices deemed appropriate by the City. (e) Excavated soil stored on the site will be covered in a manner that minimizes the amount of sediments running into the storm drain system, street or adjoining properties. (f) No washing of construction or other industrial vehicles and equipment will be allowed adjacent to a construction site. During the rainy season (October 15 to April 15), Contractor will keep at the construction site sufficient materials and labor to install temporary sediment filtering systems and other water pollution prevention control measures. These control measures will be in place and maintained by the Contractor on a daily basis on days when construction is not in progress due to rain. (g) All costs associated with water pollution control will be borne by the Contractor. Any expense incurred by the City to expeditiously respond to storm drain contamination resulting from Contractor's failure to implement water pollution control measures will be charged to the Contractor. 3-12.7 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements The following requirements are added to Section 3-12: Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings, and curb markings are damaged or their reflectively reduced by the Contractor's operations, such striping or markings will also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor will replace such improvements. Relocations, repairs, replacements, or re -establishments will be at least equal to the existing improvements and will match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified. Payment shall be included in corresponding Bid Items. 3-12.7 Public Convenience and Safety Unless otherwise specified all traffic control will be performed in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) Latest Edition, published by BNi Building News, 990 Park Center Drive, Suite E, Vista, CA (760) 734- 1113/www.bnibooks.com. 3-12.8.1 Traffic and Access The Contractor will notify the occupants of all affected properties at least 48 hours before any temporary obstruction of access. Vehicular access to property line will be maintained except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. No overnight closure of any driveway will be allowed except as permitted by the Engineer. II-B-10 Agreement No. 7588 At least one (1) twelve (12) foot wide traffic lane will be provided for each direction of travel on all streets at all times except as permitted by the Engineer. The traffic lanes will be maintained on pavement, and will remain unobstructed. All work requiring that a lane be closed or a lane moved right or left will be noticed to the traveling public by use of City approved lighted arrow boards. Clearances from traffic lanes will be five (5) feet to the edge of any excavation and two (2) feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator, or other vertical obstruction. One four (4) foot wide paved pedestrian walkway will be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets. The clearance from the pedestrian walkway to any traffic lane will be five (5) feet. Pedestrians and vehicles will be protected from all excavations, material storage, and/or obstructions by the placement of an adequate number of lighted barricades (minimum two (2)) at each location, one (1) at each end of the obstruction or excavation), which will have flashing lights during darkness. Barricades will be Type I or Type 11 per Section 7-3 of the WATCH Manual and lights will be Type A per Section 7-6 of the "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook" (WATCH). 3-12.8.2 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades Street closures will not be allowed except as specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any traffic control or detour plans that may be required as directed by the Engineer. Lane transitions will not be sharper than a taper of thirty (30) to one (1). Temporary traffic channelization will be accomplished with barricades or delineators. Temporary striping will not be allowed unless specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any plans that may be required for temporary striping to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In no event will temporary striping be allowed on finish pavement surfaces, which are to remain. Where access to driveway or street crossings need to be maintained, minimum 1 1/4 inch thick steel plating will be used to bridge the trench. All steel plating will have temporary asphalt concrete 1:12 minimum sloped ramps to assist vehicles to cross comfortably over the plates and have a non-skid surface. Plates subject to vehicle high traffic speeds and in residential areas will be secured by welding at the discretion of the Engineer. 3-12.8.3 Protection of the Public It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor will use foresight and will take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly II-B-11 Agreement No. 7588 completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the Project which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger, loss of life, or damage to person and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property, which may be damaged by the Contractor's operations and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, immediate action will be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor's operations under this contract, the Engineer will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation immediately, the Engineer may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Engineer, may seem reasonable and necessary. The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, will be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. Such remedial measures by the City will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for public safety. 3-13 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Delete Subsection 3-13 of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replace with the following: The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon the Engineer receiving the Contractor's written assertion that the Work is complete. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work is complete and is ready for acceptance, the Engineer will accept the Work on behalf of the City in the manner prescribed by the City. The Engineer will recommend approval of the Notice of Completion to the City Council. This will be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect the Work. All work will be guaranteed by the Contractor against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor for a period of 1 year from the date the Work was completed. The Contractor will replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the City may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties will be liable for the cost thereof. 3-13.1 General Guaranty The Contractor will remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other nearby improvements resulting therefrom, which will appear within a period of one II-B-12 Agreement No. 7588 year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified. The owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. SECTION 4 — CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-3 INSPECTION Delete Subsection 4-3 and replace with the following: 4-3.1 General Unless otherwise specified, inspection at the source of production for such materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, fabricated metal products, cast metal products, welding, reinforced and unreinforced concrete pipe, application of protective coatings, and similar shop and plant operations is not required. A certificate of compliance, signed by an authorized officer of the producer, certifying compliance with the contract documents will be submitted for all of the following materials: steel pipe, sizes less than 18 inches; vitrified clay pipe; asbestos cement pipe; cast iron pipe; reinforced concrete pipe; non -reinforced concrete pipe; and PVC sewer and water pipe; subject to sampling and testing by City. Standard items of equipment, such as electric motors, conveyors, plumbing fittings and fixtures, lumber, plywood, and so on, are subject to inspection at the job site. All other equipment items will be inspected and tested in accordance with the contract documents. The City does not provide full time inspection. The Contractor will provide 24-hour minimum notice for each inspection required by the work unless other arrangements have been agreed upon, in writing, with the City Engineer. Any inspection required outside of normal working hours and days, including holidays, will be at the Contractor's cost at rates established by the City. 4-6 TRADE NAMES Delete Subsection 4-6 and replace with the following: 4-6.1 Trade Names or Equals Whenever any material, product, equipment, or service is specified by brand, trade, or proprietary name, the item so specified will be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal". For the City's consideration of a proposed "equal" item, the Bidder must submit, a minimum of ten (10) calendar days before the date of the bid opening, documentation of the particulars of the proposed "equal item". At a minimum, the submitted documentation will include: ■ Written request with explanation of why the product should be considered as II-B-13 Agreement No. 7588 an equal product. ■ Material specifications. ■ Technical specifications. ■ Test data. ■ Samples. ■ Comparison chart of key specifications of the "equal" item against similar specifications of the specified item. ■ Work locations and reference telephone numbers of at least three (3) locations where the proposed "equal" item has been recently installed under similar conditions. ■ Warranty data. The Bidder will be notified by the Engineer whether or not the proposed "equal" product is acceptable to the City five (5) calendar days before the date of the bid opening. Failure to submit all required documentation and/or submittal of incomplete documents may result in the City's rejection of the proposed "equal" product without further consideration. II-B-14 Agreement No. 7588 SECTION 5 — LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5-3 LABOR Add the following subsections: 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages The Contractor will post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the Project the prevailing wage determinations for the Project based on the Bid Dates from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. The Contractor shall obtain copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages the California Department of Industrial Relations website which is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov, or by calling the Prevailing Wage Unit at (415) 703-4774. 5-3.5 Apprentices Add the following to the Subsection: Attention is directed to Labor Code §§ 1777.5, 1777.6 and 3098 concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor. Labor Code § 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeship occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the Public Works Project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen that will be used in the performance of the contract. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen in such cases will not be less than one to five except: a) When employment in the area of coverage by the joint apprenticeship committee has exceeded an average of 15 percent in the ninety (90) calendar days before the request for certificate, or b) When the number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of one to five, or c) When the trade can show that it is replacing at least 1/30 of its membership through apprenticeship training on an annual basis state-wide or locally, or d) When the Contractor provides evidence that the Contractor employs regis- tered apprentices on all of his contracts on an annual average of not less than one apprentice to eight journeymen. The Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of apprenticeship programs if the Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other II-B-15 Agreement No. 7588 contractors on the Public Works site are making such contributions. The Contractor and any subcontractor will comply with Labor Code §§ 1777.5 and 1777.6 in the employment of apprentices. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices. 5-3.3 Record of Wages Paid: Audit Every Contractor and subcontractor will keep an accurate certified payroll records showing the name, occupation, and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker employed in connection with the Work. The record will be kept open during normal construction hours for audit or inspection by the City Department or Representative that awarded the contract and to the Division of Labor Law Enforcement. If requested by the City, the Contractor will provide copies of the records at its cost. 5-4 INSURANCE 5-4.1 General Liability policies will contain, or be endorsed to contain the provisions specified in these Supplemental Provisions and the Standard Specifications. Contractor must procure and maintain for the duration of the contract the following insurance coverages and limits against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work covered by this agreement by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors: COVERAGE PER OCCURRENCE Comprehensive General Liability Business Auto Workers' Compensation ISO FORM CL 00 01 04 13 CA 00 0106 92 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $2,000,000 $1,000,000 Statutory Contractor will provide endorsements or other proof of coverage for contractual liability. Each insurance policy required by this subsection will be endorsed to state that coverage will not be suspended, voided, cancelled by either parry, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) calendar days written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to: CITY CLERK City of El Segundo 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 II-B-16 Agreement No. 7588 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the endorsement may state that insurance may be cancelled upon thirty (30) calendar day notification for non-payment of premium. The Contractor will provide the City with updated proof of insurance should the Contract Time extend beyond the policy expiration date. All liability insurance will be on an occurrence basis. Insurance on a claims -made basis will be rejected. Any deductibles or self -insured retentions will be declared to and approved by City. The insurer will provide an endorsement to City eliminating such deductibles or self -insured retentions as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Except for Workers Compensation Insurance, Contractor will furnish to City certificates of insurance and endorsements on forms acceptable to the City's City Attorney, duly authenticated, giving evidence of the insurance coverages required in this contract and other evidence of coverage or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by City from time to time. Endorsements must be supplied on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85, or equivalent. Certificate/endorsement for Workers Compensation Insurance will be furnished on State Comp Fund or other industry standard form. Except for worker's compensation insurance, all insurance required herein will be placed with insurers with a Bests Rating of not less than AXII. Worker's compensation insurance policies will meet the requirements of California law. All subcontractors employed on the work referred to in this contract will meet the insurance requirements set forth for Contractor. Contractor will furnish certificates of insurance and endorsements for each subcontractor at least five days before the subcontractor entering the job site, or Contractor will furnish City an endorsement including all subcontractors as insureds under its policies. Except as provided in Subsection 6-5, the Contractor will save, keep and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers from all damages, costs or expenses in law or equity that may at any time arise or be claimed because of damages to property, or personal injury received by reason of or in the course of performing work, which may be caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, or any subcontractor. The City will not be liable for any accident, loss or damage to the work before its completion and acceptance, except as provided in Subsection 6-5. The cost of such insurance will be included in the various items of work in the Contractor's bid and no additional compensation for purchasing insurance or additional coverage needed to meet these requirements will be allowed. In the event that any required insurance is reduced in coverage, cancelled for any reason, voided or suspended, Contractor agrees that City may arrange for insurance coverage as specified, and Contractor further agrees that administrative and premium costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor. Contractor will not be allowed to work until alternate coverage is arranged. II-B-17 Agreement No. 7588 Coverage will not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional insured if the agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under Civil Code § 2782(b). Combined single limit per occurrence will include coverage for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for each accident. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, the policy will be endorsed such that the general aggregate limit will apply separately to this contract and a copy of the endorsement provided to the City. 5-4.2 General Liability The Contractor's insurance coverage will be primary insurance as respects to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be in excess of the Contractor's insurance and will not contribute with to the Contractor's Combined Single Limit. The City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be covered as insureds as to any respect of any liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor. The coverage will contain no special limitations on the scope or protection afforded to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. The insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies will not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers. The Contractor's insurance will apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. 5-4.3 Worker's Compensation The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. 5-4.4 Auto Liability Insurance The City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be covered as insureds as to any respect of any liability arising out of activities performed by or on II-B-18 Agreement No. 7588 behalf of the Contractor in automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed. The coverage will contain no special limitations on the scope or protection afforded to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. The insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies will not affect coverage provided to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers. The Contractor's insurance will apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. 5-4.5 Indemnification and Defense In addition to the provisions of Subsection 5-4 of the Greenbook as between the City and Contractor. The Contractor will take and assume all responsibility for the Work as stated herein or shown on the plans. The Contractor will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to the Work. The Contractor shall hold harmless the City, its officers, employees, and agents, or to others on account of the performance or character of the work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, traffic control, job site maintenance, or any other causes whatsoever. The Contractor will assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the City of El Segundo, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses and liability of every kind, nature, and description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the contract or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence, and from any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses, and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly, or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In accordance with Civil Code § 2782, nothing in this Subsection 5-4.2 or in Subsection 5-4 of the Standard Specifications will require defense or indemnification for death, bodily injury, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, or its agents, servants or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by such persons. Moreover, nothing in this Subsection 5-4.2 or in Subsection 5-4 will apply to impose on the Contractor, or to relieve the City from, liability for active negligence of the City. The City does not, and will not, waive any rights against the Contractor which it may II-B-19 Agreement No. 7588 have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreements because of the acceptance by the City, or deposit with City by Contractor, of any insurance policies described in Subsection 5-4 of the Special Provisions. This hold harmless agreement by the Contractor will apply to all damages and claims for damages of every kind suffered, or alleged to have been suffered by reasons of any of the aforesaid operations of Contractor, or any subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies are determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages. No act by the City, or its representatives in processing or accepting any plans, in releasing any bond, in inspecting or accepting any work, or of any other nature, will in any respect relieve the Contractor or anyone else from any legal responsibility, obligation or liability he might otherwise have. 5.7 SAFETY 5-7.4 Hazardous Material For any excavation, which extends more than four feet below existing grade, the Contractor will promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer, in writing, of: 1) any material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code § 25117, which is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. 2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. 3) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. After receiving notice from the Contractor, the Engineer will promptly investigate any condition identified by the Contractor as being hazardous. The rights and obligations of the City and the Contractor with regard to such conditions (including, without limitation, the procedures for procuring change orders and filing claims) will be specified by the provisions of Subsection 2-9 (Changed Conditions) of the Greenbook. If a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a change in the Contractor's cost or time required for performance of the work, the Contractor will not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but will proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. The Contractor will retain all rights provided by Subsection 2-10, Disputed Work, of the Greenbook. If the Engineer determines that material called to the Engineer's attention by the Contractor is hazardous waste, or if the Engineer otherwise discovers the existence of hazardous waste, the Contractor will be responsible for removal and disposal of II-B-20 Agreement No. 7588 the hazardous waste by qualified personnel and appropriate equipment in the manner required by law as directed by the Engineer, subject to the provisions of Section 2 (Scope of Work) of the Greenbook. SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK Delete Section 6-1, and replace with the following:. Pre -Construction Meeting: After contract award, the City will arrange for a pre -construction meeting to discuss the construction of the Project. The City will invite utility agencies and the contractor will arrange for all of its subcontractors to attend the meeting. 6-1.1 Contract Schedule After notification of award and before starting any work, the Contractor will submit a Contract Schedule to the Engineer for review, as required by these Specifications within fifteen (15) calendar days of award. 6-1.2 Content of the Contract Schedule The Contract Schedule, and any Contract Schedule updates, shall meet the following requirements: 1. Schedules must be suitable for monitoring progress of the Work. 2. Schedules must provide necessary data about the time for the Engineer's decisions. 3. Schedules must be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate adequate planning for the Work. 4. Schedules must represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 5. Schedules must show the critical path method for completing the Work. The Engineer's review of the form and general content of the Contract Schedule and any Contract Schedule updates are only for the purpose of determining if the listed requirements are satisfied, nothing more. 6-1.3 Effect of Contract Schedule The Contract Schedule, and any Contract Schedule updates, will represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Extension of any schedule beyond the Contract Time will not be acceptable. Schedules showing the Work completed in less than the Contract may be acceptable if judged by the Engineer to be practical. Acceptance of such a schedule by the Engineer will not change the Contract Time. The Contract Time, not the Contract Schedule, will control in determining liquidated damages payable by the Contractor and in determining any II-B-21 Agreement No. 7588 delay. If a schedule showing the Work completed in less than the Contract Time is accepted, the Contractor will not be entitled to extensions of the Contract Time for Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays or to adjustments of the Contract Sum for Compensable Delays until such delays extend the completion of the Work beyond the expiration of the Contract Time. The Contractor will plan, develop, supervise, control, and coordinate the performance of the Work so that its progress and the sequence and timing of Work activities conform to the current accepted Contract Schedule. The Contractor will continuously obtain from Subcontractors information and data about the planning for and progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment, will coordinate and integrate such information and data into Contract Schedule updates and will monitor the progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment. The Contractor will act as the expeditor of potential and actual delays, interruptions, hindrances, or disruptions for its own forces and those forces of Subcontractors. The Contractor will cooperate with the Engineer in developing the Contract Schedule and updated Contract Schedules. The Engineer's review and comments about any schedule or scheduling data will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to plan for, perform, and complete the Work within the Contract Time. Review and comments about any schedule will not transfer responsibility for any schedule to the Engineer or the City nor imply their agreement with (1) any assumption upon which such schedule is based or (2) any matter underlying or contained in such schedule. The Engineer's failure to discover errors or omissions in schedules that have been reviewed, or to inform the Contractor that the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others are behind schedule, or to direct or enforce procedures for complying with the Contract Schedule will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to perform and complete the Work within the Contract Time and will not be a cause for an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. The Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the currently accepted Contract Schedule. 6-1.4 Commencement of Contract Time The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Work will start on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed and within a maximum of fifteen (15) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed, and be diligently prosecuted to completion with the time provided in the Specifications. 6-3.3 Working Days and Working Hours City Hall is open from Monday thru Thursday lam -5pm and Friday's 7am-4pm. It is closed the following holidays: II-B-22 Agreement No. 7588 New Year's Day Martin Luther King, Jr. Day President's Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Veteran's Day Thanksgiving Christmas Eve Christmas New Year's Eve New Year's Day Working on Fridays when City Hall is closed is acceptable. If the Contractor, however, requests an inspection a day when City Hall is closed, then the Contractor will have to reimburse the City for the costs of inspection. The Contractor must request such an inspection at least 48 hours in advance. City inspections during hours when City Hall is closed are subject to inspection overtime fees to be paid for by the Contractor. Friday work that does not require inspection can be done without an inspection fee and must be discussed with City staff before its occurrence. If the Contractor does construction on a Friday or a day when City Hall is closed, that day is counted as a project working day. On workdays, Contractor's activities will be confined to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Please see Section 6-3.5 below for weekend and holiday work restrictions. 6-3.4 Night Work Add the following paragraph: The City will not permit Work between the hours of 4 p.m. and 7 a.m. of the following day unless specifically provided for in the bid documents or unless the Contractor receives prior written approval. 6-3.5 Weekend and Holiday Work The Engineer may, but is not required to, allow the Contractor to work on Saturdays, Sundays and City Holidays. 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME Delete and replace with the following: 6-4.1 General If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the II-B-23 Agreement No. 7588 Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays except as otherwise provided herein. Excusable delay may include: war, earthquakes exceeding 3.5 on the Richter Scale, government regulation, labor disputes outside the contemplation of the parties, strikes outside the contemplation of the parties, fires, floods, changes to the Work as identified herein, or other specific events that may be further described in the Specifications. Delays to the Project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly related to the Project, or involving trades not affecting the Project as a whole will not warrant an extension of time. The City will not grant an extension of time for a delay by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and accepted construction schedule. Should delays be caused by events other than those included herein, the Engineer may, but is not required to, deem an extension of time to be in the City's best interests. 6-4.2 Extensions of Time If granted, extensions of time will be based upon the effect of delays to the critical path of the Work as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule. Delays to minor portions of the Work that do not affect the critical path will not be eligible for extensions of time. 6-4.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor Any payment for compensable delay will be based upon actual costs as set forth in Subsection 402-5.1 excluding, without limitation, what damages, if any, the Contractor may have reasonably avoided. The Contractor understands that this is the sole basis for recovering delay damages and explicitly waives any right to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss, using different formulas including, without limitation, the Eichleay Formula. 6-4.4 Written Notice and Report If the Contractor desires payment for a delay or an extension of time, it will give the Engineer written notice of such request not later than the time limit set forth in the Proposal for submitting a claim after the event or occurrence giving rise to a delay claim. Failure to submit a written request within such amount of time will result in the Contractor waiving its delay claim. Any claim for payment or an extension of time must be in the form required by the "Claims" sections of these Specifications. In no event will the City grant the Contractor an extension of time if the delay is within the Contract Time as identified by the Contract Documents. II-B-24 Agreement No. 7588 6-7 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR The language in subsection 6-7 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsections. 6-7.1 General Should the Contractor fail to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fail to maintain the Work schedule (as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule) which will ensure the City's interest, or if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the City may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. 6-7.2 Termination of Contractor's Control Over the Work The City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work without liability for damages when, in the City's opinion, the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the City's consent. Should such termination occur, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity and quality of the Work completed at the time of termination, less damages caused to the City by the Contractor's action or inaction. In the event of such termination of control, the City may do any one, or combination of, the following: 1. Serve written notice upon the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. In such event the Surety will, within 5 days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor; 2. The City may perform the Work itself and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor; 3. The City may replace the Contractor with a different contractor to complete the work and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor. Nothing herein will waive, or serve as a limitation upon, any additional remedy the City may have under these Contract Documents or applicable law. 6-7.3 Surety's Assumption of Control Should the Surety assume any part of the Work, it will take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and will be paid by the City for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default will be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after II-B-25 Agreement No. 7588 receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the City may exclude the Surety from the premises. The City may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by City's forces, by letting the unfinished work to another contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work will be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the City. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety will pay to the City within 5 days of completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this subsection will be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the City under applicable law. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Delete and replace with the following: 6-9.1 Failure to Complete Work on Time If all the work called for under the contract is not completed before or upon the expiration of the Contract Time, the City will sustain damage. Since it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay, it is therefore agreed that the Contractor will pay to the City the sum specified in the Proposal for each and every calendar day beyond the time prescribed to complete the work not as a penalty, but as a predetermined liquidated damage. The Contractor agrees to pay such liquidated damages as are herein provided, and in case the same are not paid, agrees that the City may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor under the contract. Unless otherwise specified, liquidated damages will be $250 per calendar day. SECTION 7 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK Subsection 7-2, Lump Sum Work, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: Items for which quantities are indicated as "Lump Sum," "L.S.," or "Job" will be paid for at the price indicated in the Proposal. Such payment will be full compensation for all costs for labor, equipment, materials and plant necessary to furnish, construct and install the lump sum item of work, complete, in place, and for all necessary appurtenant work, including, but not limited to, all necessary cutting, patching, repair and modification of existing facilities, and clean up of site. Contractor will furnish three copies of a detailed schedule, which breaks down the lump sum work into its component parts and cost for each part, in a form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. This schedule is subject to approval by Engineer as II-B-26 Agreement No. 7588 to both the components into which the lump sum item is broken down, and the proportion of cost attributable to each component. This schedule will be the basis for progress payments for the lump sum work. 7.3 PAYMENT 7-3.2 Partial and Final Payments Delete and replace with the following: The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last working day of each month. The Contractor will prepare the partial payment invoice with measurement of the work performed through the closure date and submit it to the CITY for approval. When work is complete, the Contractor will determine the final quantities of the work performed and prepare the final progress payment, and submit it to the Engineer for approval. It will take a minimum of thirty-five (35) calendar days from the date of approving the Contractor's invoice to make the payment to the Contractor. However, payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the contract documents, or legal release of filed Stop Payment Notices against the Contractor. In addition, the final progress payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the as -built conditions. The full five percent (5%) retention will be deducted from all progress payments. The Contractor will make a payment request for the retained amount, for approval by the City, upon field acceptance of the work by the City Engineer. The City Engineer upon field acceptance and receipt of the final as -built plans and any other reports or documents required to be provided by the Contractor will process a recommendation to the City Council for acceptance of the work. Not less than thirty-five (35) calendar days from the City Council acceptance of the work, the Contractor's final payment will be made provided Stop Payment Notices or other claims have not been filed against the Contractor and/or the City by material suppliers, subcontractor, other governmental agencies, and private property owners. Until these Stop Payment Notices are released and claims are resolved the stop payment/claim amount will be withheld from the final payment. The Contractor, however, may receive interest on the retention for the length of construction, or receive the retention itself as long as the retention is substituted with escrow holder surety or equal value. At the request and expense of the Contractor, surety equivalent to the retention may be deposited with the State Treasurer, or a State or Federally chartered bank, as the escrow agent, who will pay such surety to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract. II-B-27 Agreement No. 7588 Pursuant to PCC § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, that any such election will be at the Contractor's own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. Progress payment paid by the City as contemplated herein, will be contingent upon the Contractor submitting, in addition to any additional documents, an updated Contract Schedule in the form prescribed by these Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to submit an acceptable updated Contract Schedule will result in the City withholding partial payment, without liability to the City, until such an acceptable updated Contract Schedule is submitted. Nothing herein will allow the Contractor to suspend or slow progress of the Work. A City Council resolution established a Project Payment Account, encumbered money in the current budget, and assigned that money to the Project Payment Account which is the sole source of funds available for payment of the Contract Sum. Contractor understands and agrees that Contractor will be paid only from this special fund and if for any reason this fund is not sufficient to pay Contractor, Contractor will not be entitled to payment. The availability of money in this fund, and City's ability to draw from this fund, are conditions precedent to City's obligation to make payments to Contractor. 7-3.2.1 Final Payment and Termination of Agency Liability Before receiving final payment, the Contractor will execute a "Release on Contract" form which will operate as, and will be a release to the City, the City Council, and each member of the City Council and their agencies, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done or furnished for, or relating to, the work or for any act of neglect of the City of any person relating to or affecting the work, except the claim against the City for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts kept or retained as provided in Subsections 9-3 of the Standard Specifications and except for any unsettled claims listed on said form which have been filed in compliance with the requirements for making claims. 7-3.3 Delivered Materials Materials and equipment delivered or stored, but not incorporated into the work, will not be approved for progress payments. 7.4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK 7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs 7-4.2.3 Tools and Equipment Rental Delete the second and third paragraphs and replace with "Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining the equipment usage costs will not exceed those listed for the same or similar equipment in the California State Department of II-B-28 Agreement No. 7588 Transportation publication of Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rates effective for the period of usage." 7-4.3 Markup Delete and replace with the following: 7-4.3.1 Work by Contractor The following percentages will be added to the Contractor's costs and will constitute the markup for all overhead and profits. 1) Labor..................................................20 2) Materials............................................15 3) Equipment Rental...............................15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ............ 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent will be added as compensation for bonding. No other formula, e.g., the Eichleay or other method, may be used to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss. 7-4.3.2 Work by Subcontractors When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 7-4.3(a) will be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 7-4.3.3 Compensable Delays In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Bid Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 7-4.4 Daily Reports by Contractor If disagreement continues regarding extra work, the Contractor may seek compensation in accordance with the Claims procedure. Daily Reports required by this subsection must be made part of the Claim as supporting data for the Claim. 7-4.5 Disputes and Claims Procedure 7-4.5.1 General Consistent with PCC § 10240.6, "Claim" means a written demand or assertion by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract II-B-29 Agreement No. 7588 Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, including a determination of disputes or matters in question between the City and the Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the Work, and claims alleging an unforeseen condition or an act, error, or omission by the City, the Engineer, their agents or employees. "Claim" does not mean, and the Claims procedures herein do not apply, to the following: 1. Claims respecting penalties for forfeitures prescribed by statute or regulations, which a government agency is specifically authorized to administer, settle, or determine. 2. Claims respecting personal injury, death, reimbursement, or other compensation arising out of or resulting from liability for personal injury or death. 3. Claims respecting a latent defect, breach of warranty, or guarantee to repair. 4. Claims respecting stop notices. If a Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, the Claim arises upon the issuance of a written final decision denying in whole or in part the Contractor's Change Order Request. If a Claim is not subject to the Change Order Procedures, the Claim arises when the Contractor discovers, or reasonably should discover, the condition or event giving rise to the Claim. 7-4.5.2 Form and Content A Claim must include the following: 1. A statement that it is a Claim and a request for a decision. 2. A detailed description of the act, error, omission, unforeseen condition, event or other condition giving rise to the Claim. 3. If the Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, a statement demonstrating that a Change Order Request was timely submitted and denied. 4. A detailed justification for any remedy or relief sought by the Claim, including to the extent applicable, the following: a) If the Claim involves extra work, a detailed cost breakdown claimed. The breakdown must be provided even if the costs claimed have not been incurred when the Claim is submitted. b) To the extent costs have been incurred when the Claim is submitted, the Claim must include actual cost records (including, without limitation, payroll records, material and rental invoices) demonstrating that costs claimed have actually been incurred. c) To the extent costs have not yet been incurred at the time the Claim is submitted, actual cost records must be submitted on a current basis II-B-30 Agreement No. 7588 not less than once a week during any periods costs are incurred. A cost record will be considered current if submitted within seven (7) calendar days of the date the cost reflected in the record is incurred. At the Engineer's request, claimed extra costs may be subject to further verification procedures (such as having an inspector verify the performance of alleged extra work on a daily basis). 5. If the Claim involves an error or omission in the Contract Documents: a) An affirmative representation that the error or omission was not discovered before submitting a bid for the Contract; and b) A detailed statement demonstrating that the error or omission reasonably should not have been discovered by the Contractor, its Subcontractors and suppliers, before submitting a bid for the Contract. 6. If the Claim involves an extension of the Contract Time, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to a time extension. 7. If the Claim involves an adjustment of the Contract Sum for delay, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to such an adjustment. 8. A personal certification from the Contractor that reads as follows: ,'I, , BEING THE (MUST BE AN OFFICER) OF (CONTRACTOR NAME), DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, AND DO PERSONALLY CERTIFY AND ATTEST THAT I HAVE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED THE ATTACHED CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OR EXTENSION OF TIME, AND KNOW ITS CONTENTS, AND SAID CLAIM IS MADE IN GOOD FAITH; THE SUPPORTING DATA IS TRUTHFUL AND ACCURATE; THAT THE AMOUNT REQUESTED ACCURATELY REFLECTS THE CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT FOR WHICH THE CONTRACTOR BELIEVES CITY IS LIABLE; AND, FURTHER, THAT I AM FAMILIAR WITH CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE § 72 AND CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE § 12650, ET SEQ., PERTAINING TO FALSE CLAIMS, AND FURTHER KNOW AND UNDERSTAND THAT SUBMITTING OR CERTIFYING A FALSE CLAIM MAY LEAD TO FINES, IMPRISONMENT, AND OTHER SEVERE LEGAL CONSEQUENCES." 7-4.5.3 Claims Submitted to the Engineer Within thirty (30) calendar days after the circumstances giving rise to a Claim occur, the Contractor will submit its Claim to the Engineer for a decision. Regardless of any Claim submittal, or any dispute regarding a Claim, unless otherwise directed by the II-B-31 Agreement No. 7588 Engineer, the Contractor will not cause any delay, cessation, or termination of the Work, but will diligently proceed with the performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise provided, the City will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 7-4.5.4 Claim is Prerequisite to Other Remedy The Contractor certifies that it is familiar with PCC § 10240.2 and understands and agrees that submitting a Claim in accordance with these Specifications is an express condition precedent to the Contractor's right to otherwise pursue a claim whether through alternative dispute resolution or by litigation. Should the Contractor fail to submit a claim in accordance with these Specifications, including the time limits set forth herein, it will waive any right to a remedy, whether in law or equity, it might otherwise have pursuant to the Contract Documents or applicable law. 7-4.5.5 Decision on Claims The Engineer will promptly review Claims submitted by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications. Should the Engineer require additional supporting evidence to evaluate the claim, the Engineer will request such additional information in writing. Any such requested data will be furnished not later than ten (10) calendar days after the Contractor receives the Engineer's request. The Engineer will render a decision not later than thirty (30) days after either receiving the Claim or the deadline for furnishing additional supporting data, whichever is later. If the Claim amount is more than $50,000, the time period will be extended to sixty (60) days. If the Engineer fails to render a decision within the time period established herein, then the Claim will be deemed denied. The Engineer's decision will be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with these Specifications. The Engineer's decision on a Claim will include a statement substantially as follows: "This is a decision pursuant to the General Specifications of your contract. If you are dissatisfied with the decision, and have complied with the procedural requirements for asserting claims, you may have the right to alternative dispute resolution or litigation. Should you fail to take appropriate action within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of this decision, the decision will become final and binding and not subject to further appeal." 7-4.5.6 Appeal of Engineer's Decision Should the Contractor dispute the Engineer's decision, then the Contractor must appeal that decision to the City's Public Works Director within thirty (30) calendar days of receiving the Engineer's decision. The Public Works Director will address disputes or claims within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving such request and all necessary supporting data. The Public Works Director's decision on the dispute or claim will be the City's final decision. II-B-32 Agreement No. 7588 If the Contractor disputes the Public Works Director's decision, then the Contractor must demand alternative dispute resolution in accordance with this Section and the PCC within thirty (30) calendar days of the City's final decision. 7-4.5.7 Mediation If the City and the Contractor agree, disputes between the parties may be submitted to non -binding mediation. If the parties cannot agree to an alternative form of mediation, then mediation will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") under its Construction Industry Mediation Rules, unless the use of such rules are waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The parties may, but are not required to be, represented by counsel in mediation. The requirement for mediation will not alter or modify the time limitations otherwise provided for claims and no conduct or settlement negotiation during mediation will be considered a waiver of the City's right to assert that claim procedures were not followed. 7-4.5.8 Arbitration If the City and Contractor do not agree to mediation, then a disputes will be submitted to neutral non -binding (except as provided herein) arbitration. Arbitration will be conducted in accordance with PCC § 10240.3. Any decision rendered by an arbitrator will be consistent with PCC § 10240.8. The exclusive venue for any arbitration will be in Los Angeles County. The expenses and fees of the arbitrators and the administrative fees, if any, will be divided among the parties equally. Each party will pay its own counsel fees, witness fees, and other expenses incurred for its own benefit. 7-4.5.9 When Arbitration Decision Becomes Binding The decision rendered by the arbitrator will become binding upon the parties unless appealed to the Los Angeles County Superior Court pursuant to PCC § 10240.12 within thirty (30) calendar days of the decision. If subsequent litigation results in an award to the parry appealing the arbitration that is less than or equal to that of the arbitration decision, or if the litigation results in a decision in favor of the nonappealing parry, then the party appealing the arbitration will pay the nonappealing party's attorney's fees and court costs. 7-4.5.10 Appeal to Superior Court — Waiver of Jury Trial Should a parry timely object to the arbitration decision, it may file a petition with the Los Angeles County Superior Court in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure ("CCP") §§ 1285, et seq. Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in CCP § 1286.2, the court may vacate, correct, or adjust an arbitration award, and enter II-B-33 Agreement No. 7588 judgment in accordance with CCP § 1287.4, for any legal or equitable basis including, without limitation, error of law. The court will apply the substantial evidence standard of review when considering the appeal of an objecting parry. BY EXECUTING THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO HAVE DISPUTES OR CONTROVERSY CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, OR BREACH OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ISSUES OF BAD FAITH DECIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 6-11. BOTH THE CITY AND THE CONTRACTOR WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL FOR THESE DISPUTES OR ISSUES. 7-4.5.11 AB 626 Claims Process Claims made by a Contractor for one or more of the following are subject to the claim resolution process set forth in Public Contract Code section 9204: (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the City under a contract for a Public Works Project. (B) Payment by the City of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a Public Works Project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the City. II-B-34 Agreement No. 7588 PART 4 - EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 402 UTILITIES 402-2 PROTECTION The following subsection is added to Subsection 402-2 of the Greenbook. 402-2.1 Incorrect Location of Utilities If the Contractor, while performing the Work, discovers utility facilities not identified correctly or not shown in the contract plans or specifications by the City, the Contractor will immediately notify the City and utility owner in writing. 402-4 RELOCATION The following subsection is added to Subsection 402-4 of the Greenbook. 402-4.1 Responsibility of Utility Removal or Relocation The City will be responsible to arrange for the removal, repair, or relocation of existing utilities located within the Project limits if such utilities are not correctly identified in the contract plans or specifications by the City. The City will have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation. 402-5 DELAYS Actual loss, as used in this Subsection, will be understood to include no items of expense other than idle time of equipment and necessary payments for idle time of workers, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls. Compensation for idle time of equipment and idle time of workers will be determined by Subsection 402-5.1 and no markup will be added in either case for overhead and profit. The cost of extra moving of equipment and the cost of longer hauls will be paid for as extra work. 402-5.1 Calculating Idle Time Equipment idle time will calculated in accordance with Subsection 7-4.2.3 and based upon the actual normal working time during which the delay condition exists, but in no case will exceed 8 hours in any one day. The days for which compensation will be paid will be the calendar days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, during the existence of the delay. Worker idle time will be calculated in accordance with Subsection 7-4.2.3. - END OF SECTION- II-B-35 Agreement No. 7588 SECTION III — SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-0. GENERAL SCOPE. TIME FOR COMPLETION. AND LOCATION OF WORK 1-1. General Scope of Work. The scope of work consists of the demolition and replacement of one existing rooftop HVAC unit (MZ-3) serving the east side of City Hall, located on an equipment platform at the southeast corner of the building. The associated work includes the installation of a new mini -split system to serve the media room —which may be constructed prior to the MZ-3 replacement —as well as the replacement of associated ductwork serving RTU MZ-3 and all modifications required to support the new systems. Additional work includes the installation of new roof access ladders to the RTU MZ- 3 location, a ladder duct crossing, new grating installed on the existing MZ-3 equipment platform to provide safe unit access, and new guardrails and fall protection railings. The scope also includes a condensate drain from the indoor unit to an adjacent bathroom, new HVAC controls, associated supports and hangers, duct insulation, vibration and seismic controls, service connections, electrical wiring, new breakers and disconnects, and all required testing and commissioning. 1-2. Location of the Work: The project will occur at City Hall, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 1-3. Working Days and Time for Completion: Contractor will commence work on date specified in the Notice to Proceed to be issued to the Contractor by City of El Segundo Public Works Department and shall complete work within FORTY-FIVE (45) working days after the date of commencement. 2-0. NOTIFICATIONS The CONTRACTOR will notify all agencies listed here in a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours before start of operation. The following list of names and telephone numbers are intended for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR and the City does not guarantee either the completeness or correctness of this list. OPERATION OFFICE 1. Start of work, Eric Brown, Project Manager shutdown of work, Cheryl Ebert, City Engineer or resumption of Elias Sassoon, Director of Public Works work after shutdown 2. Closing of streets El Segundo Police Department" El Segundo Fire Department" TELEPHONE 310-524-2368 310-524-2321 310-524-2356 310-524-2200 310-524-2236 III-A-1 Agreement No. 7588 ** The CONTRACTOR will notify the Engineering Division before notifying these offices. The following information is provided for CONTRACTOR'S use to notify agencies if their facilities are affected by CONTRACTOR'S work: 2-1 2-2 1. Underground Service Alert (all excavation in public right-of-way) 800-227-2600 2. City of El Segundo — Water Division 310-524-2742 3. City of El Segundo - Wastewater Division 4. City of El Segundo - Recreation and Parks 5. Southern California Gas Company 6. Southern California Edison Company (SCE) 7. AT&T 8. Time Warner Communication (Cable) 9. Los Angeles County Sanitation District 10. El Segundo Unified School District NO PARKING NOTIFICATIONS 310-524-2754 310-524-2707 310-671-9002 310-417-3366 310-515-4430 310-768-0400 Extension 414 310-699-7411 310-615-2650 The CONTRACTOR shall post City -approved temporary NO PARKING notices a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours before the start of operation. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly notify City staff once posting is completed in order to ensure the 72-hour requirement has been met. The dates and times on the signs shall be site specific and shall cover the minimum time required for "NO PARKING" to facilitate construction. Generic long-term "NO PARKING' time designations are not acceptable. Parking shall not be restricted during any period when construction activity is not scheduled at this particular site. NOTIFICATION OF RESIDENTS The City will require the Contractor to distribute one (1) "Public Notice" to each resident affected by the construction. Notice must be approved by the City prior to distribution. The notice shall be distributed minimum five (5) calendar days prior to the start of any work. Notice shall be attached to a red information hanger provided by the Contractor and hung on the front door knob of every resident on the project streets. Notices shall include the project times, dates, working hours, and description of project activities. If any changes occur to project times, dates or working hours, the Contractor will revise and re -deliver the Notice to affected persons. III-A-2 Agreement No. 7588 3-0. MOBILIZATION Mobilization shall conform to the provisions of Section 7-3.4 of the Standard Specifications. The scope of work under mobilization includes but is not limited to: 1. Obtaining and paying for all required bonds, insurance, permits, and licenses. 2. Completing and submitting required documents as required per specifications. 3. Moving on to the site of all Contractor's equipment required for operations. 4. Installing and removing of all temporary facilities required for operations. 5. Posting all OSHA required notices. 6. Submittal of Construction Schedule, Contractor Contact List, and Notices to City staff for City approval 7. Notification of City staff, residents, businesses and motorists, including temporary warning and safety signage where construction is or will be occurring. Notification shall be furnished by Contractor and shall be distributed seventy-two (72) hours prior to work in that area. 8. Re -notification of all affected parties for all construction schedule changes 9. Protection of utility facilities, landscapes, pavements, structures, and any existing condition and other public property in place during any construction activities. This includes protection of planter boxes and vegetation. 10. Restoration, to existing standard conditions or better, of public property damaged during construction 11. NPDES permit compliance 12. Bringing unforeseen field conditions to City staff s attention in a timely manner 13. Furnishing temporary sewer services to maintain sewer service to consumers at all times. 14. Removal and disposal of any existing unused materials from the project sites. 15. Demobilization 3-1. Clearing, grubbing, and landscape removal shall take place as necessary for all construction activities to occur, including but not limited to Section 300-1 of the Standard Specifications. If applicable, live tree roots shall be inspected by the Recreation and Parks Department after the surface above them has been removed, to ascertain if tree root barrier installation or full tree removal is necessary. Costs for clearing, grubbing, and landscape/tree root removal shall be included in the bid prices for the different bid items. All such removals shall take place prior to any excavation for construction. Where necessary, the contractor shall replace residential landscaping or sprinklers damaged by construction after construction is complete. 3-2. Underground Service Alert, 1-800-227-2600, shall be contacted and the contractor shall determine the exact location of all utilities prior to beginning excavation and construction. If conflicts are discovered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately. A detailed description of the depth and location of utility conflicts in relation to the proposed storm drain facilities shall be provided to City Inspector as well as the applicable utility agency. A list of utility agency and waste hauler contact number is included in the Appendix. 3-3. Demobilization shall include all activities for the Contractor to remove all equipment, on -site sanitary facilities, etc. from the project areas after construction is complete. III-A-3 Agreement No. 7588 Demobilization shall also include general cleanup activities and punch list items and specific activities determined by the City Public Works Inspector, to repair or replace any private or public facilities damaged by the construction and to return public right- of-way to the same or better condition as that existing prior to construction. 4-0. CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION MATERIALS RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall divert all Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste generated from the project in accordance with the California Green (CALGreen) Building Standards Code (pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code, Title 13, Chapter 11). C&D waste can only be legally collected, removed, or transported by City of El Segundo permitted waste haulers. If the Contractor plans on collecting, removing, or transporting its own waste, approval from the City Engineer or designee is required. Failure to meet the C&D waste recycling requirements will result in the assessment of penalties pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code. Contractor shall prepare a C&D Debris Management Plan as follows: PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: procedures for ensuring optimal diversion of construction and demolition (C&D) waste materials generated by the Work within the limits of the Construction Schedule and Contract Sum. The Integrated Solid Waste Management Act of 1989 ("AB 939"), requires that localities throughout the state develop source reduction, reuse, recycling, and composting programs to reduce the tonnage of solid waste disposed in landfills by 50%; this requirement may increase in the future. C&D waste materials generated by the Work are targeted to achieve these diversion rates. 2. A minimum of 50% by weight of the solid wastes generated in the Work shall be diverted from landfill disposal through a combination of reuse, recycling, and composting activities. 3. This section includes requirements for submittal of C&D Debris Management Plan prior to the commencement of the Work, and during the project, submittal of Contractor's quantitative reports for construction and demolition waste materials generated by the Contractor as a condition of approval of progress payments submitted to the Contracting Officer, and following completion of the project, as a condition of the release of final project retention. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Class III Landfill. A landfill that accepts non -hazardous waste such as household, commercial, and industrial waste, resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, III-A-4 Agreement No. 7588 and demolition operations. A Class III landfill must have a solid waste facilities permit from the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) and be regulated by the Enforcement Agency. B. Construction and Demolition Debris or C&D Debris. Building materials and solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, cleanup, or demolition operations that are not hazardous as defined in California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Section 66261.3 et seq. This term includes, but is not limited to, asphalt, concrete, Portland cement, brick, lumber, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, plastic pipe, and steel. The debris may be commingled with rock, soil, tree stumps, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping for construction or land development projects. C. Contracting Officer. The City of El Segundo City Engineer or designee. D. C&D Recycling Center. A facility that receives only C&D material that has been separated for reuse prior to receipt, in which the residual (disposed) amount of waste in the material is less than 10% of the amount separated for reuse or recycling, by weight. E. Disposal. Final deposition of C&D or inert debris into land, including stockpiling onto land of construction and demolition debris that has not been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than 30 days; and construction and demolition debris that has been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than one year, or stockpiling onto land of inert debris that is for a period of time greater than one year. F. Diversion or Divert. The reuse or recycling of construction and demolition debris to avoid disposal in a landfill. G. Enforcement Agency (EA). Enforcement agency as defined in Public Resources Code 40130. H. Inert Disposal Facility or Inert Waste Landfill. A disposal facility that accepts only inert waste such as soil and rock, fully cured asphalt paving, uncontaminated concrete (including fiberglass or steel reinforcing rods embedded in the concrete), brick, glass, and ceramics, for land disposal. Inert Solids or Inert Waste. Non -liquid solid wastes including, but not limited to, soil and concrete that do not contain hazardous waste or soluble pollutants at concentrations in excess of water quality objectives established by a regional Water Board pursuant to Division 7 (Sections 13000 et seq) of the California Water Code and does not contain significant quantities of decomposable solid resources. Mixed C&D Debris. Loads that include commingled recyclable and non -recyclable C&D debris generated at the construction site. III-A-5 Agreement No. 7588 K. Mixed Debris Recycling Facility. A processing facility that accepts loads of solid waste and/or recycling materials for the purpose of recovering reusable, recyclable, and compostable materials and disposing the non -recyclable residual materials. L. Recycling. The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting materials for the purpose of using the altered form in the manufacture of a new product. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating or thermally destroying solid waste. M. Reuse. The use of a material that might otherwise be discarded, in the same or similar form as it was produced. N. Separated for Reuse. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace, and includes materials that have been "source separated." O. Solid Waste. Refer to Public Resources Code Section 40191. P. Source -Separated. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream at the point of generation, for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw materials for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SALVAGE, REUSE, RECYCLING AND PROCEDURES A. Identify reuse, salvage, and recycling facilities: Refer to the City's website for a list of local organizations and companies. his://www.else undo.org//govemment/departments/public-works/trash-rec�g B. Develop and implement procedures to reuse, salvage, and recycle new construction and excavation materials, based on the Contract Documents, the C&D Debris Waste Management Plan, estimated quantities of available materials, and availability of recycling facilities. Procedures may include on -site recycling, source separated recycling, and/or mixed debris recycling efforts. Identify materials that are feasible for salvage, determine requirements for site storage, and transportation of materials to a salvage facility. III-A-6 Agreement No. 7588 2. Explore the possibility of reusing project job -site inert materials, such as rock, concrete, dirt and aggregate, on -site for road base or other similar uses. 3. Source separate new construction, excavation and demolition materials including, but not limited to the following types: a. Asphalt b. Concrete, concrete block, slump stone (decorative concrete block), and rocks. Red Clay Brick d. Soils Other materials, as appropriate, such as wood and corrugated cardboard. 4. Develop and implement a program to transport loads of mixed (commingled) new construction materials that cannot be feasibly source - separated to a mixed materials recycling facility. 5. Contractor may develop their own C&D Debris Management Plan based on CALGreen requirements or use available City forms as follows: a. Form PW-A — Project Information b. Form PW-B — Pre -Project Worksheet Form PW-BI — Pre -Project Worksheet (This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned bins/trucks for disposition of material.) d. Form PW-C — Post -Project Summary Form PW-D — Exemption Request — only use if it is infeasible to comply with requirements. 3.2 DISPOSAL OPERATIONS AND WASTE HAULING A. Legally transport and dispose of materials that cannot be delivered to a source - separated or mixed recycling facility to a transfer station or disposal facility that can legally accept the materials for the purpose of disposal. B. Use a permitted waste hauler or Contractor's trucking services and personnel. To confirm valid permitted status of waste haulers, visit the City of El Segundo website: https://www. elsendo.or ,/government/departments/publi c-works/trash-recycling III-A-7 Agreement No. 7588 C. Become familiar with the conditions for acceptance of new construction, excavation and demolition materials at recycling facilities, prior to delivering materials. D. Legally transport and deliver to facilities that can legally accept new construction, excavation and demolition materials for purpose of re -use, recycling, or composting. E. Do not burn, bury or otherwise dispose of solid waste on the project job -site. 3.3 REUSE AND DONATION OPTIONS A. Implement a reuse program to the greatest extent feasible. Options for reuse may include, but are not limited to: Los Angeles County Materials Exchange (LACOMax) LACoMAX is a free service provided by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works, Environmental Programs Division, designed to help residents, businesses, and organizations in Los Angeles County find markets for their industrial by-products, surplus materials, and other would-be discards. All exchanges are coordinated between the parties. The site can be accessed at http://www.ladi)w.or�z/epd/lacomax. 2. California Materials Exchange (CaIMAX) is a free service provided by the State of California, Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) that connects businesses, organizations, manufacturers, schools, and individuals with online resources for exchanging materials. The site can be accessed at www.calreacle.ca.gov/CaIMAX. 3. Habitat for Humanity ReStore resale outlets accept donated home improvement goods like furniture, home accessories, building materials and appliances. The materials are sold to the general public. The proceeds help local Habitat affiliates fund the construction of Habitat homes within their communities. Locations of ReStores can be found at: www.habitat.org/restores. 3.4 REVENUE A. Revenues or other savings obtained from recycled, re -used, or salvaged materials shall accrue to Contractor unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. - END SECTION — 5-0. WORK SCHEDULE Contractor shall be responsible for providing a workable construction schedule that incorporates the following conditions: 1. The schedule for the work is subject to the approval of the Public Works Department. �:1K Agreement No. 7588 2. All work shall take place Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:00 am and 4:00 pm unless previously approved by the Public Works Director, City Engineer, or Project Engineer for any other day of the week. 3. The Contractor shall coordinate all inspections and final sign -offs for permits and the project with Public Works Department staff. 6-0. EXAMINATION OF JOB SITE AND MEASUREMENT VERIFICATION The BIDDER shall make a detailed physical inspection of the project site before submitting the proposal. It is understood that the BIDDER has thoroughly examined the specifications, sites and conditions under which work will be performed before submitting a proposal and has satisfied himself regarding existing conditions and existing access conditions which may affect bid prices for the proposed work. Measurement Verification: Contractor shall verify all field measurements and determine quantities prior to ordering materials. Contractor shall procure all material and confirm all parts are onsite prior to beginning installation. 7-0. INSPECTION Section 4-3 on page II-13-13 of these Specifications is supplemented by the following additional requirements: 1. On all questions relating to quantities, the acceptability of material, or work, the execution, progress or sequence of work, and the interpretation of specifications or plans, the decision of the Engineer or City Inspector is final and binding, and shall be precedent to any payment under the contract. 2. All work and materials are subject to inspection and approval of the Engineer or City Inspector. 3. Legible copies of material/weight certification shall be turned over to the City Inspector on a daily basis. 4. Inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations to fulfill all conditions of the contract. 8-0. WORK AREA SAFETY All work shall conform to all applicable State, local, regional and Federal codes, ordinances, and regulations as prescribed by the City. 1. The Contractor shall conform to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the California Division of Occupational Safety and Health of the Industrial Relations Department (CAL -OSHA). 2. The CONTRACTOR shall place and maintain signs, cones, barricades, security fences, and other safety devices as needed for the safety of and the general public, City personnel, and the Contractor. III-A-9 Agreement No. 7588 8-0. USE OF PRIVATE PROPERTY AND PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS The use of any private property or utilities on private property by the Contractor is prohibited. The prohibited uses include, but not limited to Contractor's use of water, electricity or natural gas from the private property, and storage of material or equipment, and turning around/parking of his vehicles on private property. Existing public and/orprivate improvements, adjacent property, utility and other facilities and trees and plants shall be protected from injury or damage. 2. Any damage to the facilities, public, or private property that takes place as a result of the contractor's work shall be repair or replaced to the City's satisfaction by the contractor at no cost to the City. 3. Access to driveway shall be maintained at all times for residents. 9-0. STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EOUIPMENT 1. No material or equipment shall be stored in public right-of-way. 2. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a site for storage of material and equipment. The site shall not be within or adjoining the residential areas of the City. Site shall be subject to approval by the City. 3. The sites for stockpiling and batching materials shall be clean and free from objectionable material. 4. The City does not have nor does it guarantee any designated property within the City for storage of materials. 5. If the Contractor finds a private property for storage of his materials, the Contractor shall furnish the City a letter of approval and a letter of release (at the end of the job and cleanup of the storage site) from the property owner for this purpose. 10-0. DISPOSAL OF REMOVALS There are no authorized dump facilities within the City of El Segundo. All removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of by Contractor at the end of each work day away from the site of work. 11-0. PUBLIC WORKS ENCROACHMENT PERMITS The Contractor will be required to apply and obtain applicable permits from the Public Works. The Contractor's work shall adhere to the City standards and applicable codes including the California Building Code, Plumbing Code, Electrical Code, and Mechanical Code. The Contractor shall call the Inspector at least 24 hours in advance for inspections. III-A-10 Agreement No. 7588 All noted deficiencies on permits shall be corrected by contractor. The project will not be accepted as complete until contractor obtains a final sign -off for all permits. 12-0. NPDES COMPLIANCE Contractor shall comply with the latest version of the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board (LA RWQCB) NPDES MS4 Permit for storm water and non -storm water discharges. Contractor shall not discharge or permit to be discharged to any street, channel, river, storm drain, or any appurtenances thereof, any non -rain water or other liquid substance from the project or from operations pertaining to the project site, unless the discharge is specifically listed as exempt or conditionally exempt in the most current MS4 Permit issued by the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Los Angeles Region. Contractor shall implement all necessary Best Management Practices (BMPs) to ensure that any conditionally exempt discharge meets all current requirements of the LA RWQCB MS4 Permit. City may prohibit or restrict any discharge if, in its sole discretion, the discharge is polluting, unsafe, or causes a nuisance condition to be created. Depending on the size of the project and/or construction activities of the project, the Contractor may be required to comply with the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Construction General Permit (Adopted Order 2009-0009-DWQ and subsequent amendments). Contractor shall refer to the SWRCB Construction General Permit for construction activities covered and be responsible for implementing requirements if subject to the Construction General Permit. 13-0. COMPLETION Upon completion of work at each site, the Contractor shall conduct careful inspection with the City Inspector and shall correct all defective work to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Contractor shall coordinate all inspections and final sign -offs for Encroachment Permits with City staff. All scrap, litter and debris resulting from operations specified herein, shall be removed and the premises left in a clean and satisfactory condition. 14-0. WARRANTY The Contractor and/or manufacturer shall warrant all work performed under this Contract for a minimum of one (1) years from the date of Owner's acceptance of completed job. Any defects in materials or workmanship appearing during this period shall be corrected without cost to the City. - END OF SECTION - III-A-11 Agreement No. 7588 APPENDIX A Technical Specifications A. HVAC East (MZ-3) B. HVAC Media Room Agreement No. 7588 Technical Specifications A. HVAC East (MZ-3) Agreement No. 7588 e • 0- #•. 0 to CITY HALL • WOU A F&I' Prepared for: CITY OF EL SEGUNDO 350 Main Street El Segundo, California 90245 Prepared by: JCCA AimIVniiVccts— II uirn�.�:ir .C. Chang & Associates, I . 385 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 208 Torrance, California 90501 (310) 212-7644 www.jccainc.com JCCA #25042-1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000105 Certifications Page Contractor to obtain Division 00 from the Owner. DIVISION O1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contractor to obtain Division 01 from the Owner. DIVISION 05 - METALS 051200 Structural Steel Framing 055000 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070150 Rehabilitation of Built-up Roofing 079200 Joint Sealants DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 099113 Exterior Painting Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 230713 Duct Insulation 230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 230800 Commissioning of HVAC 231123 Facility Natural -Gas Piping 233113 Metal Ducts 237416.13 Packaged, Large -Capacity, Rooftop Air -Conditioning Units DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260519 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260523 Control -Voltage Electrical Power Cables 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 PROJECT TITLE: CLIENT AGENCY: LOCATION: PROJECT DIRECTOR: CONSULTANT: DOCUMENT 000105 CERTIFICATIONS PAGE HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City of El Segundo El Segundo Recreation Park 401 Sheldon Street El Segundo, California 90245 Arianne Bola City of El Segundo Public Works 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall Date Signed: 10/10/2025 Date Signed: 10/10/2025 Date Signed: 10/10/2025 OQFtOFESS/0 R. QROFESS/p AV ANXY �p ARC y/> F1. FSIF 2 �G �' F 31684 m No. ``E22793 m Exp. 6 30 27 Exp. 6/30/27 No. C-37614 Ren.1 31 27 9T60F 9TFOF �Q CA\-\ CA\.\FG� Robert Nolan, PE Sevag Avanessian, PE Myoungjin Kang LEED AP, CEM, CMVP, PF MECHANICAL ENGINEER ELECTRICAL ENGINEER ARCHITECT AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION CERTIFICATIONS PAGE 000105 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural -steel materials. 2. Shrinkage -resistant grout. 3. Prefabricated building columns. 4. Shear stud connectors. 1.2 DEFINITIONS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Drawings and as described in ANSI/AISC 303. B. Seismic -Load -Resisting System: Elements of structural -steel frame designated as "SLRS" or along grid lines designated as "SLRS" on Drawings, including columns, beams, and braces and their connections. C. Heavy Sections: Rolled and built-up sections as follows: 1. Shapes included in ASTM A6/A6M with flanges thicker than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). 2. Welded built-up members with plates thicker than 2 inches (50 mm). 3. Column base plates thicker than 2 inches (50 mm). D. Protected Zone: Structural members or portions of structural members indicated as "protected zone" on Drawings. Connections of structural and nonstructural elements to protected zones are limited. E. Demand -Critical Welds: Those welds, the failure of which would result in significant degradation of the strength and stiffness of the seismic -load -resisting system and which are indicated as "demand critical" or "seismic critical" on Drawings. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Structural -steel materials. 2. High -strength, bolt -nut -washer assemblies. 3. Shear stud connectors. 4. Shop primer. 5. Galvanized -steel primer. 6. Galvanized repair paint. 7. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components. 8. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 9. Include embedment Drawings. 10. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 11. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip -critical, high -strength bolted connections. 12. Identify members and connections of the seismic -load -resisting system. 13. Indicate locations and dimensions of protected zones. 14. Identify demand -critical welds. 15. Identify members not to be shop primed. B. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing, including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand -critical welds. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, fabricator, shop -painting applicators, professional engineer, testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall D. Mill test reports for structural -steel materials, including chemical and physical properties. E. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct -tension indicators. 3. Tension -control, high -strength, bolt -nut -washer assemblies. 4. Shear stud connectors. F. Survey of existing conditions. G. Source quality -control reports. H. Field quality -control reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category BU or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (Acceptance Criteria 172). B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified Installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category ACSE. C. Shop -Painting Applicator Qualifications: Qualified in accordance with AISC's Sophisticated Paint Endorsement P2 or to SSPC-QP 3. D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom -flange, demand -critical welds are to pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8/D1.8M. FCAW-S and FCAW-G are to be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F1852 bolt assemblies and for retesting bolt assemblies after lubrication. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. ANSUAISC 303. 2. ANSUAISC 341. 3. ANSUAISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." B. Connection Design Information: 1. Option 1: Connection designs have been completed and connections indicated on the Drawings. 2. Option 2: Fabricator's experienced steel detailer selects or completes connections in accordance with ANSUAISC 303. a. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and ANSUAISC 360. b. Use Load and Resistance Factor Design; data are given at factored -load level, Allowable Stress Design; data are given at service -load level. 3. Option 3 and 3A: Design connections in accordance with ANSUAISC 303 by fabricator's qualified professional engineer. Member reinforcement at connections is indicated on Drawings. a. Use Load and Resistance Factor Design; data are given at factored -load level, Allowable Stress Design; data are given at service -load level. 4. Option 3 and 313: Design connections and final configuration of member reinforcement at connections in accordance with ANSUAISC 303 by fabricator's qualified professional engineer. a. Use Load and Resistance Factor Design; data are given at factored -load level, Allowable Stress Design; data are given at service -load level. 2.2 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. Channels, Angles, M-Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M C. Corrosion -Resisting (Weathering) Structural -Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A588/A588M, 50 ksi (345 MPa). D. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B. E. Corrosion -Resisting (Weathering), Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A847/A847M structural tubing. F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or Type S, Grade B. I. Weight Class: Standard 2. Finish: Galvanized G. Steel Castings: ASTM A216/A216M, Grade WCB, with supplementary requirement 511. H. Steel Forgings: ASTM A668/A668M. I. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.3 PRIMER A. Steel Primer: 1. Comply with Section 099123 "Interior Painting". 2. SSPC-Paint 23, latex primer. 3. Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust -inhibiting primer complying with MPI979 and compatible with topcoat. B. Galvanized -Steel Primer: MPI926, MPI980, MPI9134. 1. Etching Cleaner: MPI925, for galvanized steel. 2. Galvanizing Repair Paint: MPI918, MPI919, or SSPC-Paint 20, ASTM A780/A780M. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate in accordance with ANSI/AISC 303 and to ANSUAISC 360. 1. Camber structural -steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high -strength structural steel in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M and maintain markings until structural -steel framing has been erected. 4. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural -steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop - priming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted in accordance with SSPC-SP 1. F. Shear Stud Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Weld using automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. G. Steel Wall -Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall - opening framing to be attached to structural -steel frame. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing. Build up welded framing, weld exposed joints continuously, and grind smooth. H. Welded -Steel Door Frames: Build up welded -steel doorframes attached to structural -steel frame. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug -weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches (250 mm) o.c. unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. I. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.5 GALVANIZING A. Hot -Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot -dip process to structural steel in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M. 1. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2. Galvanize shelf angles and welded door frames attached to structural -steel frame and located in exterior walls. 2.6 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following: STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces of high -strength bolted, slip -critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces. 6. Corrosion -resisting (weathering) steel surfaces. 7. Surfaces enclosed in interior construction. B. Surface Preparation of Steel: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following specifications and standards: SSPC-SP 2. 2. SSPC-SP 3. 3. SSPC-SP 7 (WAB)/NACE WAB-4. 4. SSPC-SP 14 (WAB)/NACE WAB-8. 5. SSPC-SP 11. 6. SSPC-SP 6 (WAB)/NACE WAB-3. 7. SSPC-SP 10 (WAB)/NACE WAB-2. 8. SSPC-SP 5 (WAB)/NACE WAB-I. 9. SSPC-SP 8. C. Surface Preparation of Galvanized Steel: Prepare galvanized -steel surfaces for shop priming by thoroughly cleaning steel of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treating with etching cleaner or in accordance with SSPC-SP 16. D. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform shop tests and inspections. 1. Allow testing agency access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. 2. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test shop -bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." 3. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop -welded connections in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/EI65M. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. C. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. 4. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect shop -welded shear stud connectors in accordance with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: a. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less -than -continuous 360- degree flash or welding repairs to any shear stud connector. b. Conduct tests in accordance with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M on additional shear stud connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear stud connectors already tested. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction and structural - steel framing until cast -in -place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 REPAIR A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. B. Touchup Painting: STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing, and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. a. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand -tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power -tool cleaning. 2. Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." C. Touchup Priming: Cleaning and touchup priming are specified in Section 099600 "High - Performance Coatings." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Verify structural -steel materials and inspect steel frame joint details. 2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds. 3. Verify connection materials and inspect high -strength bolted connections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. 1. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts." 2. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. a. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1) Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/E165M. 2) Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. 3) Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. 4) Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. 3. Shear Stud Connectors: In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field -welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: a. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less -than -continuous 360- degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. b. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested. END OF SECTION 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Miscellaneous framing and supports. 2. Metal ladders. 3. Metal ships' ladders and pipe crossovers. 4. Miscellaneous steel trim. 5. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they are not specified in other Sections. 6. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted -channel inserts, and wedge -type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for steel framing, supports, elevator machine beams, hoist beams, divider beams, door frames, and other steel items attached to the structural -steel framing. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written instructions to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Fasteners. 2. Shop primers. 3. Shrinkage -resisting grout. 4. Slotted channel framing. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Miscellaneous framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 2. Shelf angles. 3. Structural -steel door frames. 4. Miscellaneous steel trim including steel angle corner guards, steel edgings. C. Samples for Verification: For each type and finish of extruded nosing and tread. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Mill Certificates: Signed by stainless steel manufacturers, certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. B. Welding certificates. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Research Reports: For post -installed anchors. E. Delegated design engineer qualifications. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with the following welding codes: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel." 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, floor slabs, decks, and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.2 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. C. Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 304, Type316L. D. Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276/A276M, Type 304, Type 316L. E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M, cold -formed steel tubing. F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. G. Zinc -Coated Steel Wire Rope: ASTM A741. 1. Wire Rope Fittings: Hot -dip galvanized -steel connectors with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of wire rope with which they are used. H. Stainless Steel Wire Rope: Wire rope manufactured from stainless steel wire complying with ASTM A492, Type 316. 1. Wire Rope Fittings: Stainless steel connectors, Type 316, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of wire rope with which they are used. I. Steel Prestressing Strand: ASTM A416/A416M, Grade 270 (Grade 1860), low -relaxation, seven -wire, with 0.9-lb/sq. ft. (4.39-kg/sq. m) zinc coating. 1. Steel Prestressing Strand Fittings: Hot -dip galvanized -steel anchors and connectors with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of steel prestressing strand with which they are used. J. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches (41 by 41 mm). 2. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, structural steel, Grade 33 (Grade 230), with G90 (Z275) coating; 0.079-inch (2-mm) nominal thickness. 3. Cold -Rolled Steel: ASTM A1008/A1008M, structural steel, Grade 33 (Grade 230);0.0677-inch (1.7-mm) minimum thickness; hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall K. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A48/A48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M, unless otherwise indicated. L. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 6061-T6. M. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M), Alloy 6063-T6. N. Aluminum -Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM 13632/13632M, Alloy 6061-T6. O. Aluminum Castings: ASTM 1326/1326M, Alloy 443.0-F. P. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (extruded architectural bronze). Q. Bronze Castings: ASTM B584, Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass) or UNS No. C84400 (leaded semired brass). R. Nickel Silver Extrusions: ASTM B151/B151M, Alloy UNS No. C74500. S. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B584, Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze). 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304, Type 316 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. 2. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A (ISO 898-1, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M); and, where indicated, flat washers. C. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325 (Grade A325M), Type 3, heavy -hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH3, (ASTM A563M, Class IOS3) heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and where indicated, flat washers. D. Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593 (ISO 3506-1); with hex nuts, ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M); and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1 (A I). E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A563 (ASTM A563M); and, where indicated, flat washers. 1. Hot -dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. F. Anchors, General: Capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall concrete, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E488/E488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. G. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F2329/F2329M. H. Post -Installed Anchors: Torque -controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 (A1) stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593 (ISO 3506-1), and nuts, ASTM F594 (ASTM F836M). I. Slotted -Channel Inserts: Cold -formed, hot -dip galvanized -steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches (41 by 22 mm) by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long at not more than 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee -head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099123 "Interior Painting" B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI979 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer that contains pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich Primer. C. Water -Based Primer: Emulsion type, anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI9107 and compatible with topcoat. D. Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with MPI920 and compatible with topcoat. E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc -coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/D1187M. H. Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: Factory -packaged, nonmetallic, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall I. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal - weight, air -entrained concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa). 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (I mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat -head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches (3.2 by 38 mm), with a minimum 6-inch (150- mm) embedment and 2-inch (50-mm) hook, not less than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends and corners of units and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports. D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc -rich primer. 2.7 STRUCTURAL -STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Fabricate structural -steel door frames from steel shapes, plates, and bars of size and to dimensions indicated, fully welded together, with 5/8-by-1-1/2-inch (16-by-38-mm) steel channel stops, unless otherwise indicated. Plug -weld built-up members and continuously weld exposed joints. Secure removable stops to frame with countersunk machine screws, uniformly spaced at not more than 10 inches (250 mm) o.c. Reinforce frames and drill and tap as necessary to accept finish hardware. 1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for securing door frames into adjoining concrete or masonry. B. Extend bottom of frames to floor elevation indicated with steel angle clips welded to frames for anchoring frame to floor with expansion shields and bolts. C. Galvanize and prime steel frames. D. Prime steel frames with zinc -rich primer. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction. C. Galvanize and prime miscellaneous steel trim. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall D. Prime miscellaneous steel trim with zinc -rich primer. 2.9 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.10 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. 2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123/A123M for other steel and iron products. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean galvanized surfaces of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. C. Shop prime iron and steel items unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless indicated. D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc -Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Section 099600 "High -Performance Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Steel Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 5. Galvanized -Steel Items: SSPC-SP 16, 'Brush-off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non -Ferrous Metals." E. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 2.12 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. As -Fabricated Finish: AA-M12. B. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, Class I, AA-M12C22A41. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following: I. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Anchor shelf angles securely to existing construction with expansion anchors, anchor bolts, through bolts. C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. 1. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. D. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in "Installation of Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. 1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and leveled. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS A. Install prefabricated building columns to comply with ANSI/AISC 360, "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings," and with requirements applicable to listing and labeling for fire - resistance rating indicated. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SHELF ANGLES A. Install shelf angles as required to keep masonry level, at correct elevation, and flush with vertical plane. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF METAL LADDERS A. Secure ladders to adjacent construction with the clip angles attached to the stringer. B. Install brackets as required for securing of ladders welded or bolted to structural steel or built into masonry or concrete. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICES A. Secure top and bottom of alternating tread devices to construction to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF METAL SHIPS' LADDERS AND PIPE CROSSOVERS A. Secure top and bottom of ships' ladders to construction to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Secure pipe crossovers to construction to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 10 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.8 INSTALLATION OF METAL FLOOR PLATE A. Install metal floor plates flush with finished surface. Adjust as required to avoid lippage that could present a tripping hazard. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF ELEVATOR PIT SUMP COVERS A. Install tops of elevator sump pit cover plates and frames flush with finished surface. Adjust as required to avoid lippage that could present a tripping hazard. 3.10 INSTALLATION OF STRUCTURAL -STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Fasten structural steel door frames to the floor slab by means of angle clips and expansion bolts. Anchor doorjambs to adjacent construction in accordance with shop drawing details. 3.11 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Anchor to concrete construction to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.12 REPAIRS A. Touchup Painting: 1. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. a. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. END OF SECTION 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 11 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 12 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 070150.72 REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. New penetration flashings associated with HVAC installations and new safety ladders. 1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Pro] ect site. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D1079 "Standard Terminology Relating to Roofing and Waterproofing" and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. B. Existing Roofing System: Built-up asphalt roofing, and components and accessories between deck and roofing membrane. C. Roofing Coating Preparation: Existing roofing that is to remain and be prepared to accept roof repairs. D. Patching: Removal of a portion of existing membrane roofing system from deck or removal of selected components and accessories from existing membrane roofing system and replacement with similar materials. E. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site unless indicated to be removed and reinstalled. F. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not indicated to be removed. G. Manufacturer: Manufacturer of roofing rehabilitation products, unless otherwise indicated. H. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. I. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from re -roofing preparation, demolition or selective demolition operations. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall Disposal: Removal off -site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 ROOFING CONFERENCES A. Roofing Rehabilitation Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system. 1. Meet with Owner; roofing materials manufacturer's representative; roofing re -coating Installer including project manager and foreman; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects re -coating including installers of roof accessories and roof -mounted equipment requiring removal and replacement as part of the Work. 2. Review methods and procedures related to new flashings, including roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review drawings and specifications. 4. Review roof drainage during each stage of coating application and review roof drain plugging and plug removal procedures. 5. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect coating. 7. Review existing conditions that may require notification of Owner before proceeding. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, Manufacturer, and Roofing Inspector. Letter written for this Project indicating manufacturer approval of Installer to apply specified products and provide specified warranty. B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, and for dust control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. C. Contractor's Product Certificate: Submit certificate, indicating products intended for Work of this Section, including product names and numbers and manufacturers names, with statement indicating that products to be provided meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Indicate that proposed system components are compatible. D. Warranties: Unexecuted sample copies of special warranties. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall E. Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces, which might be misconstrued as having been damaged by coating operations. Submit before Work begins. F. Inspection Reports: Reports of Roofing Inspector. Include weather conditions, description of work performed, tests performed, defective work observed, and corrective actions required and carried out. Submit report within 24 hours after inspection. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: To include in maintenance manuals. B. Warranties: Executed copies of approved warranty forms. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and certified by manufacturer, including a full-time on -site supervisor with a minimum of five years' experience installing products comparable to those specified, able to communicate verbally with Contractor, Architect, and employees, and the following: Qualified by the manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and furnish warranty of type specified. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Primary product manufacturer with minimum five years' experience in manufacture of comparable products in successful use in similar applications, and able to furnish warranty with provisions matching specified requirements. C. Roofing Inspector Qualifications: A technical representative of manufacturer not engaged in the sale of products and experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roofing system, qualified to perform roofing observation and inspection specified in Field Quality Control Article, to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project, and approved by the manufacturer to issue warranty certification. The Roofing Inspector shall be one of the following: 1. An authorized full-time technical employee of the manufacturer. 2. An independent party certified as a Registered Roof Observer by the Roof Consultants Institute, retained by the Contractor or the Manufacturer and approved by the Manufacturer. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with rehabilitation work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering into existing roofing system or building. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Store all materials prior to application at temperatures recommended by manufacturer. 2. Apply coatings within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by manufacturer. 3. Do not apply roofing in rain, fog, or mist. B. Protect building to be rehabilitated, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from rehabilitation operations. C. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. D. Daily Protection: Coordinate installation of roofing so insulation and other components of roofing system not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Installer Warranty: Installer's warranty signed by Installer, as follows. 1. Form of Warranty: Form acceptable to Roofing Manufacturer and Owner. 2. Scope of Warranty: Work of this Section. 3. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design: The roof system specified in this Section is based upon products of Tremco CPG Incorporated. Provide specified products or pre -approved equivalent products. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Rehabilitated roofing shall withstand exposure to weather without failure or leaks due to defective manufacture or installation. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G152, ASTM G154, or ASTM G155. B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2.3 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. General: Roof rehabilitation coating materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing membrane roofing system. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Temporary Roofing Materials: Selection of materials and design of temporary roofing is responsibility of Contractor. C. Temporary Roof Drainage: Design and selection of materials for temporary roof drainage are responsibilities of the Contractor. D. Infill Materials: Where required to replace test cores and to patch existing roofing, use infill materials matching existing membrane roofing system materials, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 FLUID -APPLIED ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Polyurethane Elastomeric Fluid -Applied System: Two -coat fluid -applied roofing membrane formulated for application over prepared existing roofing substrate. I. Polyurethane Roof Coating System Base Coat: Bio-based, low -odor low-VOC two-part, for use with a compatible top coat. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard BIO Base Coat. b. Combustion Characteristics, UL 790: Maintains combustion characteristics of existing roof system. C. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: I g/L. d. Accelerated Weathering, 5000 hours, ASTM G154: Pass. e. Hardness, Shore A, minimum, ASTM D2240: 80. f. Solids, by volume, ASTM D2697: 100 percent. g. Bio-Based Content, Minimum: 70 percent. h. Minimum Thickness, Base Coat reinforced over Granular Surfaced MB: 64 mils (1.62 mm) wet. 2. Polyurethane roof coating system top coat, bio-based low -odor low-VOC two-part, for application over compatible base coat. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard BIO Top Coat. b. Combustion Characteristics, UL790: Maintains combustion characteristics of existing roof system. C. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 6 g/L. d. Solar Reflectance Index (SRI), ASTM E1980: For white, not less than 103. e. Accelerated Weathering, 5000 hours, ASTM G 154: Pass. f. Hardness, Shore A, minimum, ASTM D2240: 81. g. Solids, by volume, ASTM D2697: 100 percent. h. Bio-Based Content, Minimum: 60 percent. i. Minimum Thickness, reinforced system: 32 mils (0.81 mm) wet. j. Minimum Thickness, Slip -Resistant Coat: 24 mils (0.60 mm) wet. k. Color: White. B. Primers: 1. Primer for Non -Porous Surfaces: Single -part, water based primer to promote adhesion of urethanes to metals, PVC and other non -porous surfaces. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall a. Basis of design product: Tremco, AlphaGuard M-Prime. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 22 g/L. C. Nonvolatile Content, minimum, ASTM D2369: 5 percent. d. Density at 77 deg F (25 deg C): 8.3 lb/gal (Ikg/L). 2. Primer for Intercoat and Substrate Adhesion: Single -part, quick -drying primer to promote adhesion of urethane products to previous urethane coats and to other approved surfaces. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Geogard Primer. b. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 100 g/L. C. Coverage Rate, 400 sq. ft/ gal. (10 m2/ L): 4 mils (0.10 mm) wet. C. Fluid -Applied Membrane Reinforcing Fabric: Polyester Reinforcing and Protection Fabric: 100 percent stitch -bonded mildew -resistant polyester fabric intended for reinforcement of compatible fluid -applied membranes and flashings and as a protection layer under pavers or stone aggregates. a. Basis of design product: Tremco, Permafab. b. Tensile Strength, Minimum, ASTM D5034 (2-inch): MD - 110 lbs (49.8 kg); XMD - 60 lbs (27.2 kg) avg. C. Elongation, Minimum, ASTM D5034 (1-inch): MD - 25 percent; XMD - 100 percent. d. Tear Strength, Minimum, ASTM D5587: MD - 20 lbs (9.0 kg) avg; XMD - 20 lbs (9.0 kg) avg. e. Weight: 3 oz./sq. yd (102 g/sq. m). 2.5 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Cold -applied bio-based low odor urethane roofing adhesive, two-part, USDA BioPreferred, formulated for compatibility and use with specified roofing membranes and flashings. 1. Tremco, Powerply Endure Bio Adhesive TF. 2. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3690: 0 g/L. 3. Low Temperature Flexibility, ASTM D2240: Pass at -30 deg F (-34 deg Q. 4. Solids, by Volume, ASTM D2697: 100 percent. 5. Biobase Content, Minimum, ASTM D6866: 70 percent. B. Base Sheet: ASTM D6164 Type I Grade S SB S/RET/Urethane -modified asphalt coated polyester reinforced high elongation sheet, smooth surfaced. Reinforcing fabric, stitch -bonded polyester, 100 percent recycled content, infused with curing accelerant activated when installed in conjunction with specially formulated adhesive. a. Tremco, Permafab. b. Breaking Strength, minimum, ASTM D 5034: Machine direction, 65 lbf/in (12.0 kN/m); Cross machine direction, 85 lbf/in (12.0 kN/m). C. Elongation: Machine direction, 24 percent; Cross machine direction, 95 percent. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall d. Weight, ASTM D 3776: 2.5 lb/100 sq. ft. (120 g/m2). e. Thickness, minimum, ASTM D 1777: 0.025 inch (0.63 mm). f. Recycled Content, post -consumer: 83 percent. C. Bio-Based Polyurethane Roof Coating Base Coat: ASTM D7311, Two-part catalyzed low -odor polyurethane roof base coating formulated for direct application and for use with fiber reinforcement in conjunction with a compatible top coat. D. Bio-Based Polyurethane Roof Coating Top Coat: ASTM D7311, Two-part catalyzed low -odor polyurethane roof top coating formulated for direct application over compatible reinforced base coat. E. Polyurethane Metal Primer: Water -based, quick -drying, brush -grade one -part primer for use as an adhesion promoter for urethane sealants and coatings to non -porous surfaces. F. Asphalt Primer, Water -Based: Water -based, polymer modified, asphalt primer. 1. Asbestos Content, EPA 600/R13/116: None. 2. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D 3960: 2 g/L. 2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with existing roofing system. B. Joint Sealant: Elastomeric joint sealant recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer as compatible with applied coating and project substrates, with movement capability appropriate for application. Joint Sealant, Polyurethane: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50 single -component moisture curing sealant, formulated for compatibility and use in dynamic and static joints; paintable. a. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC), maximum, ASTM D3960: 40 g/L. b. Hardness, Shore A, ASTM C661: 40. C. Adhesion to Concrete, ASTM C794: 35 pli. d. Tensile Strength, ASTM D412: 350 psi (2410 kPa). e. Color: Aluminum Stone. C. Skirt Metal: 22-gauge galvanized metal with hemmed edge. D. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 2.7 WALKWAYS A. Walkway Pads: REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall Walkway pads, ceramic -granule -surfaced reinforced asphaltic composition slip -resisting pads, manufactured as a traffic pad for foot traffic, 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick minimum. a. Flexural Strength at max. load, minimum, ASTM C203: 218 psi (1.5 kPa). b. Granule adhesion (weight loss), maximum, ASTM D4977: 1.1 gram. C. Impact Resistance at 77 deg. F (25 deg. C), ASTM D3746: No Damage to Roof. d. Pad Size: 36 by 48 inch (914 by 1220 mm). PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect existing roofing system that is indicated not to be rehabilitated, and adjacent portions of building and building equipment. 1. Mask surfaces to be protected. Seal joints subject to infiltration by coating materials. 2. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing membrane that have been protected. 3. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. B. Pollution Control: Comply with environmental regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Limit spread of dust and debris. 1. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 2. Remove debris from building roof by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade C. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof -drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof -drain plugs at end of each workday, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing membrane roofing system components that are to remain. 3.2 ROOFING PREPARATION A. Membrane Surface Preparation: 1. Substrate Cleaning: Clean substrate of contaminants such as dirt, debris, oil, and grease that can affect adhesion of repair material. 2. Verify that existing substrate is dry before proceeding with application of coating. Spot check substrates with an electrical capacitance moisture -detection meter. 3. Verify adhesion of new products. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Surface Priming: Prime surfaces to receive fluid -applied coating using coating manufacturer's recommended product for surface material. Apply at application rate recommended by manufacturer. 1. Ensure primer does not puddle and substrate has complete coverage. 2. Allow to cure completely prior to application of coating. 3.3 REPLACEMENT FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Fill in where any roofing is removed with substrate board matching height of the existing roof system. Secure to decking per manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install cant strips at transitions to vertical edges. C. Install modified ply sheet set in urethane adhesive over substrate board (if present), up sides of curbs and around new pipe penetrations, and onto the field of the roof 6". D. Install skirt metal counterflashing secured at 8" oc. E. Install fully reinforced liquid applied flashing system over all new penetrations. F. Joint Sealant: Apply joint sealant at terminations and penetrations of coatings as required to maintain weathertight application. 3.4 WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Walkway Pads: Install walkway pads surrounding all new equipment. 1. Set walkway pads in cold -applied adhesive at base of all ladders and crossovers. 3.5 DISPOSAL A. Collect demolished and waste materials and place in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. 1. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on -site is not permitted. B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property. 3.6 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove coating that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and reapply coating. REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 070150.72 REHABILITATION OF BUILT-UP ROOFING 070150.72 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Urethane joint sealants. 3. Butyl joint sealants. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 3. Urethane joint sealants. 4. Silane-modified polymer joint sealants. 5. Mildew -resistant joint sealants. 6. Butyl joint sealants. 7. Latex joint sealants. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-inch- (150-mm-) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Schedule: Include the following information for each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested: 1. Joint -sealant location and designation. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 2. Manufacturer and product name. 3. Type of substrate material. 4. Proposed test. 5. Number of samples required. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: For each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested from sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint -sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation are needed for adhesion. C. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion -Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. D. Field Quality -Control Reports: For field -adhesion -test reports, for each sealant application tested. E. Sample warranties. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers' special warranties. B. Installer's special warranties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified in accordance with ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated. 1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint -sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials. 3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in contact with stone substrates. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 4. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, joint -sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials. 5. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 6. For materials failing tests, obtain joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 7. Testing will not be required if joint -sealant manufacturers submit data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. B. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint -sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. 5. Test Method: Test joint sealants in accordance with Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 6. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 7. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field -Adhesion -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg Q. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint -sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 1.8 WARRANTY Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Obtain joint sealants from single manufacturer for each sealant type. 2.2 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. General Etectric Co. 3. Tremco, Inc. 4. Equal. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Silicone, S, NS, 100150, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Use NT. C. Silicone, S, NS, 50, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. D. Silicone, S, NS, 35, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 35 percent and minus 35 percent movement capability. nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 35, Use NT. E. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. F. Silicone, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. G. Silicone, S, NS, 100150, T, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Uses T and NT. H. Silicone, S, NS, 50, T, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T and NT. I. Silicone, S, NS, 25, T, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T and NT. Silicone, S, P, 100150, T, NT: Single -component, pourable, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 100150, Uses T and NT. K. Silicone, M, P, 100150, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 100150, Uses T and NT. 2.4 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. General Etectric Co. 3. Tremco, Inc. 4. Equal. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. C. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 100150, NT: Nonstaining, single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Use NT. D. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, single -component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. E. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 100150, T, NT: Nonstaining, single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Uses T and NT. F. Silicone, Nonstaining, M, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, multicomponent, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. 2.5 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Sika Corporation. 2. Equal. B. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. C. Urethane, S, NS, 100150, T, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Uses T and NT. D. Urethane, S, NS, 25, T, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T and NT. E. Urethane, S, P, 35, T, NT: Single -component, pourable, plus 35 percent and minus 35 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 35, Uses T and NT. F. Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single -component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. G. Urethane, M, NS, 50, NT: Multicomponent, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall H. Urethane, M, NS, 25, NT: Multicomponent, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. I. Urethane, M, NS, 50, T, NT: Multicomponent, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses T and NT. J. Urethane, M, NS, 25, T, NT: Multicomponent, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T and NT. K. Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 50, Uses T and NT. L. Urethane, M, P, 25, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. 2.6 MILDEW -RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Dow Corning Corp. 2. General Etectric Co. 3. Tremco, Inc. 4. Equal. B. Mildew -Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth. C. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew -resistant, single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 2.7 BUTYL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Tremco Inc. 2. Pecora Corp. 3. Equal. B. Butyl -Rubber -Based Joint Sealants: ASTM C1311. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 2.8 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C834, Type OP, Gra B. de NF. 2.9 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin), Type O (open -cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 3.2 3.3 PREPARATION Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. C. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. d. Exterior insulation and finish systems. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall C. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants in accordance with requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile in accordance with Figure 8A in ASTM C1193 unless otherwise indicated. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: Field -Adhesion Testing: Field test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: a. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: 1) Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 ft. (300 m) of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 2) Perform one test for each 1000 ft. (300 m) of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. b. Test Method: Test joint sealants in accordance with Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C1521. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: 1) Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. 2) Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. 3) Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field -adhesion hand -pull test criteria. d. Record test results in a field -adhesion -test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. e. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. 2. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 11 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 12 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Primers. 2. Finish coatings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 051200 Structural Steel Framing for shop priming of metal substrates. 2. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming metal fabrications. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 2. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples: For each type of topcoat product. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. E. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in the Exterior Painting Schedule to cross-reference paint systems specified in this Section. Include color designations. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. I. Paint Products: 5 percent, but not less than I gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well -ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F (7 deg C). I . Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F (10 and 35 deg C). B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers, unless otherwise noted. 1. Dunn -Edwards Corporation Paints. 2. Frazee Paints and Wall coverings. 3. Vista Paints. 4. Sherwin Williams. 5. ICI Paints. 6. Equal. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. Source Limitations: Obtain each paint product from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PAINT PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: Match adjacent existing wall paint color. 2.3 PRIMERS A. Exterior, Alkali -Resistant, Water -Based Primer: Pigmented, water -based primer formulated for use on alkaline surfaces, such as exterior plaster, vertical concrete, and masonry. 2.4 FINISH COATINGS A. Exterior Latex Paint, Flat: Water -based, pigmented coating; formulated for alkali, mold, microbial, and water resistance and for use on exterior surfaces, such as portland cement plaster, concrete, and primed wood. 1. Gloss and Sheen: Manufacturer's standard flat finish. B. Exterior Latex Paint, Low Sheen: Water -based, pigmented coating; formulated for alkali, mold, microbial, and water resistance and for use on exterior surfaces, such as portland cement plaster, concrete, and primed wood. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2.5 FLOOR SEALERS AND PAINTS A. Latex Floor Paint, Low Gloss: Water -based, pigmented coating formulated to hide stains, for alkali and incidental water resistance, and for use on exterior, concrete and primed -wood surfaces subject to low to medium foot traffic. 1. Gloss and Sheen Level: Manufacturer's standard low -gloss finish. 2. Slip -Resistant Aggregate: Manufacturer's standard additive. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Portland Cement Plaster: 12 percent. C. Portland Cement Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured. D. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. E. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with finishes and primers. F. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface -applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems specified in this Section. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Apply paints in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in the Exterior Painting Schedule may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if compatible with intermediate and topcoat coatings and acceptable to intermediate and topcoat paint manufacturers. B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed to view: a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear. b. Uninsulated metal piping. C. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. 1. Do not clean equipment with free -draining water and prevent solvents, thinners, cleaners, and other contaminants from entering into waterways, sanitary and storm drain systems, and ground. 2. Dispose of contaminants in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Allow empty paint cans to dry before disposal. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Copper Substrates: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Quick -drying aluminum primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Exterior latex paint, flat. B. Portland Cement Plaster Substrates: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Exterior, alkali -resistant, water -based primer. EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall b. Intermediate Coat: Matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Exterior latex paint, flat. END OF SECTION 099113 EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXTERIOR PAINTING 099113 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Restraints - rigid type. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Designated Seismic System: An HVAC component that requires design in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7, Ch. 13, and for which the Component Importance Factor is greater than 1.0. B. IBC: International Building Code. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Include load rating for each wind -force -restraint fitting and assembly. 3. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of vibration isolation device and seismic -restraint component. 4. Annotate types and sizes of seismic restraints and accessories, complete with listing markings or report numbers and load rating in tension and compression as evaluated by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 6. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 B. Welding certificates. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall C. Air -Spring Isolator Performance Certification: Include natural frequency, load, and damping test data performed by an independent agency. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, be an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic -Restraint Device Load Ratings: Devices to be tested and rated in accordance with applicable code requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. Devices to be listed by a nationally recognized third party that requires periodic follow-up inspections and has a listing directory available to the public. Provide third -party listing by one or more of the following: an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, to design seismic and wind- load control system. 1. Seismic and Wind -Load Performance: Equipment to withstand the effects of earthquake motions and high wind events determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10. B. Consequential Damage: Provide additional seismic restraints for suspended HVAC components or anchorage of floor-, roof-, or wall -mounted HVAC components as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7- 10 so that failure of a non -essential or essential HVAC component will not cause failure of any other essential architectural, mechanical, or electrical building component. C. Fire/Smoke Resistance: Seismic- and wind -load -restraint devices that are not constructed of ferrous metals must have a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested by an NRTL in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, and be so labeled. D. Component Supports: 1. Load ratings, features, and applications of all reinforcement components must be based on testing standards of a nationally recognized testing agency. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2. All component support attachments must comply with force and displacement resistance requirements of ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 13.6. 2.2 RESTRAINTS - RIGID TYPE A. Source Limitations: Obtain rigid -type restraints from single manufacturer. B. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated bracing assembly made of AISI 5110-07-SI slotted steel channels, ANSI/ASTM A53/A53M steel pipe as per NFPA 13, or other rigid steel brace member. Includes accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion -resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in of reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffeners: Install where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength is adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION -CONTROL AND SEISMIC -RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Provide vibration -control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Vibration -Control Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, or where Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems. B. Provide seismic -restraint devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Seismic -Restraint Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, where VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems, and where required by applicable codes. C. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork. D. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. E. Comply with requirements for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. F. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 2. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. G. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). H. Ductwork Restraints: 1. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." In first subparagraph below, options for 40 and 80 feet (12 and 24 m) are recommended by SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." Coordinate requirements with applicable building codes, applicable ASCE/SEI7 criteria, with the AHJ, and with structural engineer. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). 4. Select seismic -restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry static and seismic loads. 5. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators. I. Install seismic- and wind -load -restraint cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. J. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. K. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall L. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment -mounting channels are attached to wall. M. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. N. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge -Type Anchor Bolts: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors to be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive -Type Anchor Bolts: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 6. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior and stainless -steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative. 2. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load -spreading members. 5. Test no fewer than four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 6. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 7. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 8. Measure isolator deflection. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 9. Verify snubber minimum clearances. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Warning tape. 4. Pipe labels. 5. Duct labels. 6. Stencils. 7. Valve tags. 8. Warning tags. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment -Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. D. Valve -numbering scheme. E. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: stainless steel, 0.025-inch (0.64-mm) or aluminum, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) minimum thickness, with predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. 3. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 4. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 5. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 6. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. 3. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures of up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). 4. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 5. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 6. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 7. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures of up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). D. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). E. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. F. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self -taping screws. G. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. H. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 2.3 PIPE LABELS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color coded, with lettering indicating service and showing flow direction in accordance with ASME A13.1. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. D. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. E. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings. Also include: 1. Pipe size. 2. Lettering Size: Size letters in accordance with ASME A13.1 for piping. 2.4 DUCT LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). D. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). E. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. F. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self -tapping screws. G. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. H. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings. Also include the following: 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Include flow -direction arrows on main distribution ducts. Arrows may be either integral with label or may be applied separately. 2.5 STENCILS A. Stencils for Piping: IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Lettering Size: At least 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm) and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. 2. Stencil Material: Aluminum, brass, or fiberboard. 3. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel in colors complying with recommendations in ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray -can form. 4. Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray -can form. 5. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. 2.6 VALVE TAGS A. Description: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch (13-mm) numbers. 1. Tag Material: stainless steel, 0.024-inch (0.61-mm) minimum thickness, with predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass wire -link chain or beaded chain or S-hook. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-1l-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal -operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. Include valve -tag schedule in operation and maintenance data. 2.7 WARNING TAGS A. Description: Preprinted or partially preprinted accident -prevention tags of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches (75 by 133 mm) minimum. 2. Fasteners: Reinforced grommet and wire or string. 3. Nomenclature: Large -size primary caption, such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, as well as dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and other substances that could impair bond of identification devices. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. D. Locate identifying devices so that they are readily visible from the point of normal approach. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT LABELS, WARNING SIGNS, AND LABELS A. Permanently fasten labels on each item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PIPE LABELS A. Pipe -Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Within 3 ft. (1 m) of each valve and control device. 2. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 3. Within 3 ft. (1 m) of equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 4. Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 ft. (8 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 10 ft. (3.0 m) in areas of congested piping, ductwork, and equipment. B. Do not apply plastic pipe labels or plastic tapes directly to bare pipes conveying fluids at temperatures of 125 deg F (52 deg C) or higher. Where these pipes are to remain uninsulated, use a short section of insulation or use stenciled labels. C. Flow -Direction Arrows: Use arrows to indicate direction of flow in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF DUCT LABELS A. Install self-adhesive duct labels showing service and flow direction with permanent adhesive on air ducts. B. Locate label near each point where ducts enter into and exit from concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 20 ft. (6 m) where exposed or are concealed by removable ceiling system. IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.6 INSTALLATION OF VALVE TAGS A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within factory -fabricated equipment units, shutoff valves, and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule in the operating and maintenance manual. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF WARNING TAGS A. Attach warning tags, with proper message, to equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: 1. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." 2. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied if any). B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, dampers, specialties and flanges for each type of insulation. 3. Detail application of field -applied jackets. 4. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. C. Field quality -control reports. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Insulation material containers are to be marked with the manufacturer's name, appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for duct insulation application. Before preparing ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. B. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation, jacket materials, adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. I. All Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products do not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come in contact with stainless steel have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested in accordance with ASTM C871. C. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel are qualified as acceptable in accordance with ASTM C795. D. Foam insulation materials do not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall E. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed -cell or expanded -rubber materials; suitable for maximum use temperature between minus 70 deg F (minus 57 deg C) and 220 deg F (104 deg Q. Comply with ASTM C534, Type II for sheet materials. F. Glass -Fiber Blanket: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin; suitable for maximum use temperature up to 450 deg F (232 deg C) in accordance with ASTM C411. Comply with ASTM C553, Type II, and ASTM C1290, III with factory -applied FSK jacket. Factory -applied Jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. C. Glass -Fiber and Mineral Wool Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. E. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 2.4 MASTICS AND COATINGS A. Materials are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Vapor -Retarder Mastic, Solvent Based, Exterior Use: Suitable for outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM C755, Section 7.2.2, Table 2, for insulation type and service conditions. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 104 deg Q. 3. Color: White 2.5 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg Q. 4. Color: Aluminum. B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg Q. 4. Color: White. 2.6 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM CI136, Type II. 2.7 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets comply with ASTM C921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil -face, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 1. Color: White. D. Metal Jacket: 1. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. a. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- (0.075-mm-) thick, heat -bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM CI136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm).in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM CI136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm). 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width. D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor -retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 5 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. 2.9 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. 2. Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H- 14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. 3. Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 3.2 PREPARATION Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, compress, or otherwise damage insulation or jacket. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Replace insulation materials that get wet during storage or in the installation process before being properly covered and sealed in accordance with Contract Documents. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation. L. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall M. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 1. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: For penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.5 INSTALLATION OF GLASS -FIBER AND MINERAL -WOOL INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. B. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), place pins 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch (13-mm) outward - clinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field - applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C) at 18-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm). 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches (450 mm) O.C. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 3.6 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material asjacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor -retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor -barrier mastic. B. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. 3.7 FINISHES A. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. 1. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless steel.] ackets. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection is limited to DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall one location for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. D. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.9 ABOVEGROUND, OUTDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a duct system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Exposed, rectangular, supply -air duct insulation is the following: 1. Glass -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5 lb/cu. ft. (24 kg/cu. m) nominal density. C. Exposed, rectangular, return -air duct insulation is the following: 1. Glass -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5 lb/cu. ft. (24 kg/cu. m) nominal density. D. Exposed, supply -air plenum insulation is the following: 1. Glass -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5 lb/cu. ft. (24 kg/cu. m) nominal density. 2. Exposed, return -air plenum insulation is the following: 3. Glass -Fiber Blanket: 2 inches (50 mm) and 1.5 lb/cu. ft. (24 kg/cu. m) nominal density. 3.10 OUTDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field -applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Ducts and Plenums, Concealed: D. Ducts and Plenums, Exposed, up to 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches (1800 mm): 1. Aluminum, Smooth:.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick. 2. Painted Aluminum, Smooth: 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick. END OF SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulation for HVAC piping systems. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 230713 "Duct Insulation" for duct insulation. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. 1.4 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products do not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come into contact with stainless steel have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested in accordance with ASTM C871. C. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel are qualified as acceptable in accordance with ASTM C795. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall D. Foam insulation materials do not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. E. Calcium Silicate: Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved -block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non -asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C533, Type I. 1. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. F. Polystyrene: Rigid, extruded cellular polystyrene intended for use as thermal insulation. Comply with ASTM C578, Type I-XII for board or Type XIII for pipe insulation, except thermal conductivity (k-value) do not exceed 0.26 Btu x MA x sq. ft. x deg F (0.038 W/m x K) after 180 days of aging. Fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 2.2 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: I. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM CI136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM CI 136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM CI136, Type II. 4. ASJ+: Aluminum foil reinforced with glass scrim bonded to a kraft paper interleaving with an outer film leaving no paper exposed; complying with ASTM CI136, Types I, II, III, IV, and VII. 5. PSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM CI136, Type II. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. I. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 3.2 PREPARATION Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg Q. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature of between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Coordinate insulation installation with the tradesman installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, use demineralized water. END OF SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes Cx process requirements for the following HVAC systems, assemblies, and equipment: 1. Heat generation systems. 2. Cooling generation systems. 3. Central -station air -handling systems. 4. Air, steam, and hydronic distribution systems. 5. Heating and cooling terminal and unitary equipment. 6. HVAC controls. 7. TAB verification. B. Related Requirements: 1. For construction checklists, comply with requirements in various Division 23 Sections specifying HVAC systems, system components, equipment, and products. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. BAS: Building automation system. B. Cx: Commissioning C. CxA: Commissioning Authority D. IgCC: International Green Construction Code. E. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they mean "as -built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components. F. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For BAS and HVAC testing technician. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. Construction Checklists: Draft construction checklists will be created by CxA for Contractor review. C. Construction Checklists: Material, installation, and performance test checklists for systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components to be part of the Cx process. 1. Instrumentation and control for HVAC, including the following: a. Control systems equipment. b. Control valves. C. Control dampers. d. Energy meters. e. Flow instruments. f. Pressure instruments. g. Temperature instruments. h. Vibration instruments. 2. Sequence of operations. Air distribution systems, including the following: a. Supply, return, and exhaust systems. b. Metal ducts, liners, and fittings. C. Hangers and supports. d. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. e. Flexible ducts and fittings. f. Air -duct accessories, including volume dampers, turning vanes, sound attenuators, and flexible connectors. g. Duct -mounted access doors and panels. 3. Air -handling equipment, including the following: a. Fans and motors. b. Indoor air -handling units with and without coils, dampers, and filters. C. Outdoor air -handling units with and without coils, dampers, and filters. d. Motors. e. Hangers and supports. f. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. 4. Mechanical insulation, including the following: a. Duct and plenum insulation. b. Fire -suppression, plumbing, and HVAC equipment insulation. C. Plumbing and HVAC piping insulation. D. Test equipment and instrumentation list, identifying the following: 1. Equipment/instrument identification number. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 2. Planned Cx application or use. 3. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. 4. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the equipment and instrumentation. 5. Equipment manufacturers' proprietary instrumentation and tools. For each instrument or tool, identify the following: a. Instrument or tool identification number. b. Equipment schedule designation of equipment for which the instrument or tool is required. C. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. d. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the instrument or tool, where appropriate. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. BAS Testing Technician Qualifications: Technicians performing BAS Construction Checklist verification tests, Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations, Cx tests, and Cx test demonstrations are to have the following minimum qualifications: 1. Journey level or equivalent skill level with knowledge of BAS, HVAC, electrical concepts, and building operations. 2. Minimum three years' experience installing, servicing, and operating systems manufactured by approved manufacturer. 3. International Society of Automation (ISA)-Certified Control Systems Technician (CCST) Level I. B. HVAC Testing Technician Qualifications: Technicians to perform HVAC Construction Checklist verification tests, Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations, Cx tests, and Cx test demonstrations shall have the following minimum qualifications: 1. Journey level or equivalent skill level; vocational school four -year -program graduate or an Associate's degree in mechanical systems, air conditioning, or similar field. Degree may be offset by three years' experience in servicing mechanical systems in the HVAC industry. Generally, required knowledge includes HVAC systems, electrical concepts, building operations, and application and use of tools and instrumentation to measure performance of HVAC equipment, assemblies, and systems. 2. Minimum three years' experience that is to include installing, servicing, and operating systems manufactured by approved manufacturer. C. Testing Equipment and Instrumentation Quality and Calibration: I. Capable of testing and measuring performance within the specified acceptance criteria. 2. Be calibrated at manufacturer's recommended intervals with current calibration tags permanently affixed to the instrument being used. 3. Be maintained in good repair and operating condition throughout duration of use on Project. 4. Be recalibrated/repaired if dropped or damaged in any way since last calibrated. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 D. Proprietary Test Instrumentation and Tools: Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Equipment Manufacturer's Proprietary Instrumentation and Tools: For installed equipment included in the Cx process, test instrumentation and tools manufactured or prescribed by equipment manufacturer to service, calibrate, adjust, repair, or otherwise work on its equipment or required as a condition of equipment warranty, shall comply with the following: a. Be calibrated by manufacturer with current calibration tags permanently affixed. b. Include a separate list of proprietary test instrumentation and tools in operation and maintenance manuals. 2. HVAC proprietary test instrumentation and tools become property of Owner at the time of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Preliminary detailed construction checklists are to be prepared for each BAS and HVAC system, assembly, subsystem, equipment, and component required to be commissioned, as detailed in ASHRAE 202. Contractor performs the following: 1. Review BAS and HVAC preliminary construction checklists and provide written comments on checklist items where appropriate. 2. Return preliminary Construction Checklist with review comments within 10days of receipt. 3. When review comments have been resolved, the CxA will provide final construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)." 4. Use only construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)" When performing tests. Mark construction checklists in the appropriate place as indicated Project events are completed, and provide pertinent details and other information. B. Prepare preliminary detailed construction checklists for each BAS and HVAC system, assembly, subsystem, equipment, and component required to be commissioned, as detailed in ASHRAE 202. 1. Submit preliminary construction checklists to CxA and Designer for review. 2. When review comments have been resolved, the CxA will provide final construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)." 3. Use only construction checklists, marked "Approved for Use, (date)" when performing tests. Mark construction checklists in the appropriate place, as indicated Project events are completed and provide pertinent details and other information. C. Systems required to be commissioned under IgCC: COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, and refrigeration systems (mechanical and/or passive) and associated controls. 2. Air -curtain systems. 3. Water -pumping and -mixing systems over 5 hp (4 kW) and purification systems. 4. Renewable energy systems and energy storage systems. 5. Energy and building management and demand -control systems. 3.2 Cx TESTING PREPARATION A. Certify that HVAC systems, subsystems, and equipment have been installed, calibrated, and started and that they are operating in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved submittals. B. Certify that HVAC instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated, point-to-point checkout has been successfully completed, and systems are operating in accordance with their design sequence of operation, Contract Documents, and approved submittals. Certify that all sensors are operating within specified accuracy and all systems are set to and maintaining set points as required by the design documents. C. Certify that TAB procedures have been completed and that TAB reports have been submitted, discrepancies corrected, and corrective work approved. D. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested in accordance with approved test procedures (e.g., normal shutdown, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm conditions). 3.3 Cx TEST CONDITIONS A. Perform tests using design conditions, whenever possible. 1. Simulated conditions may, with approval of Owner, be imposed using an artificial load when it is impractical to test under design conditions. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing instruments. Provide equipment to simulate loads. Set simulated conditions as directed by CxA, and document simulated conditions and methods of simulation. After tests, return configurations and settings to normal operating conditions. 2. Cx test procedures may direct that set points be altered when simulating conditions is impractical. 3. Cx test procedures may direct that sensor values be altered with a signal generator when design or simulating conditions and altering set points are impractical. B. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the HVAC system, document the deficiency and report it to Owner. After deficiencies are resolved, reschedule tests. C. If seasonal testing is specified, complete appropriate initial performance tests and documentation, and schedule seasonal tests. COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 3.4 Cx TESTS COMMON TO HVAC SYSTEMS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Measure capacities and effectiveness of systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components, including operational and control functions, to verify compliance with acceptance criteria. B. Test systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components for operating modes, interlocks, control responses, responses to abnormal or emergency conditions, and response in accordance with acceptance criteria. C. Coordinate schedule with, and perform Cx activities at the direction of, CxA. D. Comply with Construction Checklist requirements, including material verification, installation checks, startup, and performance test requirements specified in Division 23 Sections specifying HVAC systems and equipment. E. Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to perform and document the following: 1. Cx Construction Checklist verification tests. 2. Cx Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations. END OF SECTION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230800 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 231123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Joining materials. 4. Manual gas shutoff valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 6. Dielectric fittings. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. An example includes rooftop locations. C. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. D. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Piping specialties. 2. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. 3. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. 4. Dielectric fittings. B. Shop Drawings: For facility natural-gas piping layout. Include plans, piping layout and elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans and details, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other installations, using input from installers of the items involved. B. Welding certificates. C. Site Survey: Plans, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other services and utilities. D. Field quality -control reports. E. Qualification Statements: For professional engineer. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. C. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory -applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating, and protect from direct sunlight. D. Protect stored PE pipes and valves from direct sunlight. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility -locating service for area where Project is located. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. Interruption of Existing Natural -Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions, and then only after arranging to provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply in accordance with requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of natural-gas service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without Owner's written permission. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B. Coordinate requirements for piping identification for natural-gas piping. Comply with requirements in Section 220553 "Identification of Plumbing Piping and Equipment." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NFPA 54. B. Minimum Operating -Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 65 psig (450 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 3. Minimum Operating Pressure of Service Meter: 5 psig (34.5 kPa). 2.2 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought -Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 4. Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: a. Material Group: 1.1. b. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. C. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground. d. Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum O-rings, and spiral -wound metal gaskets. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall e. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Appliance Flexible Connectors: I. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. 2. Corrugated, stainless steel tubing with polymer coating. 3. Operating -Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig (3.45 kPa). 4. End Fittings: Zinc -coated steel. 5. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 6. Maximum Length: 72 inches (1830 mm). B. Quick -Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41. I. Copper -alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector. 2. Seals: Nitrile. 3. Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected. 4. For indoor or outdoor applications. 5. Adjustable, retractable restraining cable. C. Basket Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A126, Class B, high -tensile cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer and perforated stainless steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa). D. Weatherproof Vent Cap: 1. Cast- or malleable -iron increaser fitting with corrosion -resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross -sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded -end connection. 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. C. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F (540 deg C) complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2.5 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig (862 kPa). 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3. 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" articles. 5. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch (25 mm) and smaller. 6. Service Mark: Valves NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2 (DN 32 to DN 50) having initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. B. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584. 2. Ball: Chrome -plated bronze. 3. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 4. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 5. Packing: Threaded -body packnut design with adjustable -stem packing. 6. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" articles. 7. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). 8. Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller are to be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. C. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584. 2. Plug: Bronze. 3. Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" articles. 4. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 5. Pressure Class: 125 psig (862 kPa). 6. Listing: Valves NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller are to be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. 2.6 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion -resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. B. Service Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80A. 1. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 2. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 3. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 4. Seat Disc: NBR; resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 5. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 6. Seal Plug: UV -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 7. Single -port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to regulator. 8. Pressure regulator is to maintain discharge pressure setting downstream and is to not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 2.7 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C. C. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Description: a. Standard: ASSE 1079. b. Factory -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly. C. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C) d. End Connections: Solder -joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder - joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. D. Dielectric -Flange Insulating Kits: 1. Description: a. Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). C. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic. d. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene. e. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description and rated pressure of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches (750 mm) deep; colored yellow. B. Label and identify gas piping and pressure outside a multitenant building by tenant. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section. B. Inspect natural-gas piping in accordance with NFPA 54 to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. C. Comply with NFPA 54 requirements for preventing accidental ignition. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR PIPING A. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches (900 mm) below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 'Barth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. I. If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches (900 mm) below finished grade, install it in containment conduit. C. Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping in accordance with ASTM D2774. D. Steel Piping with Protective Coating: I. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe. E. Copper Tubing with Protective Coating: FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. G. Install pressure gauge upstream and downstream from each service regulator. Pressure gauges are specified in Section 230519 "Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR PIPING A. Comply with NFPA 54 for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. D. Do not install piping in concealed locations unless sleeved with the sleeve open at both ends. E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Where installing piping above accessible ceilings, allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. G. Locate valves for easy access. Do not locate valves within return air plenums. H. Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps. I. Install piping free of sags and bends. J. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. K. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. L. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas -fired appliances and equipment for roughing -in requirements. M. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service -meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm) FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. N. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. O. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. P. Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1. Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit. 2. In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports. a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers. 3. Prohibited Locations: a. Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. b. Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions. Q. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. R. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. S. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. T. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. U. Install strainer on inlet of each line -pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. B. Install underground valves with valve boxes. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. D. Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing. E. Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping. F. Do not install valves in return -air plenums. 3.6 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: 1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints: 1. Construct joints in accordance with AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. 2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 3. Patch factory -applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints in accordance with AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. F. Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas service. Install gasket concentrically positioned. G. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, and then use wrench. Do not overtighten. H. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join in accordance with ASTM D2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 10 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.7 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic -restraint devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." B. Install hangers for steel piping and copper tubing, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. C. Install hangers for corrugated stainless steel tubing, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting. E. Support vertical runs of steel piping and copper tubing to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. F. Support vertical runs of corrugated stainless steel tubing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.8 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas -appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance in accordance with NFPA 70. C. Where installing piping adjacent to appliances, allow space for service and maintenance of appliances. D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches (1800 mm) of each gas -fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: I. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas in accordance with NFPA 54 and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 11 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 B. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain earthquake valves. END OF SECTION 231123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 231123 - 12 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 233113 METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single -wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Single -wall round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Duct liner. 5. Sealants and gaskets. 6. Hangers and supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following products: 1. Liners and adhesives. 2. Sealants and gaskets. 3. Seismic -restraint devices. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Field quality -control reports. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports. 2. AWS D9.1/D9.1M, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. METAL DUCTS 233113 -1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints are to withstand the effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" Seismically brace duct hangers and supports in accordance withSMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems - OSHPD Edition." B. Seismic Performance: Ductwork to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. See Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with airstream comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. D. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Startup." E. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." F. Duct Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, all duct dimensions indicated on Drawings are inside clear dimensions and do not include insulation or duct wall thickness. 2.2 SINGLE -WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Fabricate joints in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints," for static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. For ducts with longest side less than 36 inches (914 mm), select joint types in accordance with Figure 2-1. 2. For ducts with longest side 36 inches (914 mm) or greater, use flange joint connector Type T-22, T-24, T-24A, T-25a, or T-25b. Factory -fabricated flanged duct connection system may be used if submitted and approved by engineer of record. C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct - METAL DUCTS 233113 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." All longitudinal seams are to be Pittsburgh lock seams unless otherwise specified for specific application. D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.3 SINGLE -WALL ROUNDDUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise indicated. B. Source Limitations: Obtain single -wall round ducts and fittings from single manufacturer. C. Flat -Oval Ducts: Indicated dimensions are the duct width (major dimension) and diameter of the round sides connecting the flat portions of the duct (minor dimension). D. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." E. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct - support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches (2286 mm) in diameter with butt -welded longitudinal seams. 2. Fabricate flat -oval ducts larger than 72 inches (1830 mm) in width (major dimension) with butt -welded longitudinal seams. F. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." METAL DUCTS 233113 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2.4 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials are to be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A653/A653M. I. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90 (Z275). 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. I. Where black- and galvanized -steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches (900 mm) or less; 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches (900 mm). 2.5 DUCT LINER A. Fibrous -Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 9013; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." I. Source Limitations: Obtain fibrous -glass duct liner from single manufacturer. 2. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: a. Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.039 W/m x K) at 75 deg F (24 deg C) mean temperature. b. Type II, Rigid: 0.23 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.033 W/m x K) at 75 deg F (24 deg C) mean temperature. 3. Antimicrobial Erosion -Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the liner that will form the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion -resistant coating. Antimicrobial compound is to be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 4. Water -Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C916. B. Insulation Pins and Washers: 1. Cupped -Head, Capacitor -Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc -coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor -discharge welding, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) galvanized carbon - steel washer. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2. Insulation -Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm-) thick galvanized steel or aluminum; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place, but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. C. Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." I. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. 2. Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. 3. Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. 4. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted - edge overlapping. 5. Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. 6. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm (12.7 m/s) or greater. 7. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches (100 mm) from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches (300 mm) transversely; at 3 inches (75 mm) from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches (450 mm) longitudinally. 8. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: a. Fan discharges. b. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. C. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm (12.7 m/s) or where indicated. 9. Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform distance from outer shell without compressing insulation. a. Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: 3/32-inch (2.4-mm) diameter, with an overall open area of 23 percent. 10. Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire -damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. 2.6 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface -burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets are to be a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with UL 723; certified by an NRTL. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 B. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Seal is to provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg (0.14 L/s per sq. in at 250 Pa) and is to be rated for10-inch wg (2500-Pa) static -pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double -lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory -fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.7 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Galvanized -steel rods and nuts. B. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1 (Table 5-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." C. Steel Cables for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A603. D. Steel Cable End Connections: Galvanized -steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic -locking and clamping device. E. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self -tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. F. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized -steel shapes and plates. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air -handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and coordination drawings. B. Install ducts in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install ducts in maximum practical lengths with fewest possible joints. D. Install factory- or shop -fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall E. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. F. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. G. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch (25 mm), plus allowance for insulation thickness. H. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. I. Where ducts pass through non -fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). J. Install fire, combination fire/smoke, and smoke dampers where indicated on Drawings and as required by code, and by local authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with requirements for fire and smoke dampers and specific installation requirements of the damper UL listing. K. Install heating coils, cooling coils, air filters, dampers, and all other duct -mounted accessories in air ducts where indicated on Drawings. L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials both before and after installation. Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction," Appendix G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." M. Elbows: Use long -radius elbows wherever they fit. 1. Fabricate 90-degree rectangular mitered elbows to include turning vanes. 2. Fabricate 90-degree round elbows with a minimum of three segments for 12 inches (300 mm) and smaller and a minimum of five segments for 14 inches (350 mm) and larger. N. Branch Connections: Use lateral or conical branch connections. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. METAL DUCTS 233113 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static -pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder -actuated fasteners, or structural -steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2. Install powder -actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for standard -weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 4. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight -aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick. 5. Do not use powder -actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. Coordinate with Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1 (Table 5-1M), "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches (610 mm) of each elbow and within 48 inches (1220 mm) of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet (5 m). F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." METAL DUCTS 233113 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness in accordance with "Description of Method 3 - NADCA Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media is to not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm. C. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use duct cleaning methodology as indicated in NADCA ACR. C. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Provide openings with access panels appropriate for duct static -pressure and leakage class at dampers, coils, and any other locations where required for inspection and cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. D. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. E. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). METAL DUCTS 233113 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air -handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. F. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum -collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous -glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous -glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans in accordance with NADCA ACR. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash -down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA -registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.8 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows: Fabricate all ducts to achieve SMACNA pressure class, seal class, and leakage class as indicated below. END OF SECTION 233113 METAL DUCTS 233113 - 10 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall SECTION 237416.13 PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes packaged, large -capacity, rooftop air conditioning units (RTUs) with the following components: 1. Casings. 2. Fans, drives, and motors. 3. Coils. 4. Refrigerant circuit components. 5. Air filtration. 6. Gas furnaces. 7. Dampers. 8. Electrical power connections. 9. Controls. 10. Roof curbs. 11. Accessories. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RTU: Rooftop unit. As used in this Section, this abbreviation means packaged, large -capacity, rooftop air-conditioning units. This abbreviation is used regardless of whether the unit is mounted on the roof or on a concrete base on ground. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each RTU. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. 3. Include unit dimensions and weight. 4. Include cabinet material, metal thickness, finishes, insulation, and accessories. 5. Fans: PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall a. Include certified fan -performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. b. Include certified fan -sound power ratings. C. Include fan construction and accessories. d. Include motor ratings, electrical characteristics, and motor accessories. 6. Include certified coil -performance ratings with system operating conditions indicated. 7. Include filters with performance characteristics. 8. Include gas furnaces with performance characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: For each packaged, large -capacity, rooftop air-conditioning units. I. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans and other details, or BIM model, drawn to scale, showing the items described in this Section, and coordinated with all building trades. B. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty. C. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for RTUs, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. I. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 4. Restraint of internal components. D. Source quality -control reports. E. System startup reports. F. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For RTUs to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: Four set(s) of filters for each unit. 2. Gaskets: Two set(s) for each access door. 3. Fan Belts: Two set(s) for each belt -driven fan. 4. Filters: Two set(s) of filters for each unit. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of outdoor, semi -custom, air - handling unit that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Equipment must have a standard twenty-four (24) month parts and labor warranty. The equipment manufacturer shall be responsible for warranty service during the first twenty- four (24) months of equipment operation. The equipment manufacturer shall respond to a warranty call within 4 hours from receiving such call from the District. If OEM replacement parts are needed, then three (3) days from the response time will be allocated for replacement. 2. The compressors must have a five (5) year parts and labor warranty provided by the equipment manufacturer. 3. The gas heat exchangers must have a ten (10) year parts warranty provided by the equipment manufacturer. 4. The external unit cabinetry must have a fifteen (15) year warranty provided by the equipment manufacturer against defects, workmanship and corrosion. 5. The Direct Digital Controller (ALC) must have a five (5) year parts and labor warranty provided by the equipment manufacturer. 6. The fan motors must have a three (3) year parts warranty provided by the equipment manufacturer. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE 62.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." C. ASHRAE 15 Compliance: For refrigeration system safety. D. ASHRAEJES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAEJES 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air -Conditioning." PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall E. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995. F. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design mounting and restraints for RTUs, including comprehensive engineering analysis. 1. Design RTU supports to comply with seismic performance requirements. G. Seismic Performance: RTUs shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. SEASONS 4 2. Carrier 3. OR APPROVED EQUAL 2.3 UNIT CASINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements for Casings: Formed and reinforced double -wall insulated panels, fabricated to allow removal for access to internal parts and components, with joints between sections sealed. B. Double -Wall Construction: 1. Outside Casing Wall: Galvanized steelminimum 18 gauge (1.3 mm)thick with manufacturer's standard finishwith pitched roof panels and knockouts with grommet seals for electrical and piping connections and lifting lugs. 2. Inside Casing Wall: G90 (Z275)-coated galvanized steel, 0.034 inch (0.86 mm) thick, perforated 40 percent free area. 3. Floor Plate: G90 (Z275) galvanized steel treadplate, minimum 18 gauge (1.3 mm)thick. 4. Casing Insulation: a. Materials: Injected polyurethane foam insulation. b. Insulation Thickness: 2 inches (50 mm). C. Thermal Break: Provide continuity of insulation with no through -casing metal in casing walls, floors, or roof of unit. C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. D. Static -Pressure Classifications: PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. For Unit Sections Upstream of Fans: Minus 2-inch wg (500 Pa) 2. For Unit Sections Downstream and Including Fans: 2-inch wg (500 Pa) E. Panels and Doors: 1. Panels: a. Fabrication: Formed and reinforced with same materials and insulation thickness as casing. b. Fasteners: Two or more camlock type for panel lift -out operation. Arrangement shall allow panels to be opened against air -pressure differential. C. Gasket: Neoprene, applied around entire perimeters of panel frames. d. Size: Large enough to allow inspection and maintenance of air -handling unit's internal components. Dimensions to be at least 24 inches (600 mm) wide by full height of unit casing up to a maximum height of 72 inches (1800 mm) 2. Access Doors: a. Hinges: A minimum of two ball -bearing hinges or stainless steel piano hinge and two wedge -lever -type latches, operable from inside and outside. Arrange doors to be opened against air -pressure differential. b. Gasket: Neoprene, applied around entire perimeters of panel frames. C. Size: Large enough to allow inspection and maintenance of air -handling unit's internal components. Dimensions to be at least 24 inches (600 mm) wide by full height of unit casing up to a maximum height of 60 inches (1500 mm) 3. Locations and Applications: a. Fan Section: Doors. b. Access Section: Doors. C. Coil Section: Inspection and access panels. d. Damper Section: Doors. e. Filter Section: Doors large enough to allow periodic removal and installation of filters. f. Mixing Section: Doors. 4. Service Light: 100-W vaporproof fixture with switched junction box located inside adjacent to door. a. Locations: Each section accessed with door F. Condensate Drain Pans: 1. Location: Each type of cooling coil. 2. Construction: a. Single -wall, galvanized -steel or noncorrosive polymersheet. b. Double -wall, galvanized -steel or noncorrosive polymersheet with space between walls filled with foam insulation and moisture -tight seal. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3. Drain Connection: a. Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end or both ends of pan. b. Minimum Connection Size: NPS 1 (DN 25) 4. Slope: Minimum 0.125-in./ft. (10-mm/mm) slope, to comply with ASHRAE 62.1, in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and from humidifiers and to direct water toward drain connection. 5. Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face for distance to comply with ASHRAE 62.1. 6. Width: Entire width of water producing device. 7. Depth: A minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) deep. 8. Pan -Top Surface Coating for Galvanized -Steel Drain Pans: Asphaltic waterproofing compound. 9. Units with stacked coils shall have an intermediate drain pan to collect condensate from top coil. 2.4 FANS, DRIVES, AND MOTORS A. Fan and Drive Assemblies: Statically and dynamically balanced and designed for continuous operation at maximum -rated fan speed and motor horsepower. B. Supply -Air Fans: Centrifugal, rated according to AMCA 210; galvanized or painted steel; mounted on solid -steel shaft. 1. Shafts: With field -adjustable alignment. a. Turned, ground, and polished hot -rolled steel with keyway. 2. Shaft Bearings: a. Heavy-duty, self -aligning, pillow -block type with an L-50rated life of minimum 100,000 hours according to ABMA 9. 3. Housings: Formed- and reinforced -steel panels to form curved scroll housings with shaped cutoff and spun -metal inlet bell. a. Bracing: Steel angle or channel supports for mounting and supporting fan scroll, wheel, motor, and accessories. 4. Centrifugal Fan Wheels: Inlet flange, backplate, and shallow blades with inlet and tip curved forward in direction of airflow and mechanically fastened to flange and backplate; steel or aluminum hub swaged to backplate and fastened to shaft with setscrews. 5. Mounting: For internal vibration isolation and seismic control. Factory -mount fans with manufacturer's standard restrained vibration isolation mounting devices having a minimum static deflection of 1 inch (25 mm). 6. Shaft Lubrication Lines: Extended to a location outside the casing. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 7. Flexible Connector: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip minimum 3-1/2 inches (89 mm) wide, attached to two strips of minimum 2-3/4-inch- (70-mm-)wide by 0.028-inch- (0.7- mm-) thick, galvanized -steel sheet. a. Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric, double coated with neoprene. Fabrics, coatings, and adhesives shall comply with UL 181, Class 1. C. Controls: 1. Starting relay, factory mounted and wired, and manual motor starter for field wiring. 2. Retain one of first three subparagraphs below. 3. Variable -frequency controller, factory mounted and wired, permitting input of field connected 4- to 20-mA or 1- to 10-V control signal. 4. Variable -frequency controller, factory mounted and wired, with exhaust -air sensor to vary rotor speed and maintain exhaust temperature above freezing. 5. Variable -frequency controller, factory mounted and wired, with exhaust- and outdoor -air sensors, automatic changeover thermostat and set -point adjuster, to vary rotor speed and maintain exhaust temperature above freezing and air differential temperature above set point. Provide maximum rotor speed when exhaust -air temperature is less than outdoor - air temperature. 6. Control energy recovery to permit air economizer operation. a. Bypass dampers to assist energy recovery control. 7. Pilot -Light Indicator: Display rotor rotation and speed. 8. Speed Settings: Adjustable settings for maximum and minimum rotor speed limits. 9. Integral purge section limiting carryover of exhaust air to between 0.05 percent at 1.6- inch wg and 0.20 percent at 4-inch wg (0.05 percent at 400-Pa and 0.20 percent at 1000- Pa) differential pressure. 2.5 GAS FURNACES A. Description: Factory assembled, piped, and wired; complying with ANSI Z21.47/CSA 2.3 and NFPA 54. B. CSA Approval: Designed and certified by and bearing label of CSA. C. Burners: Stainless steel. 1. Rated Minimum Turndown Ratio: 30 to 1 2. Fuel: Natural gas. 3. Ignition: Electronically controlled electric spark or hot -surface igniter with flame sensor. 4. Gas Control Valve: Modulating. 5. Gas Train: Single -body, regulated, redundant, 24-V ac gas valve assembly containing pilot solenoid valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator, pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff. D. Heat -Exchanger and Drain Pan: Stainless steel. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 E. Venting, Gravity: Gravity vented. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall F. Venting, Power: Power vented, with integral, motorized centrifugal fan interlocked with gas valve with vertical extension. G. Safety Controls: 1. Gas Manifold: Safety switches and controls complying with ANSI standards. 2. Standard controls shall include a combination redundant gas valve consisting of combination pilot solenoid valve, electric gas valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator, pilot shut-off, and manual shut-off all in one body. Each gas train shall have its own shut-off valve. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. AHRI Compliance: 1. Comply with AHRI 340/360 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for RTUs. 2. Comply with AHRI 210/240 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for RTUs 3. Comply with AHRI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for RTUs. 4. Comply with AHRI 1060 for testing and rating performance for air-to-air exchanger. B. AMCA Compliance: 1. Comply with AMCA 11 and bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal for air and sound performance according to AMCA 211 and AMCA 311. 2. Damper leakage tested in accordance with AMCA 500-D. 3. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of RTUs. B. Examine roughing -in for RTUs to verify actual locations of piping and duct connections before equipment installation. C. Examine roofs for suitable conditions where RTUs will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Unit Support: Install unit level on structural steel supports. Coordinate wall penetrations and flashing with wall construction. Secure RTUs to structural support with anchor bolts. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 B. Equipment Mounting: 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to RTU, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect piping to unit mounted on vibration isolators with flexible connectors. D. Connect condensate drain pans using NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) ASTM B88, Type M (ASTM B88M, Type C) copper tubing. Extend to nearest equipment or roof drain. Construct deep trap at connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes in direction. E. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 231123 "Facility Natural -Gas Piping." Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect with union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and service. F. Refrigerant Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 232300 "Refrigerant Piping." Install shutoff valve and union or flange at each supply and return connection. 3.4 DUCT CONNECTIONS A. Comply with duct installation requirements specified in other HVAC Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb. 2. Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking under entire roof curb. 3. Connect supply ducts to RTUs with flexible duct connectors specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." 4. Install return -air duct continuously through roof structure. 3.5 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Connect electrical wiring according to Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, according to NFPA 70 and NECA 1. D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs 2. Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs as layers of black with engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) high. 3. Locate nameplate where easily visible. 3.6 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field -mounted control devices. B. Unit shall have terminal strips and interlocking relays factory mounted and wired to interlock with other components of the building. It will be the responsibility of Maintenance and Operations Branch and installing Contractors to advise the equipment supplier of any requirements for any additional interlocks not covered in this specification. C. Photoelectric type smoke detectors must be mounted and wired in the supply and the return air openings to the unit. Upon detection of smoke, fans must stop and a signal shall be sent to the building fire alarm system. If smoke detectors are required to be compatible with a building fire alarm system, the equipment supplier will be advised of any special mounting or wiring requirements to assure compliance with the requirements of the fire alarm supplier. D. Provide programmable digital thermostat with following features: 1. Digital Display 2. Heat, cool, automatic changeover. 3. Transmits zone temperature to multizone unit controller. 4. Setpoint Slider Adjustment (adjustment band to be changeable and programmable thru the unit control panel at multizone unit). 5. Timed Occupancy Button w/LED (timed -on to be changeable and programmable thru the unit control panel at multizone unit). 6. CO2 monitoring with digital display of numerical PPM. 7. CO2 Level "Good", "Fair" and "Poor" displayed by LED. 8. Wiring required: One (1) 18/2 TSP (Shielded Twisted Pair Cable, 18 AWG, Twisted Pair, shielded) for power and one (1) 18/3 TSP (Shielded Twisted Pair Cable, 18 AWG, 3- wire, shielded) for the sensors. 9. Verify remote location of sensors and thermostats with Architect. 10. Provide locking cover. 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing. 2. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber. 3. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans. 4. Inspect internal insulation. 5. Verify that labels are clearly visible. 6. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 7. Verify that controls are connected and operable. 8. Verify that filters are installed. 9. Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris. 10. Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings. 11. Inspect fan -wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and binding. 12. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension. 13. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. a. Start refrigeration system. b. Do not operate below recommended low -ambient temperature. C. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report. 14. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify sequences. 15. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer. 16. Calibrate thermostats. 17. Adjust and inspect high -temperature limits. 18. Inspect outdoor -air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return -air dampers. 19. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following when ambient is a minimum of 15 deg F (8 deg C) above return -air temperature: a. Coil leaving -air, dry- and wet -bulb temperatures. b. Coil entering -air, dry- and wet -bulb temperatures. C. Outdoor -air, dry-bulb temperature. d. Outdoor -air -coil, discharge -air, dry-bulb temperature. 20. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration, and normal and emergency shutdown. 21. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on fan curve. a. Supply -air volume. b. Return -air volume. C. Relief -air volume. d. Outdoor -air intake volume. 22. Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following: a. Compressor refrigerant suction and hot -gas pressures. b. Short circuiting of air through condenser coil or from condenser fans to outdoor -air intake. 23. Verify operation of remote panel including pilot -light operation and failure modes. Inspect the following: a. High -temperature limit on gas -fired heat exchanger. b. Low -temperature safety operation. C. Filter high-pressure differential alarm. d. Economizer to minimum outdoor -air changeover. e. Relief -air fan operation. PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 11 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall f. Smoke and firestat alarms. 24. After startup and performance testing and prior to Substantial Completion, replace existing filters with new filters. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B. Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for air -handling system testing, adjusting, and balancing. C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.9 CLEANING A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing RTUs and air - distribution systems and after completing startup service, clean RTUs internally to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Clean fan wheels, cabinets, dampers, coils, and filter housings, and install new, clean filters. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. RTU will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain RTUs. END OF SECTION 237416.13 PACKAGED, LARGE -CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS 237416.13 - 12 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire. 2. Connectors and splices. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or.] acket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Alcan Products Corporation; Alcan Cable Division. 2. Alpha Wire. 3. Belden Inc. 4. Encore Wire Corporation. 5. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 6. Southwire Incorporated. 7. Or equal. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: I . Type THHN: Comply with UL 83. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: I. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Gardner Bender. 3. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc.. 4. Ideal Industries, Inc.. 5. Ilsco; a branch of Bardes Corporation. 6. NSi Industries LLC 7. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of the EGS Electrical Group. 8. 3M; Electrical Markets Division. 9. Tyco Electronics. 10. Or equal. C. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section. I. Material: Copper. 2. Type: Two hole with standard barrels. 3. Termination: Compression. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: I . Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: I . Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 2. Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inch (150 mm) of slack. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single -line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low -resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. C. Inspect compression -applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation -resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500 V(dc) for 300 V rated cable and 1000 V(dc) for 600 V rated cable for a one -minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall SECTION 260523 CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Category 6 balanced twisted pair cable. 2. Balanced twisted pair cable hardware. 3. Control cable. 4. Control -circuit conductors. 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Source quality -control reports. B. Field quality -control reports. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Flame Travel and Smoke Density in Plenums: As determined by testing identical products according to NFPA 262, by a qualified testing agency. Identify products for installation in plenums with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame Travel Distance: 60 inch (1520 mm) or less. 2. Peak Optical Smoke Density: 0.5 or less. 3. Average Optical Smoke Density: 0.15 or less. C. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Riser Cables in Non -Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1666. D. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Cables in Non -Riser Applications and Non -Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1685. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 2.2 CATEGORY 6 BALANCED TWISTED PAIR CABLE A. Description: Four -pair, balanced -twisted pair cable, certified to meet transmission characteristics of Category 6 cable at frequencies up to 250 MHz. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ADC. 2. Alpha Wire Company; a division of Belden Inc. 3. Belden Inc. 4. CommScope, Inc. 5. Draka Cableteq USA. 6. Genesis Cable Products; Honeywell International, Inc. 7. Mohawk; a division of Belden Inc. 8. Nexans; Berk-Tek Products. 9. Siemon Company (The). 10. Superior Essex Inc. 11. SYSTIMAX Solutions; a CommScope, Inc. brand. 12. 3M. 13. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. 14. Or equal. C. Standard: Comply with NEMA WC 66/ICEA 5-116-732 and TIA-568-C.2 for Category 6 cables. D. Conductors: 100 ohm, No. 23 AWG solid copper. E. Shielding/Screening: Unshielded twisted pairs (UTP). F. Cable Rating: Plenum. G. Jacket: Yellow thermoplastic. 2.3 BALANCED TWISTED PAIR CABLE HARDWARE A. Description: Hardware designed to connect, splice, and terminate balanced twisted pair copper communications cable. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ADC. 2. American Technology Systems Industries, Inc. 3. Belden, Inc. 4. Dynacom Inc. 5. Hubbell Incorporated. 6. Leviton Commercial Networks Division. 7. Molex Premise Networks; a division of Molex, Inc. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 8. Planduit Corp. 9. Siemon Company (The). 10. Tyco Electronics/AMP Netconnect; Tyco International Ltd. 11. Or equal. C. General Requirements for Balanced Twisted Pair Cable Hardware: 1. Comply with the performance requirements of Category 6. 2. Comply with TIA-568-C.2, IDC type, with modules designed for punch -down caps or tools. 3. Cables must be terminated with connecting hardware of same category or higher. D. Source Limitations: Obtain balanced twisted pair cable hardware from single source from single manufacturer. E. Connecting Blocks: 110-style IDC for Category 6. Provide blocks for the number of cables terminated on the block, plus 25 percent spare, integral with connector bodies, including plugs and jacks where indicated. F. Cross -Connect: Modular array of connecting blocks arranged to terminate building cables and permit interconnection between cables. 1. Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigned cables. G. Patch Panel: Modular panels housing numbered jack units with IDC-type connectors at each jack location for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables. 1. Features: a. Universal T568A and T568B wiring labels. b. Labeling areas adjacent to conductors. C. Replaceable connectors. d. 24 or 48 ports. 2. Construction: 16-gauge steel and mountable on 19 inch (483 mm) equipment racks. 3. Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four -pair cable indicated. H. Patch Cords: Factory -made, four -pair cables in 36 inch (900 mm) lengths; terminated with an eight -position modular plug at each end. 1. Patch cords must have bend -relief -compliant boots and color -coded icons to ensure performance. Patch cords must have latch guards to protect against snagging. I. Plugs and Plug Assemblies: 1. Male; eight position; color -coded modular telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four -pair 100 ohm unshielded or shielded balanced twisted pair cable. 2. Comply with IEC 60603-7-1, IEC 60603-7-2, IEC 60603-7-3, IEC 60603-7-4, and IEC 60603-7.5. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 3. Marked to indicate transmission performance. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall J. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: 1. Female; eight position; modular; fixed telecommunications connector designed for termination of a single four -pair 100 ohm unshielded or shielded balanced twisted pair cable. 2. Designed to snap -in to a patch panel or faceplate. 3. Standards: a. Category 6, unshielded balanced twisted pair cable must comply with IEC 60603- 7-4. b. Category 6, unshielded balanced twisted pair cable must comply with IEC 60603- 7-4. K. Faceplate: 1. Two port, vertical single -gang faceplates designed to mount to single -gang wall boxes. 2. Plastic Faceplate: High -impact plastic. Coordinate color with Section 262726 "Wiring Devices." 3. For use with snap -in jacks accommodating any combination of balanced twisted pair, optical fiber, and coaxial work area cords. a. Flush mounting jacks, positioning the cord at a 45-degree angle. L. Legend: 1. Machine printed, in the field, using adhesive -tape label. 2. Snap -in, clear -label covers and machine -printed paper inserts. 2.4 CONTROL CABLE A. Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMG. 1. One Multi -pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned -copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1685. B. Plenum -Rated, Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMP. 1. One Multi -pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned -copper conductors. 2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with NFPA 262. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 2.5 CONTROL -CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Encore Wire Corporation. 2. General Cable Technologies Corporation. 3. Southwire Company. 4. Or equal. B. Class 1 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. C. Class 2 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. D. Class 3 Remote -Control and Signal Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN/THWN-2, complying with UL 83 in raceway. E. Class 2 Control Circuits and Class 3 Remote -Control and Signal Circuits That Supply Critical Circuits: Circuit Integrity (CI) cable. 1. Smoke control signaling and control circuits. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables. B. Factory test twisted pair cables according to TIA-568-C.2. C. Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Test cables on receipt at Project site. 1. Test each pair of twisted pair cable for open and short circuits. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND BOXES A. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for raceway selection and installation requirements for boxes, conduits, and wireways as supplemented or modified in this Section. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 1. Outlet boxes must be no smaller than 2 inch (50 mm) wide, 3 inch (75 mm) high, and 2- 1/2 inch (64 mm) deep. 2. Flexible metal conduit must not be used. B. Comply with TIA-569-D for pull -box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points. C. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long -radius elbows if possible. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Comply with NECA 1. B. General Requirements for Cabling: I. Comply with TIA-568-C Series of standards. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." 3. Terminate all conductors; cable must not contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and cross -connect and patch panels. 4. Cables may not be spliced and must be continuous from terminal to terminal. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. 5. Cables serving a common system may be grouped in a common raceway. Install network cabling and control wiring and cable in separate raceway from power wiring. Do not group conductors from different systems or different voltages. 6. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inch (760 mm) and not more than 6 inch (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals. 7. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." Install lacing bars and distribution spools. 8. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable. 9. Cold -Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Do not use heat lamps for heating. 10. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems." Monitor cable pull tensions. 11. Support: Do not allow cables to lie on removable ceiling tiles. 12. Secure: Fasten securely in place with hardware specifically designed and installed so as to not damage cables. 13. Provide strain relief. 14. Keep runs short. Allow extra length for connecting to terminals. Do not bend cables in a radius less than 10 times the cable OD. Use sleeves or grommets to protect cables from vibration at points where they pass around sharp corners and through penetrations. 15. Ground wire must be copper, and grounding methods must comply with IEEE C2. Demonstrate ground resistance. C. Balanced Twisted Pair Cable Installation: Comply with TIA-568-C.2. CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 2. Install termination hardware as specified in Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal Cabling" unless otherwise indicated. 3. Do not untwist balanced twisted pair cables more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) at the point of termination to maintain cable geometry. D. Installation of Control -Circuit Conductors: 1. Install wiring in raceways. 2. Use insulated spade lugs for wire and cable connection to screw terminals. 3. Comply with requirements specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." E. Open -Cable Installation: 1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment. 2. Suspend copper cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inch (200 mm) above ceilings by cable supports not more than 30 inch (760 mm) apart. 3. Cable must not be run through or on structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. Do not run cables between structural members and corrugated panels. F. Installation of Cable Routed Exposed under Raised Floors: 1. Install plenum -rated cable only. 2. Install cabling after the flooring system has been installed in raised floor areas. 3. Below each feed point, neatly coil a minimum of 72 inch (1830 mm) of cable in a coil not less than 12 inch (305 mm) in diameter. 3.4 REMOVAL OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Remove abandoned conductors and cables. Abandoned conductors and cables are those installed that are not terminated at equipment and are not identified with a tag for future use. 3.5 CONTROL -CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS A. Minimum Conductor Sizes: 1. Class 1 remote -control and signal circuits; No 14 AWG. 2. Class 2 low -energy, remote -control, and signal circuits; No. 16 AWG. 3. Class 3 low -energy, remote -control, alarm, and signal circuits; No 12 AWG. 3.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." B. Comply with TIA-569-D, Annex A, "Firestopping." CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall C. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping" Chapter. 3.7 GROUNDING A. For control -voltage wiring and cabling, comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify data and communications system components, wiring, and cabling according to TIA- 606-13; label printers must use label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks complying with UL 969. C. Identify each wire on each end and at each terminal with a number -coded identification tag. Each wire must have a unique tag. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Visually inspect cable jacket materials for UL or third -party certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations to confirm color -coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections to confirm compliance with TIA-568-C.1. 2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 3. Test cabling for direct -current loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test cables after termination, but not after cross -connection. a. Test instruments must meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA-568-C.2. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in its "Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in its "Measurement Accuracy (Informative)" Annex. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration. B. Document data for each measurement. Print data for submittals in a summary report that is formatted using Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM as a guide, or transfer the data from the instrument to the computer, save as text files, print, and submit. C. End -to -end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 260523 CONTROL -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES 260523 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Support, anchorage, and attachment components. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Slotted support systems, hardware, and accessories. b. Clamps. C. Hangers. d. Sockets. e. Eye nuts. f. Fasteners. g. Anchors. h. Saddles. i. Brackets. 2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. For fabrication and installation details for electrical hangers and support systems. 1. Hangers. Include product data for components. 2. Slotted support systems. 3. Equipment supports. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32 inch (10 mm) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inch (200 mm) on center in at least one surface. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit. b. Cooper B-Line, Inc. C. ERICO International Corporation. d. GS Metals Corp. e. Thomas & Betts Corporation. f. Unistrut; Atkore International. g. Wesanco, Inc. h. Or equal. 3. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 4. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Stainless steel, Type 304. 5. Channel Width: 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm). 6. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. 7. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- below if retaining "Nonmetallic Coatings" or "Painted Coatings" Subparagraph above. 8. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Stainless steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs must have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body must be made of malleable iron. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti, Inc. 2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc. 5) Or equal. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti, Inc. 4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 6) Or equal. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325 (Grade A325M). 6. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SELECTION A. Comply with the following standards for selection and installation of hangers and supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA NEIS 101 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall B. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." C. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and ERMC as scheduled in NECA NEIS 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings that are less than those stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size must be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2 inch (38 mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings, and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS A. Comply with NECA NEIS 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA NEIS 1, EMT and ERMC may be supported by openings through structure members, in accordance with NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination must be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inch (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inch (100 mm) thick. 6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS SP-58, Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27), complying with MSS SP-69. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 3.3 PAINTING A. Touchup: Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. a. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings. 2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit. B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit. C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved: 1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports. 2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with common supports. B. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosures, cabinets, and conduit racks and their mounting provisions, including those for internal components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 4. Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Source quality -control reports. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Allied Tube & Conduit. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc. 4. Electri-Flex Company. 5. O-Z/Gedney. 6. Picoma Industries. 7. Republic Conduit. 8. Robroy Industries. 9. Southwire Company. 10. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 11. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation. 12. Wheatland Tube Company. 13. Or equal. B. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. D. ARC: Not allowed. E. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242. F. PVC -Coated Steel Conduit: PVC -coated rigid steel conduit. 1. Comply with NEMA RN 1. 2. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch (1 mm), minimum. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 G. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall H. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. I. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886 and NFPA 70. 2. Fittings for EMT: a. Material: Steel. b. Type: Setscrew. 3. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper. 4. Coating for Fittings for PVC -Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch (1 mm), with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints. J. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 2.2 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Adalet. 2. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse -Hinds. 3. EGS/Appleton Electric. 4. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company. 5. FSR Inc. 6. Hoffman. 7. Hubbell Incorporated. 8. Kraloy. 9. Milbank Manufacturing Co. 10. Mono -Systems, Inc. 11. O-Z/Gedney. 12. RACO; Hubbell. 13. Robroy Industries. 14. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company. 15. Stahlin Non -Metallic Enclosures. 16. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 17. Wiremold / Legrand. 18. Or equal. B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. D. Cast -Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with gasketed cover. E. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. F. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of lummaire weighing 50 lb (23 kg). Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb (23 kg) shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight. G. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. H. Cast -Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, galvanized, cast iron with gasketed cover. I. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. J. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep (100 mm square by 60 mm deep). K. Gangable boxes are prohibited. L. Hinged -Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous -hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic. 3. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. M. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1 galvanized -steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Exposed Conduit: GRC. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC,Type EPC-40-PVC. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: RNC. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet -handling units. C. Mechanical rooms. d. Gymnasiums. 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC. 7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in institutional and commercial kitchens and damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch (21-mm) trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer. 3. EMT: Use setscrew, steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. E. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. Where aluminum raceways are installed for such circuits and pass through concrete, install in nonmetallic sleeve. F. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. G. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. D. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. E. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches (300 mm) of changes in direction. F. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. G. Support conduit within 12 inches (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached. H. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for raceways. 2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. I. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. K. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch (35mm) trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch (41-mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. L. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more. M. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. N. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch (53-mm) trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall O. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. P. Surface Raceways: 1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch (50-mm) radius control at bend points. 2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor -type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches (1200 mm) and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. Q. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70. R. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points: Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. 3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. S. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. T. Expansion -Joint Fittings: 1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F (17 deg C) and that has straight -run length that exceeds 25 feet (7.6 m). Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F (55 deg C) and that has straight -run length that exceeds 100 feet (30 m). 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C) temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F (75 deg C) temperature change. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for metal conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. 5. Install each expansion -joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. U. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. V. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center top bottom of box unless otherwise indicated. W. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. X. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. Y. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. Z. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. AA. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. 3.3 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall I. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Labels. 2. Bands and tubes. 3. Tapes and stencils. 4. Tags. 5. Signs. 6. Cable ties. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products. B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate composition, size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. C. Identification Schedule: For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system components to be index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME A13.1 and IEEE C2. B. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 for color identification of hazards; 29 CFR 1910.145 for danger, caution, warning, and safety instruction signs and tags; and the following: 1. Fire -protection equipment, including raceways, must be finished, painted, or suitably marked safety red. 2. Ceiling -mounted hangers, supports, cable trays, and raceways must be finished, painted, or suitably marked safety yellow where less than 7.7 ft (2.3 m) above finished floor. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall C. Signs, labels, and tags required for personnel safety must comply with the following standards: 1. Safety Colors: NEMA Z535.1. 2. Facility Safety Signs: NEMA Z535.2. 3. Safety Symbols: NEMA Z535.3. 4. Product Safety Signs and Labels: NEMA Z535.4. 5. Safety Tags and Barricade Tapes for Temporary Hazards: NEMA Z535.5. D. Comply with NFPA 70E requirements for arc -flash warning labels. E. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, must comply with UL 969. F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 1000 V or Less: 1. Black letters on orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type. B. Color -Coding for Phase- and Voltage -Level Identification, 1000 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded feeder and branch -circuit conductors. 1. Color must be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than 8 AWG if authorities having jurisdiction permit. 2. Colors for 208Y/120 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. C. Phase C: Blue. 3. Colors for 240 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. 4. Colors for 480Y/277 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. C. Phase C: Yellow. 5. Color for Neutral: White. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall 6. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green. 7. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green with two or more yellow stripes. C. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at More Than 1000 V: 1. Black letters on orange field. 2. Legend: "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING." D. Warning Label Colors: 1. Identify system voltage with black letters on orange background. E. Warning labels and signs must include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES." F. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Black letters on white field. 2.3 LABELS A. Self -Adhesive Labels: Vinyl, thermal, transfer -printed, 3 mil (0.08 mm) thick, multicolor, weather- and UV -resistant, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location. 1. Manufacturers: a. Seton. b. Brady. C. Or equal. 2. Minimum Nominal Size: a. 1-1/2 by 6 inch (37 by 150 mm) for raceway and conductors. b. 3-1/2 by 5 inch (76 by 127 mm) for equipment. C. As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.4 CABLE TIES A. General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C) in accordance with ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C). 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall B. UV -Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C) in accordance with ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg Q. 4. Color: Black. C. Plenum -Rated Cable Ties: Self -extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C) in accordance with ASTM D638: 7000 psi (48.2 MPa). 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 140 deg Q. 5. Color: Black. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless steel screws or stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. C. Verify identity of item before installing identification products. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. G. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 1000 V: Identification must completely encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. H. System Identification for Raceways and Cables over 1000 V: Identification must completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. I. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. J. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 inch (10 mm) high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. K. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from floor. L. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify cover of junction and pull box of the following systems with wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends must be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY POWER." 2. "POWER." 3. "UPS." M. Self -Adhesive Labels: 1. Install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide single line of text with 1/2 inch (13 mm) high letters on 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inch (50 mm) high. N. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and accessibility. 1. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for minimum distance of 6 inch (150 mm) where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall O. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. C. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 1000 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits, More Than 30 A and 120 V to Ground: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 ft (15 m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft (7.6 m) maximum intervals in congested areas. D. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify cover of junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive labels containing wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends must be as follows: 1. "EMERGENCY POWER." 2. "POWER." 3. "UPS." E. Control -Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. F. Control -Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide self-adhesive labels with conductor designation. G. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical -fiber cable. H. Concealed Raceways and Duct Banks, More Than 1000 V, within Buildings: Apply floor marking tape to the following finished surfaces: 1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inch (300 mm) of floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space. 2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall. 3. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in building, or concealed above suspended ceilings. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nonfusible switches. 2. Enclosures. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. GFEP: Ground -fault circuit -interrupter for equipment protection. B. GFLS: Ground -fault circuit -interrupter for life safety. C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include nameplate ratings, dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes. 2. Enclosure types and details for types other than UL 50E, Type 1. 3. Current and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 5. Include evidence of qualified electrical testing laboratory listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. 7. Include time -current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Provide in PDF electronic format. B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field Quality -Control Submittals: ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 1. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Warranty documentation. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Spare Parts: Furnish to Owner spare parts, for repairing enclosed switches and circuit breakers, that are packaged with protective covering for storage on -site and identified with labels describing contents. Include the following: 1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type. 2. Fuse Pullers: Two for each size and type. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed enclosed switches and circuit breakers perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended - warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion; full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 2.2 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Type HD, Heavy Duty: 1. Single throw. 2. Three pole. 3. 600 V(ac). 4. 200 A and smaller. Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall 5. UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses. 6. Lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. B. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 5. Service -Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 6. Hookstick Handle: Allows use of hookstick to operate handle. 7. Auxiliary Contact Kit: One NO/NC (Form "C") auxiliary contact(s), arranged to activate before switch blades open. Contact rating — 600 VAC. 8. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material. 2.3 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: UL 489, NEMA KS 1, UL 50E, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. B. Enclosure Finish: Enclosure must be finished with gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphatized galvannealed steel (UL 50E Types 3R, 12). C. Operating Mechanism: Circuit -breaker operating handle must be directly operable through dead front trim of enclosure (UL 50E Type 3R). Cover interlock mechanism must have externally operated override. Override may not permanently disable interlock mechanism, which must return to locked position once override is released. Tool used to override cover interlock mechanism must not be required to enter enclosure in order to override interlock. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Commencement of work will indicate Installer's acceptance of areas and conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 SELECTION OF ENCLOSURES A. Outdoor Locations: UL 50E, Type 3R. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Special Techniques: 1. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 2. Install individual wall -mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. 3. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." 4. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting of eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. 5. Install fuses in fusible devices. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by owner. B. Tests and Inspections for Switches: ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall a. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. b. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. C. Verify that unit is clean. d. Verify blade alignment, blade penetration, travel stops, and mechanical operation. e. Verify that fuse sizes and types match the Specifications and Drawings. f. Verify that each fuse has adequate mechanical support and contact integrity. g. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: 1) Use low -resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque -wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. a) Bolt -torque levels must be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. h. Verify that operation and sequencing of interlocking systems is as described in the Specifications and shown on Drawings. i. Verify correct phase barrier installation. j. Verify lubrication of moving current -carrying parts and moving and sliding surfaces. 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low -resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. b. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade fuseholder. Drop values may not exceed high level of manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. C. Perform insulation -resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. d. Measure fuse resistance. Investigate fuse -resistance values that deviate from each other by more than 15 percent. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 JCCA No. 25042-1 City Hall e. Perform ground fault test in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.14 "Ground Fault Protection Systems, Low -Voltage." C. Tests and Inspections for Molded -Case Circuit Breakers: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Verify that equipment nameplate data are as described in the Specifications and shown on Drawings. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. C. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. d. Verify that unit is clean. e. Operate circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: 1) Use low -resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque -wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. a) Bolt -torque levels must be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. g. Inspect operating mechanism, contacts, and chutes in unsealed units. h. Perform adjustments for final protective device settings in accordance with coordination study. 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low -resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. b. Perform insulation -resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with circuit breaker closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. C. Perform contact/pole resistance test. Drop values may not exceed high level of manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall d. Perform insulation resistance tests on control wiring with respect to ground. Applied potential must be 500 V(dc) for 300 V rated cable and 1000 V(dc) for 600 V rated cable. Test duration must be one minute. For units with solid state components, follow manufacturer's recommendation. Insulation resistance values may be no less than 2 M Q. e. Determine the following by primary current injection: 1) Long-time pickup and delay. Pickup values must be as specified. Trip characteristics may not exceed manufacturer's published time -current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. 2) Short -time pickup and delay. Short -time pickup values must be as specified. Trip characteristics may not exceed manufacturer's published time -current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. 3) Ground -fault pickup and time delay. Ground -fault pickup values must be as specified. Trip characteristics may not exceed manufacturer's published time -current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. 4) Instantaneous pickup. Instantaneous pickup values must be as specified and within manufacturer's published tolerances. f. Test functionality of trip unit by means of primary current injection. Pickup values and trip characteristics must be as specified and within manufacturer's published tolerances. g. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on shunt trip and close coils in accordance with manufacturer's published data. Minimum pickup voltage of shunt trip and close coils must be as indicated by manufacturer. h. Verify correct operation of auxiliary features such as trip and pickup indicators; zone interlocking; electrical close and trip operation; trip -free, anti -pump function; and trip unit battery condition. Reset trip logs and indicators. Investigate units that do not function as designed. i. Verify operation of charging mechanism. Investigate units that do not function as designed. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. D. Nonconforming Work: 1. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. E. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports. 1. Test procedures used. 2. Include identification of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker tested and describe test results. 3. List deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. F. Manufacturer Services: Engage factory -authorized service representative to support field tests and inspections. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 25042-1 3.6 ADJUSTING Agreement No. 7588 HVAC Upgrades, Phase 2 City Hall A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. 3.7 PROTECTION A. After installation, protect enclosed switches and circuit breakers from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. 3.8 MAINTENANCE A. Infrared Scanning of Enclosed Switches and Breakers: Two months after Substantial Completion, perform infrared scan of joints and connections. Remove covers so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. Take visible light photographs at same locations and orientations as infrared scans for documentation to ensure follow-on scans match same conditions for valid comparison. 1. Instruments and Equipment: Use infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. 2. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform two follow-up infrared scans of enclosed switches and breakers, one at four months and another at 11 months after Substantial Completion. 3. Instrument: Use infrared -scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide documentation of device calibration. 4. Report: Prepare certified report that identifies units checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial actions taken, and scanning observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 Technical Specifications B. HVAC Media Room Agreement No. 7588 MEDIA i• 1 UPGPADE CITY HALL Prepared for: CITY OF EL SEGUNDO 350 Main Street El Segundo, California 90245 Prepared by: CCA AimIVniiVccts— II uirn�.�:ir 385 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 208 Torrance, California 90501 (310) 212-7644 www.jccainc.com JCCA #24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Contractor to obtain Division 00 from the Owner. 000105 Certifications Page DIVISION O1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contractor to obtain Division 01 from the Owner. DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 230516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping 230517 Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping 230529 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 230548 Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 232213 Steam and Condensate Heating Piping 232300 Refrigerant Piping 238126 Split -System Air -Conditioners DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 260010 Supplemental Requirements for Electrical 260519 Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems 262726.11 General -Use Switches, Dimmer Switches, and Fan -Speed Controller Switches END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PROJECT TITLE: CLIENT AGENCY: LOCATION: PROJECT NUMBER: PROJECT DIRECTOR: CONSULTANT: DOCUMENT 000105 CERTIFICATIONS PAGE Media Room HVAC Upgrade City of El Segundo City Hall 350 Main Street El Segundo, California 90245 24042-4 Arianne Bola City of El Segundo Public Works 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall Date Signed: 04/14/2025 Date Signed: 04/14/2025 EF ESs �OQ�t�FvAA/��l 6 No. ,1F22793 � m bi * Exp. 6 30 25�* * Exp. 6/30/25 P �FCHAN�GP� ��; `0� F�fCTR1CP� OF CA��F� E 0 CA0\ Robert Nolan, PE Sevag Avanessian, PE LEED AP, CEM, CMVP, PF MECHANICAL ENGINEER ELECTRICAL ENGINEER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION CERTIFICATIONS PAGE 000105 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall SECTION 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Packed expansion joints. 2. Packless expansion joints. 3. Grooved -joint expansion joints. 4. Alignment guides and anchors. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For expansion joints. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. B. Pipe and Pressure -Vessel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility: Provide products suitable for piping service fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Capability: Provide products and installations that will accommodate maximum axial movement as scheduled or indicated on Drawings. 2.2 PACKED EXPANSION JOINTS A. Flexible, Ball -Joint Packed Expansion Joints: FBJ-01. 1. Source Limitations: Obtain rubber union connector expansion joints from single manufacturer. 2. Standards: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section II, "Materials"; ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials and design of pressure - containing parts and bolting. 3. Material: Carbon steel assembly with asbestos -free composition packing. 4. Design: Provide 360-degree rotation and angular deflection. 5. Minimum Pressure Rating: 250 psig at 400 deg F (1725 kPa at 204 deg Q. 6. Angular Deflection for NPS 6 (DN 150) and Smaller: 30 degrees minimum. 7. Angular Deflection for NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: 15 degrees minimum. 8. Seal Type: Two carbon steel and graphite seals suitable for continuous operation at temperature up to 650 deg F (343 deg Q. 9. Internal Ball: Plated with minimum 1-mil chrome cover. 10. Ball Socket: One- or two-piece design with integral socket/retainer. a. Stuffing Box: Incorporates containment seals and compression seals for containment of injectable packing. b. Packing Cylinders: Provides packing under full line pressure with check valves to prevent blowback. 11. End Connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. 12. End Connections for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged. B. Slip -Joint Packed Expansion Joints: SJ-01. 1. Source Limitations: Obtain slip -joint packed expansion joints from single manufacturer. 2. Standard: ASTM F1007. 3. Material: Carbon steel with asbestos -free PTFE packing. 4. Design: With internal guide and injection ports for repacking under full system pressure. Housing is to be furnished with drain ports and lifting ring. Include drip connection if used for steam piping. 5. Configuration: Single joint. class(es) unless otherwise indicated. 6. Slip Tube for Sizes NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) through NPS 16 (DN 400): Schedule 80. 7. Slip Tube for Sizes NPS 18 (DN 450) through NPS 24 (DN 600): Schedule 60. 8. Sliding Surface: 2 mil thick chrome finish. 9. End Connections: Flanged or welded ends to match piping system. 2.3 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. Metal, Compensator Packless Expansion Joints: MCEJ-01. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Source Limitations: Obtain metal compensator packless expansion joints from single manufacturer. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) unless otherwise indicated. 3. Description: Totally enclosed, externally pressurized, multi -ply bellows isolated from fluid flow by an internal pipe sleeve and external housing. 4. Joint Axial Movement: 2 inches (50 mm) of compression and 1/2 inch (12 mm) of extension. 5. Configuration for Copper Tubing: Multi -ply, phosphor -bronze bellows with copper pipe ends. a. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Solder joint or threaded. b. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Threaded. 6. Configuration for Steel Piping: Multi -ply, stainless steel bellows; steel -pipe end connections; and carbon -steel shroud. a. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. b. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged. B. Rubber Union Connector Expansion Joints: RUED-01. 1. Source Limitations: Obtain rubber union connector expansion joints from single manufacturer. 2. Material: Twin reinforced -rubber spheres with external restraining cables. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 170 deg F (1035 kPa at 77 deg C) unless otherwise indicated. 4. End Connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. C. Flexible -Hose Packless Expansion Joints: FHEJ-01. 1. Source Limitations: Obtain flexible -hose packless expansion joints from single manufacturer. 2. Description: Manufactured assembly with inlet and outlet elbow fittings and two flexible - metal -hose legs joined by long -radius, 180-degree return bend or center section of flexible hose. 3. Flexible Hose: Corrugated -metal inner hoses and braided outer sheaths. 4. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Copper -alloy fittings with solder-jointend connections. a. Bronze hoses and single -braid bronze sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F (3 100 kPa at 21 deg C) and 340 psig at 450 deg F (2340 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. b. Bronze hoses and double -braid bronze sheaths with 700 psig at 70 deg F (4830 kPa at 21 deg C) and 500 psig at 450 deg F (3450 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. 5. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Copper - alloy fittings with threaded end connections. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall a. Stainless steel hoses and single -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 300 psig at 70 deg F (2070 kPa at 21 deg C) and 225 psig at 450 deg F (1550 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless steel hoses and double -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 420 psig at 70 deg F (2890 kPa at 21 deg C) and 315 psig at 450 deg F (2170 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. 6. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Carbon -steel fittings with threaded end connections. a. Stainless steel hoses and single -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F (3100 kPa at 21 deg C) and 325 psig at 600 deg F (2250 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless steel hoses and double -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 700 psig at 70 deg F (4830 kPa at 21 deg C) and 515 psig at 600 deg F (3550 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 7. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6 (DN 65 to DN 150): Carbon steel fittings with flanged end connections. a. Stainless steel hoses and single -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 200 psig at 70 deg F (1380 kPa at 21 deg C) and 145 psig at 600 deg F (1000 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless steel hoses and double -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 275 psig at 70 deg F (1900 kPa at 21 deg C) and 200 psig at 600 deg F (1380 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 8. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): Carbon steel fittings with flanged end connections. a. Stainless steel hoses and single -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 125 psig at 70 deg F (860 kPa at 21 deg C) and 90 psig at 600 deg F (625 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. b. Stainless steel hoses and double -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 165 psig at 70 deg F (1130 kPa at 21 deg C) and 120 psig at 600 deg F (830 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 9. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 14 (DN 350) and Larger: Carbon steel fittings with flangedend connections. a. Stainless steel hoses and double -braid, stainless steel sheaths with 165 psig at 70 deg F (1130 kPa at 21 deg C) and 120 psig at 600 deg F (830 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. D. Metal -Bellows Packless Expansion Joints: MBEJ-01. 1. Source Limitations: Obtain metal -bellows packless expansion joints from single manufacturer. 2. Standards: ASTM F1120 and EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 3. Type: Circular, corrugated bellows with external tie rods. 4. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) unless otherwise indicated. 5. Configuration: Single joint class(es), unless otherwise indicated. 6. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing: Single- or multi -ply phosphor -bronze bellows, copper pipe ends, and brass shrouds. a. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Solder joint or threaded. b. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Solder joint or threaded. C. End Connections for Copper Tubing NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged. 7. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping: Single- or multi -ply stainless steel bellows, steel pipe ends, and carbon steel shroud. a. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. b. End Connections for Steel Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged. E. Externally Pressurized Metal -Bellows Packless Expansion Joints: EPEJ-01. 1. Source Limitations: Obtain externally pressurized metal -bellows packless expansion Joints from single manufacturer. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa)unless otherwise indicated. 3. Description: a. Totally enclosed, externally pressurized, multi -ply, stainless steel bellows isolated from fluid flow by an internal pipe sleeve. b. Carbon steel housing. C. Drain plugs and lifting lug for the NPS 3 (DN 80) and larger. d. Bellows: With operating clearance between the internal pipe sleeves and the external shrouds. e. Joints: Supplied with a built-in scale to confirm the starting position and operating movement. f. Joint Axial Movement: 4 inches (100 mm) of compression and 0.75 inch (19 mm) of extension. 4. Permanent Locking Bolts: Set locking bolts to maintain joint lengths during installation. Temporary welding tabs that are removed after installation in lieu of locking bolts are not acceptable. 5. End Connection Configuration: Flanged; one raised, fixed and one floating flange. F. Rubber Packless Expansion Joints: REJ-01. 1. Source Limitations: Obtain rubber packless expansion joints from single manufacturer. 2. Standards: ASTM F1123 and FSA's "Expansion Joints - Piping Technical Handbook." 3. Material: Fabric -reinforced rubber complying with FSA-PSJ-703. 4. Arch Type: Single or multiple arches with external control rods. 5. Spherical Type: Single or multiple spheres with external control rods. 6. Minimum Pressure Rating for NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 40 to DN 300): 225 psig (1551 kPa) at 170 deg F (77 deg Q. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 7. End Connections: Full-faced, integral steel flanges with steel retaining rings. 2.4 GROOVED -JOINT EXPANSION JOINTS A. Source Limitations: Obtain grooved -joint expansion joints from single manufacturer. B. Description: Factory -assembled expansion joint made of several grooved -end pipe nipples, couplings, and grooved joints. C. Standard: AWWA C606, for grooved joints. D. Nipples: Galvanized, ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, Type E or S, steel pipe with grooved ends. E. Couplings: Five flexible type for steel -pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM rubber gasket suitable for cold and hot water, and bolts and nuts. 2.5 ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS A. Alignment Guides: AG-01 1. Source Limitations: Obtain alignment guides from single manufacturer. 2. Description: Steel, factory -fabricated alignment guide, with bolted two -section outer cylinder and base for attaching to structure; with two -section guiding slider for bolting to pipe. B. Anchor Materials: I. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M. 2. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A183, steel hex head. 3. Washers: ASTM F844, steel, plain, flat washers. 4. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert -wedge -type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Stud: Threaded, zinc -coated carbon steel. b. Expansion Plug: zinc -coated carbon steel. C. Washer and Nut: zinc -coated carbon steel. 5. Chemical Fasteners: Insert -type stud, bonding -system anchor for use with hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Bonding Material: ASTM C881/C881M, Type IV, Grade 3, two -component epoxy resin suitable for surface temperature of hardened concrete where fastener is to be installed. b. Stud: ASTM A307, zinc -coated carbon steel with continuous thread on stud, unless otherwise indicated. C. Washer and Nut: zinc -coated carbon steel. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS - GENERAL A. Install expansion joints of sizes matching sizes of piping in which they are installed. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PACKED EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install packed expansion joints with packing suitable for fluid service. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install metal -bellows packless expansion joints according to EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." B. Install rubber packless expansion joints according to FSA-PSJ-703. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GROOVED -JOINT EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install grooved -joint expansion joints to grooved -end steel piping. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS A. Install alignment guides to guide expansion and to avoid end -loading and torsional stress. B. Install one guide(s) on each side of pipe expansion fittings and loops. Install guides nearest to expansion joint not more than four pipe diameters from C. Attach guides to pipe, and secure guides to building structure. D. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. E. Anchor Attachments: 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Pipe: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME B31.9. 2. Anchor Attachment to Copper Tubing: Attach with pipe hangers. Use MSS SP-58, Type 24; U bolts bolted to anchor. F. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars. Comply with ASME B31.9 and AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Structural Members: Attach by welding. 2. Anchor Attachment to Concrete Structural Members: Attach by fasteners. Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for guides and anchors attached to concrete. EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3.6 INSTALLATION OF PIPE LOOPS AND SWING CONNECTIONS A. Install pipe loops cold -sprung in tension or compression as required to partly absorb tension or compression produced during anticipated change in temperature. B. Connect risers and branch connections to mains with at least five pipe fittings, including tee in main. C. Connect risers and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in riser. D. Connect mains and branch connections to terminal units with at least four fittings, including tee in main. END OF SECTION 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall SECTION 230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves without waterstop. 2. Sleeves with waterstop. 3. Stack -sleeve fittings. 4. Sleeve -seal systems. 5. Grout. 6. Silicone sealants. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES WITHOUT WATERSTOP A. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends. B. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, hot -dip galvanized, with plain ends. C. Steel Sheet Sleeves: ASTM A653/A653M, 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; hot -dip galvanized, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2.2 SLEEVES WITH WATERSTOP A. Description: Manufactured steel, stainless steel, or galvanized steel, sleeve -type, waterstop assembly, made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2.3 STACK -SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured, Dura-coated or Duco-coated or galvanized cast-iron sleeve with integral cast flashing flange for use in waterproof floors and roofs. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.4 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Designed to form a hydrostatic seal of 20 psig (137 kPa) minimum. 2. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size. 3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel or Composite plastic 4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with ASTM B633 coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.5 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink, for interior and exterior sealing openings in non -fire -rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000 psi (34.5 MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.6 SILICONE SEALANTS A. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant. 1. Standard: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. B. Silicone, S, P, T, NT: Single -component, 25, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant. 1. Standard: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25,Uses T and NT. C. Silicone Foam: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES - GENERAL Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide I -inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded -PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 3. Using grout or silicone sealant, seal space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. E. Fire -Resistance -Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke -stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping and fill materials specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES WITH WATERSTOP A. Install sleeve with waterstop as new walls and slabs are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout or silicone sealant, seal space around outside of sleeves. SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3.3 INSTALLATION OF STACK -SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Install stack -sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. I. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 3 inches (76 mm) above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Using waterproof silicone sealant, seal space between top hub of stack -sleeve fitting and pipe. B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke -stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building and passing through exterior walls. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal -system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: I. Leak Test: After allowing for a full cure, test sleeves and sleeve seals for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Sleeves and sleeve seals will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. B. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 SLEEVE SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above and below Grade: a. Sleeves with waterstops. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for I -inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 2. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: a. Sleeves with waterstops. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for I -inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Sleeves with waterstops or stack -sleeve fittings. 4. Interior Walls and Partitions: a. Sleeves without waterstops. END OF SECTION 230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Fiberglass pipe hangers. 4. Metal framing systems. 5. Fiberglass strut systems. 6. Fastener systems. 7. Pipe stands. 8. Equipment stands. 9. Equipment supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. 2. Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC" for vibration isolation devices. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Metal framing systems. 3. Fiberglass strut systems. 4. Pipe stands. 5. Equipment supports. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Structural -Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic -restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized, hot -dip galvanized, or ele ctro -galvanized. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated, or epoxy powder -coated. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel or stainless steel. B. Stainless Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall C. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper -plated steel, factory -fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper -plated steel or stainless steel. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural carbon -steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon -steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. 2.4 FIBERGLASS PIPE HANGERS A. Clevis-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: Similar to MSS SP-58, Type 1, factory -fabricated steel pipe hanger except hanger is made of fiberglass or fiberglass -reinforced resin. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, washer, and nuts made of stainless steel. 3. Flammability: ASTM D635, ASTM E84, and UL 94. B. Strap -Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: Similar to MSS SP-58, Type 9 or Type 10, steel pipe hanger except hanger is made of fiberglass -reinforced resin. a. Flammability: ASTM D635, ASTM E84, and UL 94. 2. Hanger Rod and Fittings: Continuous -thread rod, washer, and nuts made of stainless steel. 2.5 PLASTIC PIPE HANGERS A. Description: Similar to MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated steel pipe hanger except hanger is made of plastic. B. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of galvanized steel or stainless steel. C. Flammability: ASTM D635, ASTM E84, and UL 94. 2.6 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall I. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated, pipe -support assembly made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Channels: Continuous slotted carbon -steel channel with inturned lips. 4. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 5. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 6. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of galvanized steel or stainless steel 7. Metallic Coating: Plain. B. Non-MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: I. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated, pipe -support assembly made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Channels: Continuous slotted carbon -steel channel with inturned lips. 4. Channel Width: Select for applicable load criteria. 5. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 6. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of galvanized steel or stainless steel. 7. Metallic Coating: Plain. 2.7 FIBERGLASS STRUT SYSTEMS A. Description: Structural -grade, factory -formed, glass -fiber -resin channels and angles for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 1. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 2. Channels: Continuous slotted fiberglass -reinforced plastic channel with inturned lips. 3. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 4. Fittings and Accessories: Products provided by channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 5. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as those for channels and angles, except metal items may be stainless steel. 6. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. 7. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 2.8 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type anchors for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. I. Indoor Applications: Zinc -coated or stainless steel. 2. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel. 2.9 PIPE STANDS A. General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Shop- or field -fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion -resistant components to support roof -mounted piping. B. Compact Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Single base unit with integral -rod roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 2. Base: Single, vulcanized rubber, molded polypropylene, or polycarbonate. 3. Hardware: Galvanized steel or polycarbonate. 4. Accessories: Protection pads. C. Low -Profile, Single Base, Single -Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Single base with vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane protection. 2. Base: Single, vulcanized rubber, molded polypropylene, or polycarbonate. 3. Vertical Members: Two, galvanized -steel, continuous -thread 1/2-inch (12-mm) rods. 4. Horizontal Member: Adjustable horizontal, galvanized -steel pipe support channels. 5. Pipe Supports: Roller, Strut clamps, Clevis hanger or Swivel hanger. 6. Hardware: Galvanized steel. 7. Accessories: Protection pads. 8. Height: 12 inches (300 mm) above roof. D. High -Profile, Single Base, Single -Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Single base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 2. Base: Single vulcanized rubber or molded polypropylene. 3. Vertical Members: Two, galvanized -steel, continuous -thread 1/2-inch (12-mm) rods. 4. Horizontal Member: One, adjustable height, galvanized- or stainless -steel pipe support slotted channel or plate. 5. Pipe Supports: Roller, Clevis hanger, Swivel hanger. 6. Hardware: Galvanized steel. 7. Accessories: Protection pads, 1/2-inch (12-mm) continuous -thread galvanized -steel rod 8. Height: 36 inches (900 mm) above roof. E. High -Profile, Multiple -Pipe Stand: Description: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 2. Bases: Two or more; vulcanized rubber or molded polypropylene 3. Vertical Members: Two or more, galvanized -steel channels. 4. Horizontal Members: One or more, adjustable height, galvanized -steel pipe support. 5. Pipe Supports: Roller, Strut clamps, Clevis hanger or Swivel hanger. 6. Hardware: Galvanized steel. 7. Accessories: Protection pads, 1/2-inch (12-mm) continuous -thread rod. 8. Height: 36 inches (900 mm) above roof. F. Curb -Mounted -Type Pipe Stands: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe supports made from structural - steel shapes, continuous -thread rods, and rollers, for mounting on permanent stationary roof curb. 2.10 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon - steel shapes. 2.11 OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT STANDS 1. Description: Individual foot supports with elevated adjustable channel cross bars and clamps/fasteners/bolts for ground or roof supported outdoor equipment components, without roof membrane penetration, in a pre -fabricated system that can be modularly - assembled on site. 2. Foot Material: Rubber or polypropylene. 3. Rails Material: Hot dip galvanized carbon steel. 4. Wind/Sliding Load Resistance: Up to 100 mph (44 mps)minimum. 2.12 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A1011/AIO11M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M. E. Threaded Rods: Continuously threaded. Zinc -plated or galvanized steel for indoor applications and stainless steel for outdoor applications. Mating nuts and washers of similar materials as rods. F. Grout: ASTM C1107/CI107M, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshnnk and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire -rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A36/A36M, carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Fiberglass Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-58. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. D. Metal or Fiberglass Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field -assembled strut systems. E. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. F. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb -Mounted Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2. Curb -Mounted -Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. See Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for curbs. H. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. I. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. J. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. K. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. L. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. M. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. N. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. O. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal -hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. b. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. C. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium -silicate - insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS DI.I/DI.IM procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-58 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon -steel pipe hangers and supports, metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. F. Use stainless steel pipe hangers and fiberglass pipe hangers and stainless steel or corrosion - resistant attachments for hostile environment applications. G. Use copper -plated pipe hangers and copper attachments for copper piping and tubing. H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. I. Use thermal -hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. J. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F (566 deg C), pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24 (DN 100 to DN 600), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36 (DN 20 to DN 900), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 15 to DN 600) if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to DN 100), to allow off -center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8 (DN 20 to DN 200). 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 9. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 (DN 10 to DN 200). 11. Extension Hinged or Two -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 (DN 10 to DN 80). 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon - steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 65 to DN 900) if vertical adjustment is required, with steel - pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 17. Single -Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS I to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 65 to DN 600), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050) if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN 50 to DN 600) if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN 50 to DN 750) if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. K. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 11 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 24 to DN 600). 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600) if longer ends are required for riser clamps. L. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar -joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I -beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg). 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 12 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel -Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint -Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches (32 mm). 3. Spring -Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable -Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable -Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable -Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load -adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. C. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical -type supports and one trapeze member. P. Comply with MSS SP-58 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. R. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 13 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 14 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Open -spring isolators. 5. Housed -spring isolators. 6. Restrained -spring isolators. 7. Housed -restrained -spring isolators. 8. Pipe -riser resilient support. 9. Resilient pipe guides. 10. Air -spring isolators. 11. Restrained -air -spring isolators. 12. Elastomeric hangers. 13. Spring hangers. 14. Snubbers. 15. Restraints - rigid type. 16. Restraints - cable type. 17. Restraint accessories. 18. Post -installed concrete anchors. 19. Vibration isolation equipment bases. 20. Restrained isolation roof -curb rails. B. Related Requirements: 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Designated Seismic System: An HVAC component that requires design in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7, Ch. 13, and for which the Component Importance Factor is greater than 1.0. B. IBC: International Building Code. C. OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (State of California). 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2. Include load rating for each wind -force -restraint fitting and assembly. 3. Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of vibration isolation device and seismic- and wind -force -restraint component. 4. Annotate types and sizes of seismic restraints and accessories, complete with listing markings or report numbers and load rating in tension and compression as evaluated by UL product listing. 5. Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 6. Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of vibration isolation device installation and seismic bracing for HVAC piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and restraints, if any. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Welding certificates. D. Air -Spring Isolator Performance Certification: Include natural frequency, load, and damping test data performed by an independent agency. E. Field quality -control reports. F. Seismic Qualification Data: Provide special certification for designated seismic systems as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7-05, ASCE/SEI 7-10, ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.2.2, "Special Certification Requirements for Designated Seismic Systems" for all Designated Seismic Systems identified as such on Drawings or in the Specifications. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated active mechanical seismic device and system, stating that it will remain operable following the design earthquake. Certification must be based on requirements of ASCE/SEI 7 and AHRI 1270 (AHRI 1271), including shake table testing per ICC-ES AC156 or a similar nationally recognized testing standard procedure acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction or experience data as permitted by ASCE/SEI 7-05. 2. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification that components with hazardous contents maintain containment following the design earthquake by methods required in ASCE/SEI 7-05. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 3. Submit evidence demonstrating compliance with these requirements for approval to authorities having jurisdiction after review and acceptance by a licensed professional engineer. 4. The following HVAC systems and components are Designated Seismic Systems and require written special certification of seismic qualification by manufacturer: G. Wind -Force Performance Certification: Provide special certification for HVAC components subject to high wind exposure and impact damage and designated on Drawings or in the Specifications to require wind -force performance certification. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated HVAC device, stating that it will remain in place and operable following the design wind event and comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide manufacturer's written certification for each designated louver, damper, or similar device, stating that it will remain in place and protect opening from penetration of windborne debris and comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Certification must be based on ICC-ES or similar nationally recognized testing standard procedures acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. The following HVAC systems and components require special certification for high wind performance. Written special certification of resistance to the effects of high wind force and impact damage must be provided by manufacturer: 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For air -spring isolators and restrained -air -spring isolators to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, be an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic- and Wind -Load -Restraint Device Load Ratings: Devices to be tested and rated in accordance with applicable code requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. Devices to be listed by a nationally recognized third party that requires periodic follow-up inspections and has a listing directory available to the public. Provide third -party listing by one or more of the following: UL product listing. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Design Calculations: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall I. Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select seismic - restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI7-05.Where "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is the edition intended as reference throughout the Section Text. a. Data indicated below to be determined by Delegated Design Contractor must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate seismic design calculations with wind -load calculations for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. C. Building Occupancy Category: I. d. Building Risk Category: I. e. Building Site Classification: A. 2. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI7-16, Ch.13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-16 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Value is to be calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) ap = Component Amplification Factor: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 2) Ip = Component Importance Factor: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 3) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated Design Contractor from each component submittal. 4) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 5) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determine from Project Drawings for each component by Delegated Design Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" to be taken as zero. 6) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.1.2. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall C. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculate by Delegated Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculate by Delegated Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) SXA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 3) 5yA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A: see Drawing Schedule for each component. 4) 5yB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 5) hX = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 6) by = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 7) DaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A: See Drawing Schedules for each component. 8) DaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B: See Drawing Schedules for each component. 9) h,x = Story Height Used in the Definition of Allowable Drift Da: See Drawings Schedules for each component. d. Component Fundamental Period Tp: Calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.3. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Determined by Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 2) g = Gravitational Acceleration: 32.17 fps' (9.81 m/s'). 3) Kp = Combined Stiffness of Component, Supports, and Attachments: Determined by delegated design seismic engineer. 3. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI7-10, Ch.13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-10 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI7-10, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) ap = Component Amplification Factor: component. 2) Ip = Component Importance Factor: component. See Drawing Schedule for each See Drawing Schedule for each VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated Design Contractor from equipment submittal. 4) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 5) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determined from Project Drawings for each component by Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" to be taken as zero. 6) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculate by Delegated Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.1. C. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculate by Delegated Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculate by Delegated Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) SXA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 3) 5yA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A: see Drawing Schedule for each component. 4) 5yB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 5) hX = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data; 6) by = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 7) DaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 8) DaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 9) h,x = Story Height Used in the Definition of Allowable Drift Da: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 4. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI7-05, Ch.3 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-05 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI7-05, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) ap = Component Amplification Factor: See Drawing Schedule for each component. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2) Ip = Component Importance Factor: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 3) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Obtain by Delegated Design Contractor for each component from component submittal. 4) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 5) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determine by Delegated Design Contractor for each component from Project Drawings. For items at or below the base, "z" to be taken as zero. 6) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine by Delegated Design Contractor from Project Drawings. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.1. C. Seismic Relative Displacement Dp: Calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) SXA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 2) 5yA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 3) 5yB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 4) hX = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 5) by = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 6) DaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 7) DaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B: See Drawing Schedule for each component. 8) h,x = Story Height Used in the Definition of Allowable Drift Da: See Drawing Schedule for each component. B. Wind -Load Design Calculations: Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select wind -load - restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI7-05.Where "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is intended as referenced throughout the Section Text unless otherwise noted. a. Data indicated below that are specific to individual pieces of equipment must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall b. Coordinate design wind -load calculations with seismic load calculations for equipment requiring both seismic and wind -load reinforcement. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. 2. Design wind pressure "p" for external sidewall -mounted equipment such as louvers is to be calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Ch. 30. Perform calculations in accordance with one of the following, as applicable: a. PART 1: Low -Rise Buildings. b. PART 2: Low -Rise Buildings (Simplified). C. PART 3: Buildings with "h" less than 60 feet (18.3 m). d. PART 4: Buildings with "h" greater than 60 feet (18.3 m) and less than 160 feet (48.8 m). e. PART 5: Open Buildings. Design wind pressure "p" for rooftop equipment is to be calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Ch. 30, PART 6: Building Appurtenances and Rooftop Structures and Equipment. a. Risk Category: I. b. Exposure Category: B. C. qz = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind -load design Contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. d. qh = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind -load design Contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. e. G = Gust -Effect Factor: 0.85. 4. Design wind pressure "p" for external sidewall -mounted equipment such as louvers are to be calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 30. Perform calculations in accordance with one of the following, as appropriate: a. PART 1: Low -Rise Buildings. b. PART 2: Low -Rise Buildings (Simplified). C. PART 3: Buildings with "h" greater than 60 feet (18.3 m). d. PART 4: Buildings with "h" less than 160 feet (48.8 m). e. PART 5: Open Buildings. 5. Design wind pressure "p" for rooftop equipment is to be calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 30, PART 6: Building Appurtenances and Rooftop Structures and Equipment. a. Risk Category: I. b. Exposure Category: B. C. qz = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind -load design Contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 or ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall d. qh = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind -load design Contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 or ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. e. G = Gust -Effect Factor: 0.85. 6. Design wind force "F" for rooftop equipment and external sidewall -mounted equipment such as louvers is to be calculated by Delegated Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 6. a. Exposure Category: B b. qz = Velocity Pressure at Height z: Value calculated by delegated wind -load design Contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-05 Section 6.5.10 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. C. qh = Velocity Pressure at Roof Height h: Value calculated by delegated wind -load design Contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-05 Section 6.5.10 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. d. G = Gust -Effect Factor: 0.85. e. Cf = Force Coefficient: Value determined by delegated wind -load design Contractor from ASCE/SEI 7-05, Figures 6-21 through 6-23 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. f. Af = Projected Area Normal to the Wind: Except where Cf is specified for the actual surface area, value determined by delegated wind -load design Contractor from equipment submittal or manufacturer. C. Consequential Damage: Provide additional seismic restraints for suspended HVAC components or anchorage of floor-, roof-, or wall -mounted HVAC components as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7- 05 so that failure of a non -essential or essential HVAC component will not cause failure of any other essential architectural, mechanical, or electrical building component. D. Fire/Smoke Resistance: Seismic- and wind -load -restraint devices that are not constructed of ferrous metals must have a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested by an NRTL in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, and be so labeled. E. Component Supports: 1. Load ratings, features, and applications of all reinforcement components must be based on testing standards of a nationally recognized testing agency. 2. All component support attachments must comply with force and displacement resistance requirements of ASCE 7-05 Section 13.6. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS A. Elastomeric Isolation Pads: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain elastomeric isolation pads from single manufacturer. 2. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area. 3. Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 4. Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties. Neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. 5. Surface Pattern: Smooth, ribbed, or waffle pattern. 6. Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers. 7. Load -bearing metal plates adhered to pads. 8. Sandwich -Core Material: Resilient and elastomeric a. Surface Pattern: Smooth, ribbed, or waffle pattern. b. Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Double -Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain double -deflection, elastomeric isolation mounts from single manufacturer. 2. Mounting Plates: a. Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with threaded studs or bolts. b. Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support structure. 3. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. 2.4 RESTRAINED ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Restrained Elastomeric Isolation Mounts: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain restrained elastomeric isolation mounts from single manufacturer. 2. Description: All -directional isolator with seismic restraints containing two separate and opposing elastomeric elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. a. Housing: Cast -ductile iron or welded steel. b. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil -resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material. 2.5 OPEN -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open -Spring Isolators: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain freestanding, laterally stable, open -spring isolators from single manufacturer. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 10 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Baseplates: Factory -drilled steel plate for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Baseplates limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). 7. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 2.6 HOUSED -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open -Spring Isolators in Two -Part Telescoping Housing: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain freestanding, laterally stable, open -spring isolators in two- part telescoping housing from single manufacturer. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Two -Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Top housing with threaded mounting holes and internal leveling device 2.7 RESTRAINED -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open -Spring Isolators with Vertical -Limit Stop Restraint: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain restrained -spring isolators from single manufacturer. 2. Housing: Steel housing with vertical -limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed. a. Base with holes for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Top plate with threaded mounting holes. C. Internal leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 3. Restraint: Limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 5. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 6. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 11 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 7. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.8 HOUSED -RESTRAINED -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Steel, Open -Spring Isolators with Vertical -Limit Stop Restraint in Two -Part Telescoping Housing: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain freestanding, open -spring isolators with vertical -limit stop restraints from single manufacturer. 2. Two -Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. Housings are equipped with adjustable snubbers to limit vertical movement. a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Threaded top housing with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.9 PIPE -RISER RESILIENT SUPPORT A. All -Directional, Acoustical Pipe Anchor Consisting of Two Steel Tubes Separated by a Minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) Thick Neoprene: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain all -directional, acoustical pipe anchor from single manufacturer. 2. Vertical -Limit Stops: Steel and neoprene vertical -limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. 3. Maximum Load Per Support: 500 psig (3447 kPa) on isolation material providing equal isolation in all directions. 2.10 RESILIENT PIPE GUIDES A. Telescopic Arrangement of Two Steel Tubes or Post and Sleeve Arrangement Separated by a Minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) Thick Neoprene: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain resilient pipe guides from single manufacturer. 2. Factory -Set Height Guide with Shear Pin: Shear pin to be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides to be capable of motion to meet location requirements. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 12 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2.11 AIR -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Single or Multiple, Compressed -Air Bellows: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain air -spring isolators from single manufacturer. 2. Bellows Assembly: Upper and lower powder -coated steel sections connected by a replaceable, flexible, nylon -reinforced neoprene bellows or similar elastomeric material. 3. Maximum Natural Frequency: 3 Hz. 4. Operating Pressure Range: 25 to 100 psig (172 to 690 kPa). 5. Burst Pressure: At least three times manufacturer's published maximum operating pressure. 6. Automatic leveling valve. 2.12 RESTRAINED -AIR -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Single or Multiple, Compressed -Air Bellows with Vertical -Limit Stop Restraint: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain restrained -air -spring isolators from single manufacturer. 2. Housing: Steel housing with vertical -limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed. a. Base with holes for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Top plate with threaded mounting holes. C. Internal leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 3. Restraint: Limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 7. Bellows Assembly: Upper and lower powder -coated steel sections connected by a replaceable, flexible, nylon -reinforced neoprene bellows or similar elastomeric material. 8. Maximum Natural Frequency: 3 Hz. 9. Operating Pressure Range: 25 to 100 psig (172 to 690 kPa). 10. Burst Pressure: At least three times manufacturer's published maximum operating pressure. 11. Automatic leveling valve. 2.13 ELASTOMERIC HANGERS A. Elastomeric Mount in a Steel Frame with Upper and Lower Steel Hanger Rods: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain elastomeric hangers from a single manufacturer. 2. Frame: Steel, fabricated with a connection for an upper threaded hanger rod and an opening on the underside to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular lower hanger - rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 13 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3. Damping Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber, neoprene, or other eastomeric material with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel to steel contact. 2.14 SPRING HANGERS A. Combination Coil -Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain spring hangers from single manufacturer. 2. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 7. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel -washer -reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 8. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up -stop" on lower threaded rod. 9. Self -centering hanger -rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. 2.15 SNUBBERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain snubbers from single manufacturer. B. Description: Factory fabricated using welded structural -steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Post -Installed Concrete Anchor Bolts: Secure to concrete surface with post -installed concrete anchors. Anchors to be seismically prequalified in accordance with ACI 355.2 testing and designated in accordance with ACI 318-08 Appendix D for 2009 IBC. 2. Preset Concrete Inserts: Seismically prequalified in accordance with ICC-ES AC446 testing. 3. Anchors in Masonry: Design in accordance with TMS 402. 4. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene. 5. Resilient Cushion: Maximum 1/4-inch (6-mm) air gap, and minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick. 2.16 RESTRAINTS - RIGID TYPE A. Source Limitations: Obtain rigid -type restraints from single manufacturer. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 14 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall B. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated bracing assembly made of AISI 5110-07-51 slotted steel channels, ANSI/ASTM A53/A53M steel pipe as per NFPA 13, or other rigid steel brace member. Includes accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion -resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 2.17 RESTRAINTS - CABLE TYPE A. Source Limitations: Obtain cable -type restraints from single manufacturer. B. Seismic -Restraint Cables: ASTM A1023/A1023M galvanized or ASTM A603 galvanized -steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for seismic -restraining cable service; with fittings attached by means of poured socket, swaged socket or mechanical (Flemish eye) loop. C. Restraint cable assembly with cable fittings must comply with ASCE/SEI 19. All cable fittings and complete cable assembly must maintain the minimum cable breaking force. U-shaped cable clips and wedge -type end fittings do not comply and are unacceptable. 2.18 RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A. Source Limitations: Obtain restraint accessories from single manufacturer. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted -support -system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. Non-metallic stiffeners are unacceptable. C. Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings. D. Bushings for Floor -Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. E. Bushing Assemblies for Wall -Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. F. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.19 POST -INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Source Limitations: Obtain mechanical anchor bolts from single manufacturer. 2. Drilled -in and stud -wedge or female -wedge type in zinc -coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E488/E488M. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 15 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 B. Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Source Limitations: Obtain adhesive anchor bolts from single manufacturer. 2. Drilled -in and capsule anchor system containing PVC or urethane methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc -coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E488/E488M. C. Provide post -installed concrete anchors that have been prequalified for use in wind -load applications. Post -installed concrete anchors must comply with all requirements of ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 13. 1. Prequalify post -installed anchors in concrete in accordance with ACI355.2 or other approved qualification testing procedures. 2. Prequalify post -installed anchors in masonry in accordance with approved qualification procedures. D. Expansion -type anchor bolts are not permitted for equipment in excess of 10 hp (7.46 kW) that is not vibration isolated. Undercut expansion anchors are permitted. 2.20 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES A. Source Limitations: Obtain vibration isolation equipment bases from single manufacturer. B. Steel Rails: Factory -fabricated, welded, structural -steel rails. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch (25- mm) clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide rails. a. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. 2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A36/A36M. Rails to have shape to accommodate supported equipment. 3. Support Brackets: Factory -welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. C. Steel Bases: Factory -fabricated, welded, structural -steel bases and rails. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch (25- mm) clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. a. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 16 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A36/A36M. Bases to have shape to accommodate supported equipment. 3. Support Brackets: Factory -welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. D. Concrete Inertia Base: Factory -fabricated, welded, structural -steel bases and rails ready for placement of cast -in -place concrete. 1. Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch (25- mm) clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. a. Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. 2. Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A36/A36M. Bases to have shape to accommodate supported equipment. 3. Support Brackets: Factory -welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. 4. Fabrication: Fabricate steel templates to hold equipment anchor -bolt sleeves and anchors in place during placement of concrete. Obtain anchor -bolt templates from supported equipment manufacturer. 2.21 RESTRAINED ISOLATION ROOF -CURB RAILS A. Source Limitations: Obtain restrained isolation roof -curb rails from single manufacturer. B. Description: Factory -assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed to resiliently support equipment and to withstand seismic and wind forces. C. Upper Frame: To provide continuous support for equipment and to be captive to resiliently resist seismic and wind forces. D. Lower Support Assembly: To be formed sheet metal section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper frame. Lower support assembly to have a means for attaching to building structure and a wood nailer for attaching roof materials, and to be insulated with a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) of rigid, glass -fiber insulation on inside of assembly. Mount adjustable, restrained -spring isolators on elastomeric vibration isolation pads and provide access ports, for level adjustment, with removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Locate isolators so they are accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with integrity of roof. E. Snubber Bushings: All -directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick. F. Water Seal: Galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counter flashed over roof materials. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 17 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic and wind control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in of reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger -Rod Stiffeners: Install where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic -Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength is adequate to carry present and future static, wind load, and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION -CONTROL, WIND -LOAD CONTROL, AND SEISMIC - RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Provide vibration -control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Vibration -Control Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, or where Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems. B. Provide seismic -restraint and wind -load control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Seismic -Restraint Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, where Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems, and where required by applicable codes. C. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." D. Installation of vibration isolators, wind -load restraints, must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. E. Comply with requirements in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 18 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 F. Equipment Restraints: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Install seismic snubbers on HVAC equipment mounted on vibration isolators. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure. 2. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 3. Install seismic -restraint, and wind -load -restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. G. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). H. Ductwork Restraints: 1. Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with SMACNA's "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines for Mechanical Systems." 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). 4. Select seismic -restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry static and seismic loads. 5. Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators. I. Install seismic- and wind -load -restraint cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. J. Install seismic -restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. K. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. L. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall -mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment -mounting channels are attached to wall. M. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. N. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 19 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge -Type Anchor Bolts: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors to be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive -Type Anchor Bolts: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 6. Install zinc -coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Provide flexible connections in piping systems where they cross structural seismic joints and other point where differential movement may occur. Provide adequate flexibility to accommodate differential movement as determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. Comply with requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties" for piping flexible connections. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF AIR -SPRING ISOLATORS A. Independent Isolator Installation: 1. Install tank valve into each air isolator. 2. Inflate each isolator to height and pressure specified on Drawings. B. Pressure -Regulated Isolator Installation: 1. Coordinate the constant pressure -regulated air supply to air springs with requirements for piping and connections specified in Section 221513 "General -Service Compressed -Air Piping." 2. Connect all pressure regulators to a single dry, filtered constant air supply. 3. Inflate isolators to height or pressure specified on Drawings. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES A. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Coordinate dimensions of steel equipment rails and bases, concrete inertia bases, and restrained isolation roof -curb rails with requirements of isolated equipment specified in this and other VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 20 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall Sections. Where dimensions of these bases are indicated on Drawings, dimensions may require adjustment to accommodate actual isolated equipment. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained -spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative. 2. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless post connection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load -spreading members. 5. Test no fewer than four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 6. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 7. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 8. Measure isolator deflection. 9. Verify snubber minimum clearances. 10. Test and adjust restrained -air -spring isolator controls and safeties. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 21 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 22 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Air Systems: a. Constant -volume air systems. b. Dual -duct systems. C. Variable -air -volume systems. d. Multizone systems. e. Induction -unit systems. 2. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Hydronic Piping Systems: a. Constant -flow hydronic systems. b. Variable -flow hydronic systems. C. Primary -secondary hydronic systems. 3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of fuel oil systems for HVAC. 4. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of steam and condensate piping systems. 5. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of equipment. 6. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of existing HVAC systems and equipment. 7. Procedures for exhaust hoods. 8. Duct leakage tests verification. 9. Pipe leakage tests verification. 10. UFAD plenum leakage tests verification. 11. HVAC-control system verification. 12. Smoke -control system tests. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An independent entity meeting qualifications to perform TAB work. F. TDH: Total dynamic head. G. UFAD: Underfloor air distribution. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. TAB Conference: Conduct a TAB conference at El Segundo City Hall after approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan, to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Provide a minimum of 14 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Minimum Agenda Items: a. The Contract Documents examination report. b. The TAB plan. C. Needs for coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. d. Proposed procedures for documentation and communication flow. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report, as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures, as specified in "Preparation" Article. D. System Readiness Checklists: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit system readiness checklists, as specified in "Preparation" Article. E. Examination Report: Submit a summary report of the examination review required in "Examination" Article. F. Certified TAB reports. G. Sample report forms. H. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Specialists Qualifications, Certified by AABC: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC. B. TAB Specialists Qualifications, Certified by NEBB or TABB: 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by NEBB or TABB. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by NEBB or TABB. C. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 111, Section 4, "Instrumentation." D. ASHRAEJES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAEJES 90.1, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing." E. Code and AHJ Compliance: TAB is required to comply with governing codes and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Examine installed systems for balancing devices, such as test ports, gauge cocks, thermometer wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are applicable for intended purpose and are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for HVAC to verify that they are properly separated from adjacent areas and sealed. F. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system -effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. G. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality -control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. H. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I. Examine HVAC equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, filters are clean, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. Examine terminal units, such as variable -air -volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K. Examine temporary and permanent strainers. Verify that temporary strainer screens used during system cleaning and flushing have been removed and permanent strainer baskets are installed and clean. L. Examine control valves for proper installation for their intended function of isolating, throttling, diverting, or mixing fluid flows. M. Examine heat -transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. N. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. O. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. P. Examine control dampers for proper installation for their intended function of isolating, throttling, diverting, or mixing air flows. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall Q. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes the following: 1. Equipment and systems to be tested. 2. Strategies and step-by-step procedures for balancing the systems. 3. Instrumentation to be used. 4. Sample forms with specific identification for all equipment. B. Perform system -readiness checks of HVAC systems and equipment to verify system readiness for TAB work. Include, at a minimum, the following: Airside: a. Verify that leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. b. Duct systems are complete with terminals installed. C. Volume, smoke, and fire dampers are open and functional. d. Clean filters are installed. e. Fans are operating, free of vibration, and rotating in correct direction. f. Variable -frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are verified. g. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational. h. Ceilings are installed. i. Windows and doors are installed. j. Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided. 2. Hydronics: a. Verify leakage and pressure tests on water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. b. Piping is complete with terminals installed. C. Water treatment is complete. d. Systems are flushed, filled, and air purged. e. Strainers are pulled and cleaned. f. Control valves are functioning in accordance with the sequence of operation. g. Shutoff and balance valves have been verified to be 100 percent open. h. Pumps are started and proper rotation is verified. i. Pump gauge connections are installed directly at pump inlet and outlet flanges or in discharge and suction pipe prior to valves or strainers. j. Variable -frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are verified. k. Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system in accordance with the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" and in this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment casings for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories." 3. Where holes for probes are required in piping or hydronic equipment, install pressure and temperature test plugs to seal systems. 4. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish in accordance with Section 230713 "Duct Insulation," Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation," and Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper -control positions, valve position indicators, fan -speed -control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch -pound (IP) and metric (SI) units. 3.4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF HVAC EQUIPMENT A. Test, adjust, and balance HVAC equipment indicated on Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Motors. 2. Pumps. 3. Fans and ventilators. 4. Terminal units. 5. Computer -room air conditioners. 6. Split -system air conditioners. 7. Heat pumps. 3.5 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' Record drawings duct layouts. C. For variable -air -volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct -airflow measurements. E. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor -air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust -air dampers through the supply -fan discharge and mixing dampers. F. Locate start -stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I. Check for airflow blockages. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K. Check for proper sealing of air -handling -unit components. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT -VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. Measure total airflow. a. Set outside -air, return -air, and relief -air dampers for proper position that simulates minimum outdoor -air conditions. b. Where duct conditions allow, measure airflow by main Pitot-tube traverse. If necessary, perform multiple Pitot-tube traverses close to the fan and prior to any outlets, to obtain total airflow. C. Where duct conditions are unsuitable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, a coil traverse may be acceptable. 2. Measure fan static pressures as follows: a. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan inlet or through the flexible connection. C. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up the air -handling system. d. Report artificial loading of filters at the time static pressures are measured. 3. Review Contractor -prepared shop drawings and Record drawings to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system -effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 4. Obtain approval from Owner for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air -handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air -handling -unit performance. 5. Do not make fan -speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan -speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan -motor TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall amperage to ensure that no overload occurs. Measure amperage in full -cooling, full - heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows. 1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. 2. Adjust submain and branch duct volume dampers for specified airflow. 3. Re -measure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. C. Adjust air inlets and outlets for each space to indicated airflows. 1. Set airflow patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 2. Measure inlets and outlets airflow. 3. Adjust each inlet and outlet for specified airflow. 4. Re -measure each inlet and outlet after they have been adjusted. D. Verify final system conditions. 1. Re -measure and confirm that minimum outdoor, return, and relief airflows are within design. Readjust to design if necessary. 2. Re -measure and confirm that total airflow is within design. 3. Re -measure all final fan operating data, speed, volts, amps, and static profile. 4. Mark all final settings. 5. Test system in economizer mode. Verify proper operation and adjust if necessary. 6. Measure and record all operating data. 7. Record final fan -performance data. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR STEAM AND CONDENSATE SYSTEMS A. Measure and record upstream and downstream pressure of each piece of equipment. B. Measure and record upstream and downstream steam pressure of pressure -reducing valves. C. Check settings and operation of automatic temperature -control valves, self-contained control valves, and pressure -reducing valves. Record final settings. D. Check settings and operation of each safety valve. Record settings. E. Verify the operation of each steam trap. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors 1/2HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 2. Motor horsepower rating. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 3. Motor rpm. 4. Phase and hertz. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter size and thermal -protection -element rating. 8. Service factor and frame size. Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall B. Motors Driven by Variable -Frequency Controllers: Test manual bypass of controller to prove proper operation. 3.9 PROCEDURES FOR EXHAUST HOODS A. Room Pressure: Measure and record room pressure with respect to atmosphere and adjacent space with hoods in room initially not operating and then with hoods operating. B. Makeup Air: Systems supplying source of makeup air to hoods shall be in operation during testing and balancing of exhaust hoods. 1. Measure and record temperature of makeup air entering hood. If hood makeup air is from multiple sources having different temperatures, measure and record the airflow and temperatures of each source and calculate the weighted average temperature. 2. Use simulated smoke to observe supply air -distribution air patterns in vicinity of hoods. Consult with hood manufacturer and report conditions that have a detrimental effect on intended capture, containment, and other attributes effecting proper operation. C. Rooms with Multiple Hoods: Test each hood separately, one at a time, and repeat tests with all hoods intended to operate simultaneously by design. D. Canopy Hoods: Measure and record the following: 1. Pressure drop across hood. 2. Airflow by duct traverse where duct distribution will allow accurate measurement, and calculate hood average face velocity. 3. Measure velocity across hood face and calculate hood airflow. a. Clearly indicate the direction of flow at each point of measurement. b. Measure velocity across opening on not less than 12-inch (300-mm) centers. Record velocity at each measurement, and calculate average velocity. 4. Capture and Containment: Check each hood for proper capture and containment using a smoke -emitting device. Observe and report performance. Make adjustments to achieve optimum results. E. Laboratory Fume Hoods: Measure and record the following: 1. Pressure drop across hood. 2. Airflow by duct traverse where duct distribution will allow accurate measurement, and calculate hood average face velocity. If hood is connected to exhaust duct distribution TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall through an exhaust device with integral airflow measurement, that reading may be used in lieu of a duct traverse. Face velocity across open hood face and calculate hood airflow. a. Clearly indicate the direction of flow at each point of measurement. b. Measure velocity across opening on not less than 6-inch (150-mm) centers. Record velocity at each measurement, and calculate average velocity. 4. Capture and Containment: Check each hood for proper capture and containment using a smoke -emitting device. Observe and report performance. Make adjustments to achieve optimum results. 5. ASHRAE 110 Testing: With room and laboratory fume hood operating at design conditions, perform an "as -installed" performance test of the laboratory fume hood in accordance with ASHRAE 110. Test each laboratory fume hood and document the test results. F. Kitchen Hoods: I. Type 1: Measure and record pressure drop and face velocity of hood filters and slots in accordance with hood manufacturer's instructions. Consult hood manufacturer to determine hood airflow using recorded information. 2. Type 2: Measure and record airflow by duct traverse. 3. Capture and Containment: Check each hood for proper capture and containment using a smoke -emitting device. Observe and report performance. Make adjustments to achieve optimum results. G. AHJ Tests: Conduct additional tests required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.10 DUCT LEAKAGE TESTS A. Witness the duct leakage testing performed by Installer. B. Verify that proper test methods are used and that leakage rates are within specified limits. C. Report deficiencies observed. 3.11 PIPE LEAKAGE TESTS A. Witness the pipe pressure testing performed by Installer. B. Verify that proper test methods are used and that leakage rates are within specified limits. C. Report deficiencies observed. 3.12 UFAD PLENUM LEAKAGE TESTS A. Witness the UFAD plenum pressure testing performed by Installer. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 10 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Verify that proper test methods are used and that leakage rates are within specified limits. C. Report deficiencies observed. 3.13 HVAC CONTROLS VERIFICATION A. In conjunction with system balancing, perform the following: 1. Verify HVAC control system is operating within the design limitations. 2. Confirm that the sequences of operation are in compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Verify that controllers are calibrated and function as intended. 4. Verify that controller set points are as indicated. 5. Verify the operation of lockout or interlock systems. 6. Verify the operation of valve and damper actuators. 7. Verify that controlled devices are properly installed and connected to correct controller. 8. Verify that controlled devices travel freely and are in position indicated by controller: open, closed, or modulating. 9. Verify location and installation of sensors to ensure that they sense only intended temperature, humidity, or pressure. B. Reporting: Include a summary of verifications performed, remaining deficiencies, and variations from indicated conditions. 3.14 PROCEDURES FOR SMOKE -CONTROL SYSTEM TESTING A. Before testing smoke -control systems, review design documents to understand operating requirements and design intent: 1. Review boundaries of each smoke zone. 2. Review location, size, and operating characteristics of equipment, such as smoke and fire smoke dampers. 3. Review sequence of operation, operating status of equipment, and position of smoke and fire dampers for each smoke zone alarm condition. 4. Review location and type of alarm detection used to initiate smoke control for each smoke zone. 5. Review other smoke -control system attributes not listed but required for code compliance and acceptance by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Before testing smoke -control systems, verify that construction is complete and verify the integrity of each smoke -control zone boundary. 1. Verify that windows, doors, walls, ceilings, and floors (six -sided boundary) are closed and that applicable safing, gasket, and firestops and sealants are installed. 2. Report deficiencies and postpone testing until after the reported deficiencies are corrected. C. Measure and record barometric pressure, wind speed and direction, outdoor -air temperature, and relative humidity on each test day. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 11 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall D. Measure, adjust, and record airflow of each smoke -control system, with all fans that are a part of system operating as intended by the design. 1. Measure, adjust, and record the airflow of each fan. For ducted systems, measure fan airflow by duct Pitot-tube traverse. 2. Measure, adjust, and record the airflow of each exhaust inlet and supply outlet. 3. Measure, adjust, and record airflow in main and branch ducts. E. Smoke Control by Pressurization: After air balancing is complete, perform the following pressurization testing for each smoke -control zone in the system designed for isolation by using pressurization boundaries: 1. Verify the boundaries of each smoke -control zone. 2. With the HVAC systems in their normal mode of operation and smoke control not operating, measure and record the pressure difference across each smoke -control zone. Make measurements after closing doors that separate the zones. Make one measurement across each door. Clearly indicate the high- and low-pressure side of each door. 3. With the system operating in the smoke -control mode and with each separate zone in the smoke -control system activated, perform the following: a. Measure and record the pressure difference across each door that separates the smoke zone from adjacent zones. 1) Make measurements with doors that separate the smoke zone from the other zones closed. 2) Clearly indicate the high- and low-pressure side of the door. 3) Doors that have a tendency to open slightly due to the pressure difference should have one pressure measurement made while held closed and another measurement made with the door open. b. Continue to activate each separate smoke zone within each smoke -control system, and make pressure -difference measurements. C. After testing a smoke zone's smoke -control system, deactivate the HVAC systems involved and return them to their normal operating mode before activating another zone's smoke -control system. d. Verify that controls necessary to prevent excessive pressure differences are functional and operating within design set points and limits. F. Smoke -Control Systems for Atriums and Other Large -Volume Spaces: After air balancing is complete, perform the following testing for each smoke -control system serving atriums and other large -volume spaces: 1. Verify and document the boundaries served by each smoke -control system. 2. Identify and document closed doors, open doors, and other boundary openings to be left open to adjacent areas and that are to be protected by airflow alone. 3. With the HVAC systems in their normal mode of operation and smoke -control systems not operating, measure and record the following: a. Pressure difference across each door that separates the smoke -zone from adjacent zones. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 12 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall b. Velocity for each point in traverse across each boundary opening: 1) Clearly indicate the direction of flow. 2) Measure velocity across opening on 12-inch (300-mm) centers using a vane anemometer. 3) Calculate and report airflow. 4. With system operating in the smoke -control mode, measure and record the following: a. Pressure difference across each door that separates the smoke -zone from adjacent zones. b. Velocity for each point in traverse across each opening: 1) Clearly indicate the direction of flow. 2) Measure velocity across opening on 12-inch (300-mm) centers using a vane anemometer. 3) Calculate and report airflow. Verify system operation and make adjustments to achieve design pressure differences and air velocities within design set points and upper operating limits. G. Operational Tests: 1. Check the proper activation of each zone of each smoke -control system in response to all means of activation, both automatic and manual. 2. Check automatic activation in response to fire alarm signals received from the building's fire alarm system. Initiate a separate alarm for each means of activation to ensure that the proper operation of the correct zone of each smoke -control system occurs. 3. Check and record proper operation of fans, dampers, and related equipment for each separate zone of each smoke -control system: a. Zone in which a smoke -control system automatically activates. b. Type of signal that activates smoke -control system, such as sprinkler flow or smoke detector. C. Smoke zone(s) where maximum mechanical exhaust to the outside is implemented and no supply air is provided. d. Positive -pressure smoke -control zone(s) where maximum air supply is implemented and no exhaust to the outside is provided. e. Fan(s) "ON" as required to implement the smoke -control system. Multiple- or variable -speed fans should be further noted to verify that the intended control configuration is achieved. f. Fan(s) "OFF" as required to implement the smoke -control system. g. Damper(s) "OPEN" or at an adjustable positon where maximum airflow must be achieved. h. Damper(s) "CLOSED" where no airflow should take place. i. Auxiliary functions to achieve the smoke -control system configuration, such as changes or override of normal operating pressure and temperature -control set points. j. If standby power is provided for the smoke -control system, test to verify that the system functions while operating under both normal and standby power. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 13 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall k. Check operation in accordance with design indicated. H. AHJ Tests: Conduct additional tests required by authorities having jurisdiction. Unless required by authorities having jurisdiction, perform testing without the use of smoke or products that simulate smoke. I. Report: Prepare and submit a complete report of observations, measurements, and deficiencies. Include names and contact information of individuals conducting tests and of individuals witnessing tests. 3.15 PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused. 1. Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan and equipment with fan(s). 2. Measure and record flows, temperatures, and pressures of each piece of equipment in each hydronic system. Compare the values to design or nameplate information, where information is available. 3. Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate information. 4. Check the refrigerant charge. 5. Check the condition of filters. 6. Check the condition of coils. 7. Check the operation of the drain pan and condensate -drain trap. 8. Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication. 9. Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the measurements taken. Report deficiencies. B. TAB After Construction: Before performing testing and balancing of renovated existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished in accordance with renovation scope indicated by Contract Documents. Verify the following: 1. New filters are installed. 2. Coils are clean and fins combed. 3. Drain pans are clean. 4. Fans are clean. 5. Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated. 6. Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected. C. Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are affected by the renovation work. 1. Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils. 2. Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil face velocities and fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by equipment manufacturer. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 14 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 3. If calculations increase or decrease the airflow rates and water flow rates by more than 5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates. If increase or decrease is 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not required. 4. Balance each air outlet. 3.16 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's airflow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. If design value is less than 100 cfm (47 L/s), within 10 cfm (4.7 L/s). 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. If design value is less than 100 cfm (47 L/s), within 10 cfm (4.7 L/s). 3. Heating -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 5 percent. If design value is less than 10 gpm (0.63 L/s), within 10 percent. 4. Chilled -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 5 percent. If design value is less than 10 gpm (0.63 L/s), within 10 percent. 5. Condenser -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 5 percent. B. Maintaining pressure relationships as designed shall have priority over the tolerances specified above. 3.17 PROGRESS REPORTING A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for system - balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to system -balancing devices, to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance -measuring and -balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare biweekly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.18 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. 3. Certify validity and accuracy of field data. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field -report data, include the following: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 15 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB specialist. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans performance forms, including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Heating coil, dry-bulb conditions. e. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. f. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. g. Variable -frequency controller settings for variable -air -volume systems. h. Settings for pressure controller(s). i. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. 16. Test conditions for pump performance forms, including the following: a. Variable -frequency controller settings for variable -flow hydronic systems. b. Settings for pressure controller(s). C. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single -line diagram and include the following: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 16 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water and steam flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Balancing stations. 7. Position of balancing devices. Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall E. Air -Handling -Unit Test Reports: For air -handling units, include the following: Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. i. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). j. Number, make, and size of belts. k. Number, type, and size of filters. 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and speed. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). C. Fan speed. d. Inlet and discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. For each filter bank, filter static -pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). f. Preheat -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). g. Cooling -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). h. Heating -coil static -pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). i. List for each internal component with pressure -drop, static -pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). j. Outdoor airflow in cfm (L/s). k. Return airflow in cfm (L/s). 1. Outdoor -air damper position. in. Return -air damper position. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 17 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall F. Apparatus -Coil Test Reports: 1. Coil Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch (mm) o.c. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft. (sq. m). h. Tube size in NPS (DN). i. Tube and fin materials. j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Average face velocity in fpm (m/s). C. Air pressure drop in inches wg (Pa). d. Outdoor -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg Q. e. Return -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg Q. f. Entering -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg Q. g. Leaving -air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F (deg Q. h. Water flow rate in gpm (L/s). i. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig (kPa). j. Entering -water temperature in deg F (deg Q. k. Leaving -water temperature in deg F (deg Q. 1. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. in. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig (kPa). n. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F (deg Q. o. Inlet steam pressure in psig (kPa). G. Gas- and Oil -Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Fuel type in input data. g. Output capacity in Btu/h (kW). h. Ignition type. i. Burner -control types. j. Motor horsepower and speed. k. Motor volts, phase, and hertz. 1. Motor full -load amperage and service factor. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 18 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall in. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. n. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Entering -air temperature in deg F (deg Q. C. Leaving -air temperature in deg F (deg Q. d. Air temperature differential in deg F (deg Q. e. Entering -air static pressure in inches wg (Pa). f. Leaving -air static pressure in inches wg (Pa). g. Air static -pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). h. Low -fire fuel input in Btu/h (kW). i. High -fire fuel input in Btu/h (kW). j. Manifold pressure in psig (kPa). k. High -temperature -limit setting in deg F (deg Q. 1. Operating set point in Btu/h (kW). in. Motor voltage at each connection. n. Motor amperage for each phase. o. Heating value of fuel in Btu/h (kW). H. Electric -Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central -station air -handling units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil identification. d. Capacity in Btu/h (kW). e. Number of stages. f. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. g. Rated amperage. h. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). i. Face area in sq. ft. (sq. m). j. Minimum face velocity in fpm (m/s). 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Heat output in Btu/h (kW). b. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). C. Air velocity in fpm (m/s). d. Entering -air temperature in deg F (deg Q. e. Leaving -air temperature in deg F (deg Q. f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase. I. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 19 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall a. System identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. h. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). 2. Motor Data: a. Motor make, and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and speed. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full -load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. f. Center -to -center dimensions of sheave and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). g. Number, make, and size of belts. 3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). C. Fan speed. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Suction static pressure in inches wg (Pa). J. Round, Flat -Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: a. System fan and air -handling -unit number. b. Location and zone. C. Traverse air temperature in deg F (deg Q. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Duct size in inches (mm). f. Duct area in sq. ft. (sq. m). g. Indicated airflow rate in cfm (L/s). h. Indicated velocity in fpm (m/s). i. Actual airflow rate in cfm (L/s). j. Actual average velocity in fpm (m/s). k. Barometric pressure in psig (Pa). K. Air -Terminal -Device Reports: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air -handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 20 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 C. Apparatus used for test. d. Area served. e. Make. f. Number from system diagram. g. Type and model number. h. Size. i. Effective area in sq. ft. (sq. m). 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Air velocity in fpm (m/s). C. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm (L/s). d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm (m/s). e. Final airflow rate in cfm (L/s). f. Final velocity in fpm (m/s). g. Space temperature in deg F (deg Q. Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall L. System -Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System and air -handling -unit identification. b. Location and zone. C. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Entering -water temperature in deg F (deg Q. C. Leaving -water temperature in deg F (deg Q. d. Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig (kPa). e. Entering -air temperature in deg F (deg Q. f. Leaving -air temperature in deg F (deg Q. M. Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves, and include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. C. Service. d. Make and size. e. Model number and serial number. f. Water flow rate in gpm (L/s). g. Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig (kPa). h. Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig (kPa). TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 21 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 i. Pump speed. j. Impeller diameter in inches (mm). k. Motor make and frame size. 1. Motor horsepower and rpm. in. Voltage at each connection. n. Amperage for each phase. o. Full -load amperage and service factor. p. Seal type. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Static head in feet of head or psig (kPa). b. Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). C. Actual impeller size in inches (mm). d. Full -open flow rate in gpm (L/s). e. Full -open pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). f. Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). g. Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). h. Final total pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). i. Final water flow rate in gpm (L/s). j. Voltage at each connection. k. Amperage for each phase. N. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. C. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.19 VERIFICATION OF TAB REPORT Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. The TAB specialist's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Owner. B. Owner shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to the lesser of either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. C. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." D. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the TAB shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 22 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall E. If recheck measurements find the number of failed measurements noncompliant with requirements indicated, proceed as follows: I. TAB specialists shall recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection. All changes shall be tracked to show changes made to previous report. 2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may pursue others Contract options to complete TAB work. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.20 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near -peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near -peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 23 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 24 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 SECTION 232213 STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING PART I - GENERAL Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Steel pipe and fittings. 2. Stainless steel pipe and fittings. 3. Fiberglass pipe and fittings. 4. Joining materials. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Steel pipe and fittings. 2. Stainless steel pipe and fittings. 3. Fiberglass pipe and fittings. 4. Joining materials. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Piping layout, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Other building services. 3. Structural members. B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality -control reports. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Fiberglass Pipe and Fitting Installers: Installers of fiberglass pipe and fittings shall be certified by the manufacturer of pipes and fittings as having been trained and qualified to join fiberglass piping with manufacturer -recommended adhesive. B. Steel Support Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Pipe Welding: Qualify procedures and operators according to the following: 1. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.1, "Power Piping," and ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressures and temperatures unless otherwise indicated: 1. Condensate Piping: 15 -100 psig (kPa) at 250 deg F (121 deg C) 2. Blowdown-Drain Piping: Equal to pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 3. Air -Vent and Vacuum -Breaker Piping: Equal to pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 4. Safety -Valve -Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Equal to pressure of the piping system to which it is attached. 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, black steel, plain ends, welded and seamless, Grade B, and Schedule as indicated in piping applications articles. B. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4; Classes 125, 150, and 300 as indicated in piping applications articles. C. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3; Classes 150 and 300 as indicated in piping applications articles. D. Malleable -Iron Unions: ASME B16.39; Classes 150, 250, and 300 as indicated in piping applications articles. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall E. Cast -Iron Threaded Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Classes 125 and 250 as indicated in piping applications articles; raised ground face, and bolt holes spot faced. F. Wrought -Steel Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M, wall thickness to match adjoining pipe. G. Wrought -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: 1. Material Group: 1.1. 2. End Connections: Butt welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. H. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of ASTM A53/A53M, black steel of same Type, Grade, and Schedule as pipe in which installed. 2.3 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A312/A312M, plain ends, seamless; stainless steel of types and schedules as indicated in piping application articles. B. Stainless Steel Socket Weld Fittings: Stainless steel, wrought or forged, of types and classes as indicated in piping application articles. C. Stainless Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150, wrought, raised face weld neck, including gaskets, bolts, and nuts of material to match pipe. 2.4 FIBERGLASS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pressure Pipe (RTRP): ASTM D2996, Type 1, Grade 1, Class F, filament -wound pipe with tapered bell and spigot ends for adhesive joints. B. Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin: ASTM D5685, Type 2 or Type 5, Grade 1, Class F, compression or spray-up/contact molded fittings of same material, pressure class, and joining method as pipe. C. Flanges: ASTM D4024, Type 1, Grade 1, full -face gaskets suitable for the service, minimum 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, 60-70 durometer. ASTM A307, Grade B, hex head bolts with washers. 2.5 JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless otherwise indicated. a. Full -Face Type: For flat -face flanges. b. Narrow -Face Type: For raised -face flanges. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel or stainless steel of type to match pipe unless otherwise indicated. C. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. D. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and for chemical analysis of pipe being welded. E. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 LP STEAM PIPING APPLICATIONS A. LP Steam Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Schedule 40, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; and threaded joints. B. LP Steam Piping, NPS 2-1/2 through NPS 12 (DN 65 through DN 300): Schedule 40, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. C. LP Steam Piping, NPS 14 through NPS 18 (DN 350 through DN 450): Schedule 30, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. D. LP Steam Piping, NPS 20 (DN 500) and Larger: Schedule 20, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. E. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be either of the following: 1. Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; and threaded joints. 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. F. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, shall be either of the following: 1. Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. G. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be either of the following: 1. Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; and threaded joints. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. H. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, shall be either of the following: 1. Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. I. LP Clean Steam Piping: 1. LP clean steam piping above grade, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, to be the following: a. Schedule 40 or schedule 80, Type 304 stainless steel pipe; wrought or forged, Class 2000, same type stainless steel socket weld fittings. 2. LP clean steam piping above grade, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, to be the following: a. Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, Type 304 stainless steel pipe; same type stainless steel flanges and wrought stainless steel flanged fittings. J. Clean Steam Condensate Piping: 1. Clean steam condensate piping above grade, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, to be the following: a. Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, Type 304 stainless steel pipe; wrought or forged Class 2000 same type stainless steel socket weld fittings. 2. Clean steam condensate piping above grade, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, to be the following: a. Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, Type 304stainless steel pipe; same type stainless steel flanges and wrought stainless steel flanged fittings. 3.2 HP STEAM PIPING APPLICATIONS A. HP Steam Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; and threaded joints. B. HP Steam Piping, NPS 2-1/2 through NPS 12 (DN 65 through DN 300): Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. C. HP Steam Piping, NPS 14 through NPS 18 (DN 350 through DN 450): Schedule 30, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall D. HP Steam Piping, NPS 20 (DN 500) and Larger: Schedule 20, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. E. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be either of the following: I. Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; and threaded joints. 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. F. Condensate piping above grade, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, shall be either of the following: I. Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. G. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be either of the following: I. Schedule 80, Type S, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 125 cast-iron fittings; and threaded joints. 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. H. Condensate piping below grade, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, shall be either of the following: I. Schedule 80, Type E, Grade B, steel pipe; Class 150 wrought -steel fittings, flanges, and flange fittings; and welded and flanged joints. 2. RTRP and Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Thermosetting -Resin pipe with adhesive or flanged joints. 3.3 ANCILLARY PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Blowdown-Drain Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which blowdown drain is installed. B. Vacuum -Breaker Piping: Outlet, same as service where installed. C. Safety -Valve -Inlet and -Outlet Piping: Same materials and joining methods as for piping specified for the service in which safety valve is installed. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless otherwise indicated. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Install piping to allow application of insulation. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. K. Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 (DN 20) full port -ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 (DN 20) threaded nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for system drainage. L. Install steam supply piping at a minimum uniform grade of 0.2 percent downward in direction of steam flow. M. Install condensate return piping at a minimum uniform grade of 0.4 percent downward in direction of condensate flow. N. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side down. O. Install branch connections to mains using mechanically formed tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch connected to top of main pipe. P. Install valves according to the following Sections or other Sections as needed: Q. Install unions in piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. R. Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, at final connections of equipment and elsewhere as indicated. S. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. T. Install strainers on supply side of control valves, pressure -reducing valves, traps, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 (DN 20) nipple and full port ball valve in blowdown connection of STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall strainers NPS 2 (DN 50) and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2 (DN 50). U. Comply with requirements in Section 230516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping" for installation of expansion loops, expansion joints, anchors, and pipe alignment guides. V. Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for identifying piping. W. Install drip legs at low points and natural drainage points such as ends of mains, bottoms of risers, and ahead of pressure regulators, and control valves. I. On straight runs with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at intervals not exceeding 300 feet (90 m). 2. Size drip legs same size as main. In steam mains NPS 6 (DN 150) and larger, drip leg size can be reduced, but to no less than NPS 4 (DN 100). X. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." Y. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic restraints in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." B. Comply with requirements in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for installation of hangers, supports, and anchor devices. C. Install the following pipe attachments: I. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet (6 m) long. 2. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20 feet (6 m) or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet (6 m) or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. D. Install hangers for steel steam supply piping and steel steam condensate piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall E. Install hangers for fiberglass piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. F. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting. G. Support vertical runs of steel steam supply piping and steel steam condensate piping to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. H. Support vertical runs of fiberglass piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.6 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 131.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: I. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. E. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. F. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Size for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than equipment connections. B. Install traps and control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment. C. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are installed, only one bypass is required. STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall D. Install vacuum breakers downstream from control valve, close to coil inlet connection. E. Install a drip leg at coil outlet. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prepare steam and condensate piping according to ASME B31.1, "Power Piping," and ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," and as follows: 1. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 2. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing. 3. Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers. 4. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. D. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative: 1. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used. 2. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength. 3. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 232213 STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING 232213 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper tube and fittings. 2. Valves and specialties. 3. Refrigerants. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Solenoid valves. 2. Thermostatic expansion valves. 3. Hot -gas bypass valves. 4. Strainers. 5. Filter dryers. 6. Pressure -regulating valves. 7. Mufflers. B. Product Data Submittals: For each product. Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Submit data for each type of refrigerant piping, fitting, valve, piping specialty, and refrigerant. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Show piping size and piping layout, including oil traps, double risers, specialties, and pipe and tube sizes to accommodate, as a minimum, equipment provided, elevation difference between compressor and evaporator, and length of piping to ensure proper operation and compliance with warranties of connected equipment. 2. Show interface and spatial relationships between piping and equipment. 3. Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1 foot (1:50). 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding Certificates: For each welder performing shop or field welding on Project. B. Field Quality -Control Reports: For each field quality control test and inspection. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store piping with end caps in place to ensure that piping interior and exterior are clean when installed. B. Prepare valves and specialties for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads and other end connections. C. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve and specialty end protection. 2. Store valves and specialties indoors and maintain at higher -than -ambient -dew -point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASHRAE 15. B. Comply with ASME B31.5. C. Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-410A: 1. Suction Tubing for Refrigeration and Air -Conditioning Applications Other than Heat Pumps: 300 psig (2068 kPa). 2. Suction Tubing for Heat -Pump Applications: 535 psig (3689 kPa). 3. Hot -Gas and Tubing Lines: 535 psig (3689 kPa). 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K or L (ASTM B88M, Type A or B). REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 B. Wrought -Copper Fittings, Solder Joint: ASME B16.22. C. Wrought -Copper Fittings, Brazed Joint: ASME B16.50. D. Wrought -Copper Unions: ASME B16.22. Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join copper socket fittings on copper pipe. F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8M/A5.8. G. Flexible Connectors: 1. Body: Tin -bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned -bronze -wire -reinforced protective jacket. 2. End Connections: Socket ends. 3. Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch (20-mm) misalignment in minimum 7-inch- (180-mm-) long assembly. 4. Working Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig (3450 kPa). 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg Q. H. Copper -Tube, Pressure -Seal -Joint Fittings for Refrigerant Piping: 1. Standard: UL 207; certified by UL for field installation. Certification as a UL-recognized component alone is unacceptable. 2. Housing: Copper. 3. O-Rings: HNBR compatible with specific refrigerant. 4. Tools: Manufacturer's approved special tools. 5. Minimum Rated Pressure: 700 psig (48 bar) 2.3 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES A. Diaphragm Packless Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with straight -through or angle pattern. 2. Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless steel spring. 3. Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel. 4. Seat: Nylon. 5. End Connections: Socket, union, or flanged. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg Q. B. Packed -Angle Valves: 1. Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Packing: Molded stem, back seating, and replaceable under pressure. 3. Operator: Rising stem. 4. Seat: Nonrotating, self -aligning polytetrafluoroethylene. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 5. Seal Cap: Forged -brass or valox hex cap. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 8. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F (135 deg Q. C. Check Valves: 1. Body: Ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern. 2. Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; or brass hex plug. 3. Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethylene seat. 4. Closing Spring: Stainless steel. 5. Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap, plated -steel stem, and graphite seal. 6. End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged. 7. Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig (3.4 kPa). 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F (135 deg Q. D. Service Valves: 1. Body: Forged brass with brass cap, including key end to remove core. 2. Core: Removable ball -type check valve with stainless steel spring. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Copper spring. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F (135 deg Q. E. Refrigerant Locking Caps: 1. Description: Locking -type, tamper -resistant, threaded caps to protect refrigerant -charging ports from unauthorized refrigerant access and leakage. 2. Material: Brass, with protective shroud or sleeve. 3. Refrigerant Identification: Color -coded, refrigerant specific based on AHRI Guideline N or Universal design. 4. Special Tool: For installing and unlocking. F. Solenoid Valves: Comply with AHRI 760 I-P (AHRI 761 SI) and UL 429; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Body and Bonnet: Plated steel. 2. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 1/2-inch (16-mm) conduit adapter, and 24V ac coil. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa). 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg Q. G. Safety Relief Valves: Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall I. Body and Bonnet: Ductile iron and steel, with neoprene O-ring seal. 2. Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 4. End Connections: Threaded. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa). 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg Q. H. Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with AHRI 750 I-P (AHRI 751 SI). 1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass or steel. 2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Packing and Gaskets: Non -asbestos. 4. Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge. 5. Suction Temperature: 40 deg F (4.4 deg Q. 6. Superheat: Adjustable. 7. Reverse -flow option (for heat -pump applications). 8. End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union. 9. Working Pressure Rating: 700 psig (4820 kPa). I. Hot -Gas Bypass Valves: Comply with UL 429; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 1. Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Ductile iron or steel. 2. Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel. 3. Packing and Gaskets: Non -asbestos. 4. Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel. 5. Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene. 6. Equalizer: Internalor External. 7. Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required by location with 1/2-inch (16-GRC) conduit adapter and 24V ac coil. 8. End Connections: Socket. 9. Throttling Range: Maximum 5 psig (34 kPa). 10. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 11. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg Q. Straight -Type Strainers: I. Body: Welded steel with corrosion -resistant coating. 2. Screen: 100-mesh stainless steel. 3. End Connections: Socket or flare. 4. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 5. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F (135 deg Q. K. Angle -Type Strainers: 1. Body: Forged brass or cast bronze. 2. Drain Plug: Brass hex plug. 3. Screen: 100-mesh monel. 4. End Connections: Socket or flare. 5. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 6. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F (135 deg Q. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 L. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Body: Forged brass. 2. Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element protected by filter screen. 3. Indicator: Color -coded to show moisture content in parts per million (ppm). 4. Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60 ppm. 5. End Connections: Socket or flare. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg Q. M. Replaceable -Core Filter Dryers: Comply with AHRI 730 I-P (AHRI 731 SI). 1. Body and Cover: Painted -steel shell with ductile -iron cover, stainless steel screws, and neoprene gaskets. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina or charcoal. 4. Design: Reverse flow (for heat -pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 (DN 8) connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig (14 kPa). 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg Q. N. Permanent Filter Dryers: Comply with AHRI 730 I-P (AHRI 731 SI). 1. Body and Cover: Painted -steel shell. 2. Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless steel support. 3. Desiccant Media: Activated alumina or charcoal. 4. Design: Reverse flow (for heat -pump applications). 5. End Connections: Socket. 6. Access Ports: NPS 1/4 (DN 8) connections at entering and leaving sides for pressure differential measurement. 7. Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig (14 kPa). 8. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 9. Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F (116 deg Q. O. Mufflers: 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion -resistant coating. 2. End Connections: Socket or flare. 3. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F (135 deg Q. P. Receivers: Comply with AHRI 495. 1. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 2. Comply with UL 207; listed and labeled by an NRTL. 3. Body: Welded steel with corrosion -resistant coating. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 6 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 4. Tappings: Inlet, outlet, liquid -level indicator, and safety -relief valve. 5. End Connections: Socket or threaded. 6. Working Pressure Rating: 450 psig (3100 kPa). 7. Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F (121 deg Q. Q. Liquid Accumulators: Comply with AHRI 495. 1. Body: Welded steel with corrosion -resistant coating. 2. End Connections: Socket or threaded. 3. Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig (3450 kPa). 4. Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F (135 deg Q. 2.4 REFRIGERANTS A. R-410A, ASHRAE 34: Pentafluoroethane/Difluoromethane. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATION SCHEDULES A. Refrigerant: R-410A B. Suction, Hot -Gas, and Liquid Tubing for Conventional Air -Conditioning (Cooling -Only) Applications, NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, annealed -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. C. Suction, Hot -Gas, and Liquid Tubing for Conventional Air -Conditioning (Cooling -Only) Applications, NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. D. Suction, Hot -Gas, and Liquid Tubing for Conventional Air -Conditioning (Cooling -Only) Applications, NPS 2 to NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Copper, Type ACR, drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. E. Safety -Relief -Valve Discharge Tubing for Conventional Air -Conditioning (Cooling -Only) Applications, Copper: Type ACR, drawn -temper or annealed -temper tubing and wrought - copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. F. Safety -Relief -Valve Discharge Piping for Conventional Air -Conditioning (Cooling -Only) Applications, Steel: Schedule 40, black steel and wrought -steel fittings with welded joints. G. Suction, Hot -Gas, and Liquid Tubing for Heat -Pump Applications, NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, annealed -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 7 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall H. Suction, Hot -Gas, and Liquid Tubing for Heat -Pump Applications, NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller: Copper, Type ACR, drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. I. Suction, Hot -Gas, and Liquid Tubing for Heat -Pump Applications, NPS 2 to NPS 4 (DN 50 to DN 100): Copper, Type ACR, drawn -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints. J. Safety -Relief -Valve Discharge Tubing for Heat -Pump Applications, Copper: Type ACR, drawn -temper or annealed -temper tubing and wrought -copper fittings with brazed or soldered joints K. Safety -Relief -Valve Discharge Piping for Heat -Pump Applications, Steel: Schedule 40, black steel and wrought -steel fittings with welded joints. 3.2 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS A. Install diaphragm packless valves in suction and discharge lines of compressor. B. Install service valves for gauge taps at inlet and outlet of hot -gas bypass valves and strainers if they are not an integral part of valves and strainers. C. Install a check valve at the compressor discharge and a liquid accumulator at the compressor suction connection. D. Except as otherwise indicated, install diaphragm packless valves on inlet and outlet side of filter dryers. E. Install a full-size, three -valve bypass around filter dryers. F. Install solenoid valves upstream from each expansion valve and hot -gas bypass valve. Install solenoid valves in horizontal lines with coil at top. G. Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors on evaporators. I . Install valve so diaphragm case is warmer than bulb. 2. Secure bulb to clean, straight, horizontal section of suction line using two bulb straps. Do not mount bulb in a trap or at bottom of the line. 3. If external equalizer lines are required, make connection where it will reflect suction -line pressure at bulb location. H. Install safety -relief valves where required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe safety -relief -valve discharge line to outside in accordance with ASHRAE 15. I. Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube. J. Install strainers upstream from and adjacent to the following unless they are furnished as an integral assembly for the device being protected: REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 I. Solenoid valves. 2. Thermostatic expansion valves. 3. Hot -gas bypass valves. 4. Compressor. Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall K. Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion valve, and in the suction line at the compressor. L. Install receivers sized to accommodate pump -down charge. M. Install flexible connectors at compressors. N. Provide refrigerant locking caps on refrigerant charging ports that are located outdoors unless otherwise protected from unauthorized access by a means acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPING, GENERAL A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings. B. Install refrigerant piping in accordance with ASHRAE 15. C. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. J. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints, elbows, and fittings. K. Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed belowground. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall L. Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to mechanical injury- M. Slope refrigerant piping as follows: 1. Install horizontal hot -gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward away from compressor. 2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor. 3. Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs. 4. Liquid lines may be installed level. N. When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid -valve coils and sight glasses; also remove valve stems, seats, packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion -valve bulb. O. Before installation of steel refrigerant piping, clean pipe and fittings using the following procedures: 1. Shot blast the interior of piping. 2. Remove coarse particles of dirt and dust by drawing a clean, lintless cloth through tubing by means of a wire or electrician's tape. 3. Draw a clean, lintless cloth saturated with trichloroethylene through the tube or pipe. Continue this procedure until cloth is not discolored by dirt. 4. Draw a clean, lintless cloth, saturated with compressor oil, squeezed dry, through the tube or pipe to remove remaining lint. Inspect tube or pipe visually for remaining dirt and lint. 5. Finally, draw a clean, dry, lintless cloth through the tube or pipe. 6. Safety -relief -valve discharge piping is not required to be cleaned but is required to be open to allow unrestricted flow. P. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers or between pipes for insulation installation. Q. Identify refrigerant piping and valves in accordance with Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." R. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." S. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping." 3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 10 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall C. Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide), during brazing or welding, to prevent scale formation. D. Soldered Joints: Construct joints in accordance with ASTM B828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints in accordance with AWS BRH, "Brazing Handbook," Ch. 35, "Pipe and Tubing." 1. Use Type BCuP (copper -phosphorus) alloy for joining copper socket fittings with copper pipe. 2. Use Type BAg (cadmium -free silver) alloy for joining copper with bronze or steel. F. Threaded Joints: Thread steel pipe with tapered pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and to restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry -seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Steel pipe can be threaded, but threaded joints must be seal brazed or seal welded. H. Welded Joints: Construct joints in accordance with AWS D10.12M/D10.12. I. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic restraints in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." B. Comply with Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for hangers, supports, and anchor devices. C. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 ft. (6 m) long. 2. Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 ft. (6 m) or longer. 3. Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 ft. (6 m) or longer, supported on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. 5. Copper -clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct contact with copper pipe. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 11 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall D. Install hangers for copper tubing with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting. F. Support vertical runs of copper tubing to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Comply with ASME B31.5, Chapter VI. 2. Test refrigerant piping, specialties, and receivers. Isolate compressor, condenser, evaporator, and safety devices from test pressure if they are not rated above the test pressure. 3. Test high- and low-pressure side piping of each system separately at not less than the pressures indicated in "Performance Requirements" Article. a. Fill system with nitrogen to the required test pressure. b. System must maintain test pressure at the manifold gauge throughout duration of test. C. Test joints and fittings with electronic leak detector or by brushing a small amount of soap and glycerin solution over joints. d. Remake leaking joints using new materials, and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 SYSTEM CHARGING A. Charge system using the following procedures: 1. Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation. 2. Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500 micrometers (67 Pa). If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging. 3. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig (14 kPa). 4. Charge system with a new filter -dryer core in charging line. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat. REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 12 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to fluctuating suction pressure. C. Adjust set -point temperature of air-conditioning or chilled -water controllers to the system design temperature. D. Perform the following adjustments before operating the refrigeration system, according to manufacturer's written instructions: 1. Open shutoff valves in condenser water circuit. 2. Verify that compressor oil level is correct. 3. Open compressor suction and discharge valves. 4. Open refrigerant valves but not bypass valves that are used for other purposes. 5. Check open compressor -motor alignment and verify lubrication for motors and bearings. E. Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after design flow rates and pressures are established. END OF SECTION 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 13 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 14 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 SECTION 238126 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Section includes split -system air-conditioning and heat -pump units consisting of separate evaporator -fan and compressor -condenser components. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. Include performance data in terms of capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory -applied color finishes. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For split -system air-conditioning units to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filters: One set(s) for each air -handling unit. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 1 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2. Gaskets: One set(s) for each access door. 3. Fan Belts: One set(s) for each air -handling unit fan. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems." 2. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 4 - "Outdoor Air Quality," Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment," Section 6 - Procedures," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up." C. ASHRAEJES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAEJES 90.1. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor - bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork are specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of split -system air-conditioning units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: a. For Compressor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. b. For Parts: year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. C. For Labor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2.2 INDOOR UNITS (5 TONS (18 kW) OR LESS) A. Wall -Mounted, Evaporator -Fan Components: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Cabinet: Enameled steel with removable panels on front and ends in color selected by Architect, and discharge drain pans with drain connection. 2. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and thermal - expansion valve. Comply with ARI 206/110. 3. Electric Coil: Helical, nickel -chrome, resistance -wire heating elements; with refractory ceramic support bushings, automatic -reset thermal cutout, built-in magnetic contactors, manual -reset thermal cutout, airflow proving device, and one-time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection. 4. Fan: Direct drive, centrifugal. 5. Fan Motors: a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent lubrication. C. Enclosure Type: Totally enclosed, fan cooled. d. NEMA Premium (TM) efficient motors as defined in NEMA MG 1. e. Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified in electrical Sections. f. Mount unit -mounted disconnect switches on exterior of unit. 6. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1. 7. Condensate Drain Pans: a. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection. 1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with ASHRAE 62.1. 2) Depth: A minimum of I inch (25 mm) deep. b. Single -wall, galvanized steel sheet. C. Double -wall, galvanized steel sheet with space between walls filled with foam insulation and moisture -tight seal. d. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on one end of pan. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 1) Minimum Connection Size: NPS 1 (DN 25). e. Pan -Top Surface Coating: Asphaltic waterproofing compound. Air Filtration Section: a. General Requirements for Air Filtration Section: 1) Comply with NFPA 90A. 2) Minimum MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2. 3) Filter -Holding Frames: Arranged for flat or angular orientation, with access doors on both sides of unit. Filters shall be removable from one side or lifted out from access plenum. b. Disposable Panel Filters: 1) Factory -fabricated, viscous -coated, flat -panel type. 2) Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm). 3) MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2: 5 4) Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive and antimicrobial agent. 5) Frame: Galvanized steel, with metal grid on outlet side, steel rod grid on inlet side, and hinged; with pull and retaining handles. Extended -Surface, Disposable Panel Filters: 1) Factory -fabricated, dry, extended -surface type. 2) Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm). 3) MERV according to ASHRAE 52.2: 7. 4) Media: Fibrous material formed into deep -V-shaped pleats with antimicrobial agent and held by self-supporting wire grid. 5) Media -Grid Frame: Galvanized steel. 6) Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel, with gaskets and fasteners; suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks. 2.3 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS (18 kW) OR LESS) A. Air -Cooled, Compressor -Condenser Components: 1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel in color selected by Architect, with removable panels for access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing. 2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current -sensitive overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor. a. Compressor Type: Scroll. b. Two -speed compressor motor with manual -reset high-pressure switch and automatic -reset low-pressure switch. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall C. Refrigerant: R-410A. d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and liquid subcooler. Comply with ARI 206/110. 3. Heat -Pump Components: Reversing valve and low -temperature -air cutoff thermostat. 4. Fan: Aluminum -propeller type, directly connected to motor. 5. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal -overload protection. 6. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F (7 deg Q. 7. Mounting Base: Polyethylene. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan. B. Thermostat: Wireless infrared functioning to remotely control compressor and evaporator fan, with the following features: 1. Compressor time delay. 2. 24-hour time control of system stop and start. 3. Liquid -crystal display indicating temperature, set -point temperature, time setting, operating mode, and fan speed. 4. Fan -speed selection including auto setting. C. Automatic -reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor. D. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft -annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory -insulated suction line with flared fittings at both ends. E. Drain Hose: For condensate. F. Monitoring: 1. Monitor constant and variable motor loads. 2. Monitor variable -frequency -drive operation. 3. Monitor economizer cycle. 4. Monitor cooling load. 5. Monitor air distribution static pressure and ventilation air volumes. 2.5 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Cooling Capacity: 1. Total: 17,000 Btu/h (kW). 2. SEER: 19.9 3. EER: 12.5 B. Heating Capacity: SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 I. Type: Natural gas. 2. Total Capacity: 18,000 Btu/h (kW). 3. Coefficient of Performance: 3.48. 4. Heating Season Performance Factor: 10.6. 5. Electric Heating Coil: a. Volts: 208/230 V ac. b. Phase: Single. C. Frequency: 60 Hz. C. Auxiliary Heating Capacity: a. Volts: 208/230 V ac. b. Phase: Single. C. Frequency: 60 Hz. D. Indoor Unit: I. Fan Motor Electrical Characteristics: a. Volts: 208/230. b. Phase: Single. C. Hertz: 60. 2. Airflow: 420, 485, 550 cfm (L/s). E. Outdoor Unit: I. Type: Air cooled. 2. Electrical Characteristics: a. Volts: 208/230. b. Phase: Single. C. Hertz: 60. PART 3-EXECUTION Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Install evaporator -fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices securely fastened to building structure. C. Install roof -mounted, compressor -condenser components on equipment supports specified in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium -plated fasteners. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 D. Equipment Mounting: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Install ground -mounted, compressor -condenser components on cast -in -place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 2. Install ground -mounted, compressor -condenser components on polyethylene mounting base. 3. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC." 4. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC." E. Install and connect precharged refrigerant tubing to component's quick -connect fittings. Install tubing to allow access to unit. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 1. B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of unit. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units. END OF SECTION 238126 SPLIT -SYSTEM AIR -CONDITIONERS 238126 - 8 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Supplemental requirements applicable to Work specified in Division 26. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Terms and Units of Measure: 1. 8PSJ or 8P8C: Miniature 8-position series jack, also called an 8-position 8-contact modular jack for some applications. 2. A: Ampere, unit of electrical current. 3. AC or ac: Alternating current. 4. AFCL Arc -fault circuit interrupter. 5. AIC: Ampere interrupting capacity. 6. AL, Al, or ALUM: Aluminum. 7. ASD: Adjustable -speed drive. 8. ATS: Automatic transfer switch. 9. AWG: American wire gauge; see ASTM B258. 10. BAS: Building automation system. 11. BIL: Basic impulse insulation level. 12. BIM: Building information modeling. 13. CAD: Computer -aided design or drafting. 14. CATV: Community antenna television. 15. CB: Circuit breaker. 16. CO/ALR: Copper -aluminum, revised. 17. COPS: Critical operations power system. 18. CU or Cu: Copper. 19. CU-AL or AL-CU: Copper -aluminum. 20. dB: Decibel, a unitless logarithmic ratio of two electrical, acoustical, or optical power values. 21. dB(A-weighted) or dB(A): Decibel acoustical sound pressure level with A -weighting applied in accordance with IEC 61672-1. 22. dB(adjusted) or dBa: Decibel weighted absolute noise power with respect to 3.16 pW (minus 85 dBm). 23. dBm: Decibel absolute power with respect to 1 mW. 24. DC or dc: Direct current. 25. DCOA: Designated critical operations area. 26. DDC: Direct digital control (HVAC). SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 27. EGC: Equipment grounding conductor. 28. EMF: Electromotive force. 29. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. 30. EPM: Electrical preventive maintenance. 31. EPS: Emergency power supply. 32. EPSS: Emergency power supply system. 33. ESS: Energy storage system. 34. EV: Electric vehicle. 35. EVPE: Electric vehicle power export equipment. 36. EVSE: Electric vehicle supply equipment. 37. fc: Footcandle, a unit of illuminance equal to one lumen per square foot. 38. FLC: Full -load current. 39. ft: Foot. 40. GEC: Grounding electrode conductor. 41. GFCL Ground -fault circuit interrupter. 42. GFPE: Ground -fault protection of equipment. 43. GND: Ground. 44. HACR: Heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration. 45. HDPE: High -density polyethylene. 46. HID: High -intensity discharge. 47. HP or hp: Horsepower. 48. HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning. 49. Hz: Hertz. 50. IBT: Intersystem bonding termination. 51. inch: Inch. To avoid confusion, the abbreviation "in." is not used. 52. IP: Ingress protection rating (enclosures); Internet protocol (communications). 53. IR: Infrared. 54. IS: Intrinsically safe. 55. IT&R: Inspecting, testing, and repair. 56. ITE: Information technology equipment. 57. kAIC: Kiloampere interrupting capacity. 58. kcmil or MCM: One thousand circular mils. 59. kV: Kilovolt. 60. kVA: Kilovolt -ampere. 61. kVAr or WAR: Kilovolt -ampere reactive. 62. kW: Kilowatt. 63. kWh: Kilowatt-hour. 64. LAN: Local area network. 65. lb: Pound (weight). 66. LCD: Liquid -crystal display. 67. LCDL Leakage -current detector -interrupter. 68. LED: Light -emitting diode. 69. LNG: Liquefied natural gas. 70. LP -Gas: Liquefied petroleum gas. 71. LRC: Locked -rotor current. 72. MCC: Motor -control center. 73. MDC: Modular data center. 74. MG set: Motor -generator set. 75. MIDI: Musical instrument digital interface. 76. MLO: Main lugs only. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 77. MVA: Megavolt-ampere. 78. mW: Milliwatt. 79. MW: Megawatt. 80. MWh: Megawatt -hour. 81. NC: Normally closed. 82. NiCd: Nickel cadmium. 83. NIU: Network interface unit. 84. NO: Normally open. 85. NPT: National (American) standard pipe taper. 86. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. 87. ONT: Optical network terminal. 88. PC: Personal computer. 89. PCS: Power conversion system. 90. PCU: Power -conditioning unit. 91. PF or p£ Power factor. 92. PHEV: Plug-in hybrid electric vehicle. 93. PLC: Programmable logic controller. 94. PLFA: Power -limited fire alarm. 95. PoE: Power over Ethernet. 96. PV: Photovoltaic. 97. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. 98. pW: Picowatt. 99. RFL Radio -frequency interference (electrical); Request for interpretation (contract). 100. RMS or rms: Root -mean -square. 101. RPM or rpm: Revolutions per minute. 102. SCADA: Supervisory control and data acquisition. 103. SCR: Silicon -controlled rectifier. 104. SPD: Surge protective device. 105. sq.: Square. 106. SWD: Switching duty. 107. TCP/IP: Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol. 108. TEFC: Totally enclosed fan cooled. 109. TR: Tamper resistant. 110. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. 111. UL: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (standards) or UL LLC (services). 112. UL CCN: UL Category Control Number. 113. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply. 114. USB: Universal serial bus. 115. UV: Ultraviolet. 116. V: Volt, unit of electromotive force. 117. V(ac): Volt, alternating current. 118. V(dc): Volt, direct current. 119. VA: Volt-ampere, unit of complex electrical power. 120. VAr: Volt-ampere reactive, unit of reactive electrical power. 121. VFC: Variable -frequency controller. 122. VOM: Volt-ohm-multimeter. 123. VPN: Virtual private network. 124. VRLA: Valve -regulated lead acid. 125. W: Watt, unit of real electrical power. 126. Wh: Watt-hour, unit of electrical energy usage. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 127. WPT: Wireless power transfer. 128. WPTE: Wireless power transfer equipment. 129. WR: Weather resistant. B. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Raceway Types: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall I. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. 2. EMT -A: Aluminum electrical metallic tubing. 3. EMT-S: Steel electrical metallic tubing. 4. EMT -SS: Stainless steel electrical metallic tubing. 5. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing. 6. EPEC: Electrical HDPE underground conduit. 7. EPEC-40: Schedule 40 electrical HDPE underground conduit. 8. EPEC-80: Schedule 80 electrical HDPE underground conduit. 9. EPEC-A: Type A electrical HDPE underground conduit. 10. EPEC-B: Type B electrical HDPE underground conduit. 11. ERMC: Electrical rigid metal conduit. 12. ERMC-A: Aluminum electrical rigid metal conduit. 13. ERMC-S: Steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 14. ERMC-S-G: Galvanized -steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 15. ERMC-S-PVC: PVC -coated -steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 16. ERMC-SS: Stainless steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 17. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. 18. FMC-A: Aluminum flexible metal conduit. 19. FMC-S: Steel flexible metal conduit. 20. FMT: Steel flexible metallic tubing. 21. FNMC: Flexible nonmetallic conduit. See LFNC. 22. HDPE: See EPEC. 23. IMC: Steel electrical intermediate metal conduit. 24. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 25. LFMC-A: Aluminum liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 26. LFMC-S: Steel liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 27. LFMC-SS: Stainless steel liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 28. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 29. LFNC-A: Layered (Type A) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 30. LFNC-B: Integral (Type B) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 31. LFNC-C: Corrugated (Type C) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 32. PVC: Rigid PVC conduit. 33. PVC-40: Schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit. 34. PVC-80: Schedule 80 rigid PVC Conduit. 35. PVC -A: Type A rigid PVC concrete -encased conduit. 36. PVC-EB: Type EB rigid PVC concrete -encased underground conduit. 37. RGS: See ERMC-S-G. 38. RMC: See ERMC. 39. RTRC: Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 40. RTRC-AG: Low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 41. RTRC-AG-HW: Heavy wall, low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 42. RTRC-AG-SW: Standard wall, low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 43. RTRC-AG-XW: Extra heavy wall, low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 44. RTRC-BG: Low -halogen, belowground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. C. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Cable Types: 1. AC: Armored cable. 2. CATV: Coaxial general-purpose cable. 3. CATVP: Coaxial plenum cable. 4. CATVR: Coaxial riser cable. 5. Cl: Circuit integrity cable. 6. CL2: Class 2 cable. 7. CL2P: Class 2 plenum cable. 8. CL2R: Class 2 riser cable. 9. CL2X: Class 2 cable, limited use. 10. CL3: Class 3 cable. 11. CL3P: Class 3 plenum cable. 12. CL3R: Class 3 riser cable. 13. CL3X: Class 3 cable, limited use. 14. CM: Communications general-purpose cable. 15. CMG: Communications general-purpose cable. 16. CMP: Communications plenum cable. 17. CMR: Communications riser cable. 18. CMUC: Under -carpet communications wire and cable. 19. CMX: Communications cable, limited use. 20. DG: Distributed generation cable. 21. FC: Flat cable. 22. FCC: Flat conductor cable. 23. FPL: Power -limited fire -alarm cable. 24. FPLP: Power -limited fire -alarm plenum cable. 25. FPLR: Power -limited fire -alarm riser cable. 26. IGS: Integrated gas spacer cable. 27. ITC: Instrumentation tray cable. 28. ITC -ER: Instrumentation tray cable, exposed run. 29. MC: Metal -clad cable. 30. MC-HL: Metal -clad cable, hazardous location. 31. MI: Mineral -insulated, metal -sheathed cable. 32. MTW: Moisture-, heat-, and oil -resistant thermoplastic cable (machine tool wiring). 33. MV: Medium -voltage cable. 34. NM: Nonmetallic sheathed cable. 35. NMC: Nonmetallic sheathed cable with corrosion -resistant nonmetallic jacket. 36. NMS: Nonmetallic sheathed cable with signaling, data, and communications conductors, plus power or control conductors. 37. NPLF: Non -power -limited fire -alarm circuit cable. 38. NPLFP: Non -power -limited fire -alarm circuit cable for environmental air spaces. 39. NPLFR: Non -power -limited fire -alarm circuit riser cable. 40. NUCC: Nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors. 41. OFC: Conductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 42. OFCG: Conductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 43. OFCP: Conductive optical fiber plenum cable. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 44. OFCR: Conductive optical fiber riser cable. 45. OFN: Nonconductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 46. OFNG: Nonconductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 47. OFNP: Nonconductive optical fiber plenum cable. 48. OFNR: Nonconductive optical fiber riser cable. 49. P: Marine shipboard cable. 50. PLTC: Power -limited tray cable. 51. PLTC-ER: Power -limited tray cable, exposed run. 52. PV: Photovoltaic cable. 53. RHH: Thermoset rubber, heat -resistant cable (high heat). 54. RHW: Thermoset rubber, moisture -resistant cable. 55. SA: Silicone rubber cable. 56. SE: Service -entrance cable. 57. SER: Service -entrance cable, round. 58. SEU: Service -entrance cable, flat. 59. SIS: Thermoset cable for switchboard and switchgear wiring. 60. TBS: Thermoplastic cable with outer braid. 61. TC: Tray cable. 62. TC-ER: Tray cable, exposed run. 63. TC-ER-HL: Tray cable, exposed run, hazardous location. 64. THW: Thermoplastic, heat- and moisture -resistant cable. 65. THHN: Thermoplastic, heat -resistant cable with nylon jacket outer sheath. 66. THHW: Thermoplastic, heat- and moisture -resistant cable. 67. THWN: Thermoplastic, moisture- and heat -resistant cable with nylon jacket outer sheath. 68. TW: Thermoplastic, moisture -resistant cable. 69. UF: Underground feeder and branch -circuit cable. 70. USE: Underground service -entrance cable. 71. XHH: Cross -linked polyethylene, heat -resistant cable. 72. XHHW: Cross -linked polyethylene, heat- and moisture -resistant cable. D. Definitions: 1. Basic Impulse Insulation Level: Reference insulation level expressed in impulse crest voltage with a standard wave not longer than 1.5 times 50 microseconds and 1.5 times 40 microseconds. 2. Communications Jack: A fixed connecting device designed for insertion of a communications cable plug. 3. Communications Outlet: One or more communications jacks, or cables and plugs, mounted in a box or ring, with a suitable protective cover. 4. Designated Seismic System: A system component that requires design in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7, Ch. 13 and for which the Component Importance Factor is greater than 1.0. 5. Direct Buried: Installed underground without encasement in concrete or other protective material. 6. Enclosure: The case or housing of an apparatus, or the fence or wall(s) surrounding an installation, to prevent personnel from accidentally contacting energized parts or to protect the equipment from physical damage. Types of enclosures and enclosure covers include the following: a. Cabinet: An enclosure that is designed for either surface mounting or flush mounting and is provided with a frame, mat, or trim in which a swinging door or SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall doors are or can be hung. b. Concrete Box: A box intended for use in poured concrete. C. Conduit Body: A means for providing access to the interior of a conduit or tubing system through one or more removable covers at a junction or terminal point. In the United States, conduit bodies are listed in accordance with outlet box requirements. d. Conduit Box: A box having threaded openings or knockouts for conduit, EMT, or fittings. e. Cutout Box: An enclosure designed for surface mounting that has swinging doors or covers secured directly to and telescoping with the walls of the enclosure. f. Device Box: A box with provisions for mounting a wiring device directly to the box. g. Extension Ring: A ring intended to extend the sides of an outlet box or device box to increase the box depth, volume, or both. h. Floor Box: A box mounted in the floor intended for use with a floor box cover and other components to complete the floor box enclosure. i. Floor -Mounted Enclosure: A floor box and floor box cover assembly with means to mount in the floor that is sealed against the entrance of scrub water at the floor level. j. Floor Nozzle: An enclosure used on a wiring system, intended primarily as a housing for a receptacle, provided with a means, such as a collar, for surface - mounting on a floor, which may or may not include a stem to support it above the floor level, and is sealed against the entrance of scrub water at the floor level. k. Junction Box: A box with a blank cover that joins different runs of raceway or cable and provides space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors. 1. Outlet Box: A box that provides access to a wiring system having pryout openings, knockouts, threaded entries, or hubs in either the sides or the back, or both, for the entrance of conduit, conduit or cable fittings, or cables, with provisions for mounting an outlet box cover, but without provisions for mounting a wiring device directly to the box. in. Pedestal Floor Box Cover: A floor box cover that, when installed as intended, provides a means for typically vertical or near -vertical mounting of receptacle outlets above the floor's finished surface. n. Pull Box: A box with a blank cover that joins different runs of raceway and provides access for pulling or replacing the enclosed cables or conductors. o. Raised -Floor Box: A floor box intended for use in raised floors. p. Recessed Access Floor Box: A floor box with provisions for mounting wiring devices below the floor surface. q. Recessed Access Floor Box Cover: A floor box cover with provisions for passage of cords to recessed wiring devices mounted within a recessed floor box. r. Ring: A sleeve, which is not necessarily round, used for positioning a recessed wiring device flush with the plaster, concrete, drywall, or other wall surface. S. Ring Cover: A box cover, with raised center portion to accommodate a specific wall or ceiling thickness, for mounting wiring devices or luminaires flush with the surface. t. Termination Box: An enclosure designed for installation of termination base assemblies consisting of bus bars, terminal strips, or terminal blocks with provision for wire connectors to accommodate incoming or outgoing conductors, or both. 7. Emergency Systems: Those systems legally required and classed as emergency by SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall municipal, state, federal, or other codes, or by any governmental agency having jurisdiction that are designed to ensure continuity of lighting, electrical power, or both, to designated areas and equipment in the event of failure of the normal supply for safety to human life. 8. Essential Electrical Systems: Those systems designed to ensure continuity of electrical power to designated areas and functions of a healthcare facility during disruption of normal power sources, and also to minimize disruption within the internal wiring system. (healthcare facilities) 9. High -Performance Building: A building that integrates and optimizes on a life -cycle basis all major high-performance attributes, including energy conservation, environment, safety, security, durability, accessibility, cost -benefit, productivity, sustainability, functionality, and operational considerations. 10. Jacket: A continuous nonmetallic outer covering for conductors or cables. 11. Lummaire: A complete lighting unit consisting of a light source such as a lamp, together with the parts designed to position the light source and connect it to the power supply. It may also include parts to protect the light source or the ballast or to distribute the light. 12. Miniature 8-Position Series Jack (8PSJ): Also called an 8-position 8-contact (8P8C) modular jack. An unkeyed jack with up to eight contacts commonly used to terminate twisted -pair and multiconductor Ethernet cable. Shape and dimensions are specified by TIA-1096. a. Caution: An 8PSJ is not the same thing as an FCC "registered jack" RJ45S, now called a miniature 8-position keyed jack (8PKJ). Ethernet cable plugs do not have rejection keys. Many manufacturers and suppliers incorrectly use "RJ45" as a generic term to describe any 8-position series plug or jack whether it has a rejection key or not. 13. Mode: The terms "Active Mode," "Off Mode," and "Standby Mode" are used as defined in the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) of 2007. 14. Multi -Outlet Assembly: A type of surface, flush, or freestanding raceway designed to hold conductors, receptacles, and switches, assembled in the field or at the factory. 15. Plenum: A compartment or chamber to which one or more air ducts are connected and that forms part of the air distribution system. 16. Receptacle: A fixed connecting device arranged for insertion of a power cord plug. Also called a power jack. 17. Receptacle Outlet: One or more receptacles mounted in a box with a suitable protective cover. 18. Sheath: A continuous metallic covering for conductors or cables. 19. UL Category Control Number: An alphabetic or alphanumeric code used to identify product categories covered by UL's Listing, Classification, and Recognition Services. 20. Voltage Class: For specified circuits and equipment, voltage classes are defined as follows: a. Control Voltage: Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is supplied from a battery or other Class 2 or Class 3 power -limited source. b. Line Voltage: (1) (controls) Designed to operate using the supplied low -voltage power without transformation. (2) (transmission lines, transformers, SPDs) The line -to -line voltage of the supplying power system. C. Extra -Low Voltage: Not having electromotive force between any two conductors, SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall or between a single conductor and ground, exceeding 30 V(ac rms), 42 V(ac peak), or 60 V(dc). d. Low Voltage: Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is rated above 30 V but not exceeding 1000 V. e. Medium Voltage: Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is rated about 1 kV but not exceeding 69 W. f. High Voltage: (1) (circuits) Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is rated above 69 kV but not exceeding 230 W. (2) (safety) Having sufficient electromotive force to inflict bodily harm or injury. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than ten days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. 3. Coordinate interruption with systems impacted by outage including, but not limited to, the following: a. Exercising generators. b. Emergency lighting. C. Elevators. d. Fire -alarm systems. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Electrical Preconstruction Conference: Schedule conference with Construction Manager and Owner, not later than 10 days after notice to proceed. Agenda topics include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Electrical installation schedule. 2. Status of power system studies. 3. Value analysis proposals and requests for substitution of electrical equipment. 4. Commissioning activities. 5. Sustainability and Energy analysis activities, including Measurement and Verification Plan if requires. 1.5 SEQUENCING A. Conduct and submit results of power system studies before submitting Product Data and Shop Drawings for electrical equipment. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Coordinate with Construction Manager for project schedule. 1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings for Structural Supports: Show coordination of structural supports for equipment and devices, including restraints and bracing for control of seismic loads, with other systems, equipment, and structural supports in the vicinity. 1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Electrical Installation Schedule: At preconstruction meeting, and periodically thereafter as dates change, provide schedule for electrical installation Work to Owner and Construction Manager including, but not limited to, milestone dates for the following activities: 1. Submission of power system studies. 2. Submission of action submittals specified in Division 26. 3. Orders placed for major electrical equipment. 4. Arrival of major electrical equipment on -site. 5. Preinstallation meetings specified in Division 26. 6. Closing of walls and ceilings containing electrical Work. 7. System startup, testing, and commissioning activities for major electrical equipment. 8. System startup, testing, and commissioning activities for automation systems (SCADA, BMS, lighting, HVAC, fire alarm, fire pump, etc.). 9. Requests for special inspections. 10. Requests for inspections by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificates: Welding certificates. 1) Hangers and supports specified in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 2) Raceways, enclosures, cabinets, boxes, and their mounting provisions specified in Section 260533 "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." 3) Equipment, accessories, and components specified in Section 262816 "Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers." b. Include the following information: 1) Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2) Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3) Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 4) Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall which the certification is based and their installation requirements. 5) Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated active electrical seismic device and system, stating that it will remain operable following the design earthquake. Certification must be based on requirements of ASCE/SEI7, including shake table testing per ICC- ES AC156 or a similar nationally recognized testing standard procedure acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 6) Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification that components with hazardous contents maintain containment following the design earthquake by methods required in ASCE/SEI 7-05, ASCE/SEI 7-10, and ASCE/SEI 7- 16. 7) Submit evidence demonstrating compliance with these requirements for approval to authorities having jurisdiction after review and acceptance by qualified structural professional engineer. C. Include the following information: 1) Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated system and component, stating that it will remain in place and operable following the design wind event and comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2) Certification must be based on ICC-ES or similar nationally recognized testing standard procedures acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Qualification Statements: 1. For qualified regional manufacturer. 2. For structural professional engineer. 3. For electrical professional engineer. 4. For welder. 5. For electrical power monitoring Installer. 6. For power quality specialist. 7. For low -voltage electrical testing agency and on -site electrical testing supervisor. 8. For control -voltage electrical testing agency and on -site control -voltage testing supervisor. 9. For structural testing and inspecting agency. 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Provide emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals for each system, equipment, and device listed below: a. all electrical equipment and devices, including but not limited to drives, starters, disconnect switches and overcurrent protection. 2. Include the following information: SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 11 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall a. Manufacturer's operating specifications. b. User's guides for software and hardware. C. Schedule of maintenance material items recommended to be stored at Project site. d. Detailed instructions covering operation under both normal and abnormal conditions. e. Time -current curves for overcurrent protective devices and manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting their settings. f. List of load -current and overload -relay heaters with related motor nameplate data. g. List of lamp types and photoelectric relays used on Project, with ANSI and manufacturers' codes. h. Manufacturer's instructions for setting field -adjustable components. i. Manufacturer's instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming microprocessor controls. j. EPSS: Manufacturer's system checklists, maintenance schedule, and maintenance log sheets in accordance with NFPA 110. k. Exterior pole inspection and repair procedures. B. Software: I. Program Software Backup: Provide username and password for approved online or cloud solution and USB media that is clearly and permanently labeled with attached placard on lanyard to prevent misplacement. 2. Provide to Owner upgrades and unrestricted licenses for Government use for installed and backup software, including operating systems and programming tools required for operation and maintenance. 1.10 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualified Regional Manufacturer: Manufacturer, possessing qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," that maintains a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency on -site repairs to Project site with response time less than eight hours. B. Structural Professional Engineer: Professional engineer possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," with expertise in structural engineering, including seismic- and wind -load modeling and analysis. C. Electrical Professional Engineer: Professional engineer possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," with expertise in electrical engineering, including electrical power system modeling and analysis of electrical safety in accordance with NFPA 70E. D. Welder: Installer possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," with training and certification in accordance with AWS DI.I/DI.IM and AWS DI.2/DI.2M. E. Electrical Power Monitoring Installers: Installer possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," and able to present unexpired certified Installer credentials issued by manufacturer prior to starting installation. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 12 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall F. Power Quality Specialist: Recognized experts possessing active credentials from a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and able to present unexpired NICET Level 4 credentials with documented experience in power quality testing for installations similar in complexity to this Project. G. Low -Voltage Electrical Testing and Inspecting Agency: Entities possessing active credentials from a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction. I. On -site electrical testing supervisors must have documented certification and experience with testing electrical equipment in accordance with NETA testing standards. H. Control -Voltage Electrical Testing Agency: Entity possessing active credentials from a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction. I. On -site control -voltage testing supervisor must have BICSI Registered Communications Distribution Designer certification and documented training and experience with testing control -voltage equipment in accordance with NETA testing standards. I. Structural Testing and Inspecting Agency: Entity possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" with documented training and experience with testing structural concrete, seismic controls, and wind -load controls. 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Modeling, analysis, product selection, installation, and quality control for Work specified in Division 26 must comply with requirements specified in Section 260011 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical." B. Service Conditions for Electrical Power Equipment: electrical power equipment must be suitable for operation under service conditions specified as usual service conditions in applicable NEMA PB series, IEEE C37 series, and IEEE C57 series standards, except for the following: 1. Central Plant (chiller and pump areas): a. Ambient temperature not exceeding 122 deg F (50 deg C). b. Exposure to hot and humid climate or to excessive moisture, including steam, salt spray, and dripping water. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Substitution requests for electrical equipment will be entertained under the following conditions: 1. Substitution requests may be submitted for consideration prior to the Electrical SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 13 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall Preconstruction Conference if accompanied by value analysis data indicating that substitution will comply with Project performance requirements while significantly increasing value for Owner throughout life of facility. 2. Substitution requests may be submitted for consideration concurrently with submission of power system study reports when those reports indicate that substitution is necessary for safety of maintenance personnel and facility occupants. 3. Contractor is responsible for sequencing and scheduling power system studies and electrical equipment procurement. After the Electrical Preconstruction Conference, insufficient lead time for electrical equipment delivery will not be considered a valid reason for substitution. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: General Contractor and all sub -contractors must visit the site prior to bid and become familiar with existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection of In -Place Conditions: Protect all existing installation in place unless otherwise noted in Contract Documents. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in the Contract Documents or manufacturers' written instructions, comply with NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS I for installation of Work specified in Division 26. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. 3.4 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Commissioning Activities: Testing, Commissioning and Start-up of electrical systems relating to chillers and pumps, including but not limited to VFCs. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Administrant for Low -Voltage Electrical Tests and Inspections: Administer and perform tests and inspections. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 14 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall B. Administrant for Control -Voltage Electrical Tests and Inspections: 1. Engage qualified control -voltage electrical testing and inspecting agency to administer and perform tests and inspections. C. Administrant for Structural Tests and Inspections: 1. Engage qualified structural testing and inspecting agency to administer and perform tests and inspections. 3.6 CLEANING A. Waste Management: 1. Comply with Division 01. END OF SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 15 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 16 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper building wire. 2. Connectors and splices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 2. Section 260523 "Control -Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems communications cables and Classes 1, 2, and 3 control cables. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated, and uninsulated, drawn copper current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or.] acket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Manufacturers: 1. Alpha Wire Company. 2. Southwire. 3. General Cable. 4. Or approved equal. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 C. Standards: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B496 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN: Comply with UL 83. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: 1. 3M. 2. ILSCO. 3. O-Z/Gedney 4. Or approved equal. C. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section. D. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section. 1. Material: Copper. 2. Type: Two hole with standard or long barrels. 3. Termination: Compression. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: 1. Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 2. Copper for feeders smaller than No. 4 AWG; copper or aluminum for feeders No. 4 AWG and larger. Conductors must be solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall I . Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 2. Copper. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger. C. ASD Output Circuits Cable: Extra -flexible stranded for all sizes. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN, single conductors in raceway. B. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN, single conductors in raceway. C. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN, single conductors in raceway. D. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN, single conductors in raceway. E. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN, single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inch (300 mm) of slack. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor and identify as spare conductor. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: I. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements. 2. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test feeder conductors and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements: a. Control Systems. 3. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests: a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct connection according to the single -line diagram. b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following: 1) A low -resistance ohmmeter. 2) Calibrated torque wrench. 3) Thermographic survey. C. Inspect compression -applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. d. Inspect for correct identification. e. Inspect cable jacket and condition. f. Insulation -resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors. Apply a potential of 500 V(dc) for 300 V rated cable and 1000 V(dc) for 600 V rated cable for a one -minute duration. g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable. h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors. B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following: LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. END OF SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ERICO. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 2. Burndy. 3. O-Z/Gedney. B. CONDUCTORS Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall C. Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. D. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inch (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inch (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Cable -to -Cable Connectors: Compression type, copper or copper alloy. C. Conduit Hubs: Mechanical type, terminal with threaded hub. D. Straps: Solid copper, copper lugs. Rated for 600 A. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. B. Grounding Conductors: Green -colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. C. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits. B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inch (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2. Use exothermic welds for all below -grade connections. 3. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one -rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. C. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug -type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. D. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 ft. (18 m) apart. E. Connections: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact are galvanically compatible. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3. Make aluminum -to -steel connections with stainless steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4. Make aluminum -to -galvanized -steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method according to IEEE 81. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground -rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. B. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. D. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. E. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Support, anchorage, and attachment components. 2. Fabricated metal equipment support assemblies. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Slotted support systems, hardware, and accessories. b. Clamps. C. Hangers. d. Sockets. e. Eye nuts. f. Fasteners. g. Anchors. h. Saddles. i. Brackets. 2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation details for electrical hangers and support systems. 1. Hangers. Include product data for components. 2. Slotted support systems. 3. Equipment supports. 4. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. I. Flame Rating: Class 1. 2. Self -extinguishing according to ASTM D635. 2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32 inch (10 mm) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inch (200 mm) on center in at least one surface. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-Line. b. Caddy. C. Unistrut. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: Galvanized steel. 4. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 5. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA- 4. 6. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 7. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs must have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body must be made of malleable iron. D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A36M steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti. 2) ITW Ramset/Redhead. 3) MKT Fastening. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, zinc -coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti. 2) ITW Ramset/Redhead. 3) MKT Fastening. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58. 4. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325 (Grade A325M). 5. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type. 6. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.3 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A. Description: Welded or bolted structural -steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SELECTION A. Comply with the following standards for selection and installation of hangers and supports, except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter: 1. NECA NEIS 101 2. NECA NEIS 102. 3. NECA NEIS 105. 4. NECA NEIS 111. B. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire -rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall C. Comply with requirements for raceways and boxes specified in Section 260533 "Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems." D. Provide vibration and seismic controls with hangers and supports. E. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and ERMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size must be 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter. F. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two -bolt conduit clamps. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS A. Comply with NECA NEIS 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination must be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). C. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: I . To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inch (100 mm) thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inch (100 mm) thick. 6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.I/D1.IM, with lock washers and nuts. 7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that comply with seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. D. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for reinforcing bars. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.I/D1.1M. Submit welding certificates. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inch (100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. B. Use 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) , 28-day compressive -strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." C. Anchor equipment to concrete base as follows: 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor -bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touchup: I. Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA I requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. a. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A780. END OF SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall SECTION 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Type EMT-S raceways and elbows. 2. Type ERMC-S raceways, elbows, couplings, and nipples. 3. Type LFMC raceways. 4. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable. 5. Threaded metal joint compound. 6. Cabinets, cutout boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, and miscellaneous enclosures. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260519 "Low -Voltage for Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors (Type NUCC). 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Raceways. 2. Cabinets, cutout boxes, and miscellaneous enclosures. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TYPE EMT-S RACEWAYS AND ELBOWS A. Steel Electrical Metal Tubing (EMT-S) and Elbows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Republic Conduit. C. Western Tube. 2. Applicable Standards: a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 797 and UL Category Control Number FJMX. 2) Material: Steel. 3) Exterior Coating: Zinc. 4) Interior Coating: Zinc with organic top coating. C. Options: 1) Minimum Trade Size: 3/4 inch (21 mm). 2.2 TYPE ERMC-S RACEWAYS, ELBOWS, COUPLINGS, AND NIPPLES A. Galvanized -Steel Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit (ERMC-S-G), Elbows, Couplings, and Nipples: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Republic Conduit. C. Western Tube. 2. Applicable Standards: a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 6 and UL Category Control Number DYIX. 2) Exterior Coating: Zinc. 3) Interior Coating: Zinc with organic top coating. C. Options: 1) Minimum Trade Size: 3/4 inch (21 mm). 2.3 FITTINGS FOR CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE A. Fittings for Type ERMC Raceways: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds. b. O-Z/Gedney. C. Southwire. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 2 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2. Applicable Standards: a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 514B and UL Category Control Number DWTT. 2) Material: Steel. 3) Coupling Method: Compression coupling. C. Options: 1) Expansion and Deflection Fittings: UL 651 with flexible external bonding jumper. B. Fittings for Type EMT Raceways: I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. O-Z/Gedney. C. Southwire. 2. Applicable Standards: a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 514B and UL Category Control Number FKAV. 2) Material: Steel. 3) Coupling Method: Compression coupling. C. Options: 1) Expansion and Deflection Fittings: UL 651 with flexible external bonding jumper. 2.4 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE CORROSION -RESISTANT COMPOUNDS FOR THREADED CONDUIT A. Applicable Standards: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and approved by authorities having jurisdiction for application to threaded conduit assemblies. 2. General Characteristics: a. Reference Standards: UL 2419 and UL Category Control Number FOIZ. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 3 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 2.5 METALLIC OUTLET BOXES, DEVICE BOXES, RINGS, AND COVERS A. Metallic Outlet Boxes: 1. Description: Box having pryout openings, knockouts, threaded entries, or hubs in either the sides of the back, or both, for entrance of conduit, conduit or cable fittings, or cables, with provisions for mounting outlet box cover, but without provisions for mounting wiring device directly to box. 2. Applicable Standards: a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 514A and UL Category Control Number QCIT. C. Options: 1) Material: Sheet steel. 2) Sheet Metal Depth: Minimum 2.5 inch (65 mm). 3) Luminaire Outlet Boxes and Covers: Nonadjustable, listed and labeled for attachment of lummaire weighing up to 50 lb (23 kg). B. Metallic Conduit Bodies: 1. Description: Means for providing access to interior of conduit or tubing system through one or more removable covers at junction or terminal point. In the United States, conduit bodies are listed in accordance with outlet box requirements. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds. b. Pass & Seymour. C. Raco Taymac Bell. 3. Applicable Standards: a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 514A and UL Category Control Number QCIT. C. Metallic Device Boxes: 1. Description: Box with provisions for mounting wiring device directly to box. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 4 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 b. Hubbell. C. Arlington Industries. 3. Applicable Standards: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 514A and UL Category Control Number QCIT. C. Options: 1) Material: Sheet steel. 2) Sheet Metal Depth: minimum 2.5 inch (65 mm). 3) Luminaire Outlet Boxes and Covers: Nonadjustable, listed and labeled for attachment of lummaire weighing up to 50 lb (23 kg). D. Metallic Extension Rings: I. Description: Ring intended to extend sides of outlet box or device box to increase box depth, volume, or both. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-line. b. Crouse -Hinds. C. Pass & Seymour. 3. Applicable Standards: a. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. b. General Characteristics: 1) Reference Standards: UL 514A and UL Category Control Number QCIT. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SELECTION OF RACEWAYS A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' written instructions, comply with NFPA 70 for selection of raceways. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. B. Outdoors: 1. Exposed Conduit: ERMC. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 5 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. C. Indoors: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Exposed and Subject to Physical Damage: ERMC. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 3. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 4. Damp or Wet Locations: ERMC. D. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: Provide EMT or ERMC for raceways. E. Raceway Fittings: Select fittings in accordance with NEMA FB 2.10 guidelines. 1. ERMC: Provide threaded type fittings unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 SELECTION OF BOXES AND ENCLOSURES A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' written instructions, comply with NFPA 70 for selection of boxes and enclosures. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. B. Degree of Protection: 1. Outdoors and indoors in areas such as mechanical, electrical, and utility rooms: a. Type 3R unless otherwise indicated. 2. Indoors where not subject to adverse conditions: a. Type 1 unless otherwise indicated. C. Exposed Boxes Installed Less Than 6.5 ft. (2 m) Above Floor: 1. Boxes with knockouts or unprotected openings are prohibited. 2. Provide exposed cover. Flat covers with angled mounting slots or knockouts are prohibited. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS A. Installation Standards: 1. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' written instructions, comply with NFPA 70 for installation of raceways. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. 2. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number of floors. 3. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports. 4. Comply with NECA NEIS 101 for installation of steel raceways. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 5. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures without hubs with locknuts on both sides of enclosure wall. Install locknuts hand tight, plus one -quarter turn more. 6. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4 inch (35 mm) trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2 inch (41 mm) trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. 7. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: a. Provide insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits. B. General Requirements for Installation of Raceways: 1. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. 2. Provide stub -ups through floors with coupling threaded inside for plugs, set flush with finished floor. Plug coupling until conduit is extended above floor to final destination or a minimum of 2 ft. (0.6 m) above finished floor. 3. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends in conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which no more than equivalent of two 90-degree fewer bends are permitted. Support within 12 inch (300 mm) of changes in direction. 4. Make bends in raceway using large -radius preformed ells except for parallel bends. Field bending must be in accordance with NFPA 70 minimum radii requirements. Provide only equipment specifically designed for material and size involved. 5. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. 6. Support conduit within 12 inch (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached. 7. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations in accordance with NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install fitting in flush steel box with blank cover plate having finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings in accordance with NFPA 70. 8. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal interior of raceways at the following points: a. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. b. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure. C. Conduit extending from interior to exterior of building. d. Conduit extending into pressurized duct and equipment. e. Conduit extending into pressurized zones that are automatically controlled to maintain different pressure set points. f. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. 9. Do not install raceways or electrical items on rotating equipment. 10. Do not install conduits within 2 inch (50 mm) of the bottom side of a metal deck roof. 11. Keep raceways at least 6 inch (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 12. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2 inch (53 mm) trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length. Ream inside of conduit to remove burrs. 13. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Provide polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 lb (90 kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inch (300 mm) of slack at both ends of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. C. Requirements for Installation of Specific Raceway Types: 1. Types ERMC: a. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound that maintains electrical conductivity to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions. D. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: 1. Provide EMT or ERMC for raceways. 2. Provide a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. E. Raceway Fittings: Install fittings in accordance with NEMA FB 2.10 guidelines. 1. EMT: Provide compression, steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10. 2. Flexible Conduit: Provide only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit type. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. F. Expansion -Joint Fittings: 1. Install in runs of aboveground ERMC and EMT conduit that are located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F (55 deg C) and that have straight -run length that exceeds 100 ft. (30 m). 2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for the following locations: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C) temperature change. C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F (75 deg C) temperature change. 3. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of temperature change for metal conduits. 4. Install expansion fittings at locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall Install expansion -joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. G. Raceways Penetrating Rooms or Walls with Acoustical Requirements: Seal raceway openings on both sides of rooms or walls with acoustically rated putty or firestopping. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. B. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2 inch (50 mm) radius control at bend points. C. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor -type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inch (1200) mm) and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are unacceptable support methods. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND ENCLOSURES A. Provide boxes in wiring and raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures. B. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to top of box unless otherwise indicated. C. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box, whether installed indoors or outdoors. D. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls, so they are not in the same vertical channel. E. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. F. Support boxes in recessed ceilings independent of ceiling tiles and ceiling grid. G. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for purpose. H. Fasten junction and pull boxes to, or support from, building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. I. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 9 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to ensure a continuous ground path. J. Boxes and Enclosures in Areas or Walls with Acoustical Requirements: 1. Seal openings and knockouts in back and sides of boxes and enclosures with acoustically rated putty. 2. Provide gaskets for wall plates and covers. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.7 CLEANING A. Boxes: Remove construction dust and debris from device boxes, outlet boxes, and floor - mounted enclosures before installing wallplates, covers, and hoods. END OF SECTION 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 10 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 PART 1 - GENERAL Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Labels. 2. Bands and tubes. 3. Tapes and stencils. 4. Tags. 5. Signs. 6. Cable ties. 7. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products. B. Delegated -Design Submittal: For arc -flash hazard study. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME A13.1 and IEEE C2. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall E. Comply with NFPA 70E and Section 260573.19 "Arc -Flash Hazard Analysis" requirements for arc -flash warning labels. F. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.2 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS A. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. B. Color -Coding for Phase Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service and feeder conductors. 1. Color shall be factory applied. 2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. C. Phase C: Blue. 3. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. C. Phase C: Yellow. 4. Color for Neutral: White. 5. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green. C. Warning Label Colors: 1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. D. Warning labels and signs shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: 1. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." E. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Black letters on a white field. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 2 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 2.3 LABELS Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, 3-mil- (0.08-mm-) thick, vinyl flexible label with acrylic pressure -sensitive adhesive. 1. Self -Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather- and chemical -resistant; self -laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend. 2. Marker for Labels: a. Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. b. Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.4 BANDS AND TUBES A. Heat -Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tubes with machine -printed identification labels, sized to suit diameter and shrunk to fit firmly. Full shrink recovery occurs at a maximum of 200 deg F (93 deg Q. Comply with UL 224. 2.5 TAPES AND STENCILS A. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inches (25 to 50 mm) wide; compounded for outdoor use. C. Floor Marking Tape: 2-inch- (50-mm-) wide, 5-mil (0.125-mm) pressure -sensitive vinyl tape, with yellow and black stripes and clear vinyl overlay. D. Underground -Line Warning Tape: 1. Tape: a. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. b. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. C. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert and not subject to degradation when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. 2. Color and Printing: a. Comply with ANSI Z535.1, ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, and ANSI Z535.5. b. Inscriptions for Red -Colored Tapes: "ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE" C. Inscriptions for Orange -Colored Tapes: "TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE". IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 3. Tape: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall a. Detectable three -layer laminate, consisting of a printed pigmented polyolefin film, a solid aluminum -foil core, and a clear protective film that allows inspection of the continuity of the conductive core; bright colored, continuous -printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct -burial service. b. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). C. Overall Thickness: 5 mils (0.125 mm). d. Foil Core Thickness: 0.35 mil (0.00889 mm). e. Weight: 28 lb/1000 sq. ft. (13.7 kg/100 sq. m). f. Tensile according to ASTM D882: 70 lbf (311.3 N) and 4600 psi (31.7 MPa). 2.6 TAGS A. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch (50 by 50 by 1.3 mm), with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. 2.7 SIGNS A. Metal -Backed Butyrate Signs: I. Weather -resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose -acetate butyrate signs, with 0.0396- inch (I-mm) galvanized -steel backing, punched and drilled for fasteners, and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 2. 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. 3. Nominal Size: 10 by 14 inches (250 by 360 mm). B. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Engraved legend. 2. Thickness: a. For signs up to 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), minimum 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. b. For signs larger than 20 sq. in. (129 sq. cm), 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick. C. Engraved legend with black letters on white face. d. Self-adhesive. e. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.8 CABLE TIES A. General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg Q. 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. B. UV -Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D638: 12,000 psi (82.7 MPa). 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg Q. 4. Color: Black. C. Plenum -Rated Cable Ties: Self -extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F (23 Deg C) according to ASTM D638: 7000 psi (48.2 MPa). 3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0. 4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F (Minus 46 to plus 140 deg Q. 5. Color: Black. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless -steel screws or stainless -steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall C. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. D. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. E. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. F. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. G. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. H. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. I. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. "POWER." 2. "COMM" 3. "FIRE ALARM" J. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: 1. Secure tight to surface of raceway or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Attach labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate. K. Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. L. Self -Adhesive Labels: 1. On each item, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. M. Heat -Shrink, Preprinted Tubes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. N. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 6 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches (150 mm) where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. O. Floor Marking Tape: Apply stripes to finished surfaces following manufacturer's written instructions. P. Underground Line Warning Tape: 1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground -line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches (400 mm) overall. 2. Limit use of underground -line warning tape to direct -buried cables. 3. Install underground -line warning tape for direct -buried cables and cables in raceways. Q. Metal Tags: 1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using plenum -rated cable ties. R. Metal -Backed Butyrate Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) high letters on 1-1/2-inch- (38-mm-) high sign; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches (50 mm) high. S. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. 2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. B. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. C. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits, More Than 30 A and 120 V to Ground: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals in congested areas. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 7 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall D. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive labels containing the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. "POWER." 2. "TELEPHONE." 3. "COMM." 4. "FIRE ALARM" E. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive wraparound labels to identify the phase. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50- foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (7.6-m) maximum intervals in congested areas. F. Control -Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. G. Control -Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide heat -shrink preprinted tubes or self-adhesive labels with the conductor designation. H. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Self-adhesive vinyl tape that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. I. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground -line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, fire alarm and control wiring and optical -fiber cable. J. Workspace Indication: Apply floor marking tape to finished surfaces. Show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush -mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. K. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors. L. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self- adhesive labels. 1. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. M. Arc Flash Warning Labeling: Self-adhesive labels. N. Operating Instruction Signs: Metal -backed, butyrate warning signs. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 8 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 O. Equipment Identification Labels: I. Indoor Equipment: Self-adhesive label. 2. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign. 3. Equipment to Be Labeled: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form of a self- adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. C. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Switchgear. e. Switchboards. f. Transformers: Label that includes tag designation indicated on Drawings for the transformer, feeder, and panelboards or equipment supplied by the secondary. g. Enclosed switches. h. Enclosed circuit breakers. i. Enclosed controllers. j. Contactors. k. Remote -controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. 1. Fire Alarm Panel. in. Communication Racks. END OF SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 9 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 10 Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall SECTION 262726.11 GENERAL -USE SWITCHES, DIMMER SWITCHES, AND FAN -SPEED CONTROLLER SWITCHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General -use switches. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" specifies additional coordination, scheduling, sequencing, submittal, and installation requirements applicable to the Work for electrical, communications, and electronic safety and security systems on Project, including wiring methods. 2. Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" specifies electrical equipment labels and warning signs referenced by this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letter, on letterhead of qualified electrical testing agency, certifying product's compliance with specified listing criteria. a. If listed manufacturer differs from selling manufacturer, indicate relationship between entities on submittal. Clearly indicate which entity warrants product performance and fitness for purpose. b. Listing criteria identified in approval letter must match specified listing criteria. UL label indicating approval of equipment's enclosure is not considered approval of equipment for intended application. C. Product identification in approval letter must match product branding and model numbers in submittal. Approval letters for discontinued or superseded products are not acceptable for submitted product. 2. Include manufacturer's sample extended warranty language. B. Samples: For each type of product requiring samples for source quality control. C. Field quality -control reports. GENERAL -USE SWITCHES, DIMMER SWITCHES, AND FAN -SPEED 262726.11 - 1 CONTROLLER SWITCHES J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's published instructions. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Extra stock material. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall A. Electrical Power Testing (EPT) Technician III: Possessing active NICET EPT Level III certification. Able to manage switching procedures; conduct tests of complex equipment; analyze test and equipment data; plan a job; and lead a team. Has experience performing NFPA 70B, IEEE, and NETA electrical tests. B. Electrical Power Testing (EPT) Technician IV: Possessing active NICET EPT Level IV certification. Able to conduct tests of complex metering and relay systems; evaluate tests, test equipment, test results, and power system performance; recommend actions to maintain or improve system performance; and lead multi -team projects. C. Electrical Power Testing and Inspecting Agency: Entities possessing active credentials from a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. On -site electrical testing supervisors must possess active NICET EPT Technician III certifi cation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL -USE SWITCHES A. Description: Snap switches intended for mounting in device boxes. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Samples for Initial Selection: One for each kind of general -use switch and cover plate accessory in each specified rating, size, finish, and color. C. Toggle Switch: 1. Manufacturer: a. Eaton b. Leviton C. Or Approved Equal 2. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer. 3. Listing Criteria: UL CCN WMUZ and UL 20. GENERAL -USE SWITCHES, DIMMER SWITCHES, AND FAN -SPEED 262726.11 - 2 CONTROLLER SWITCHES J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. JCCA No. 24042-4 4. Standard Features: a. Device Color: White. b. Configuration: Agreement No. 7588 Media Room HVAC Upgrade City Hall 1) Extra -heavy-duty, 120-277 V, 20 A, double pole, Motor Rated. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Reference Standards for Installation: Unless more stringent installation requirements are specified in the Contract Documents or manufacturer's published instructions, comply with the following: 1. Electrical Construction: ICC IBC, ICC IFC, NFPA 1, NFPA 70, and NECA NEIS 1. 2. Electrical Safety: NFPA 70E. 3. Life Safety and Means of Egress Work: NFPA 101. 4. Work in Basements and Other Developed Subterranean Spaces: NFPA 520. 5. Wiring Devices: NECA NEIS 130. 6. Mounting Heights: NECA NEIS 1. 7. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. C. Identification: 1. Identify cover or cover plate for device with panelboard identification and circuit number. a. Mark cover or cover plate using hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black -filled lettering, and provide durable wire markers or tags inside device box or outlet box. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Administrant for Electrical Power Tests and Inspections: 1. Tenant will engage qualified medium -voltage electrical testing and inspecting agency to administer and perform tests and inspections. 2. Engage qualified medium -voltage electrical testing and inspecting agency to administer and perform tests and inspections. 3. Engage factory -authorized service representative to administer and perform tests and inspections on components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. 4. Administer and perform tests and inspections. GENERAL -USE SWITCHES, DIMMER SWITCHES, AND FAN -SPEED 262726.11 - 3 CONTROLLER SWITCHES Agreement No. 7588 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. Media Room HVAC Upgrade JCCA No. 24042-4 City Hall B. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Tenant. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform manufacturer's recommended tests and inspections. D. Nonconforming Work: I . Unit will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. E. Field Quality -Control Reports: Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports. F. Manufacturer Services: Engage factory -authorized service representative to support field tests and inspections. I. Manufacturer's Field Reports for Field Quality -Control Support: Prepare and submit report after each visit by factory -authorized service representative, documenting activities performed at Project site. 3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Manufacturer Services: Engage factory -authorized service representative to support system startup. 1. Manufacturer's Field Reports for System Startup Support: Prepare and submit report after each visit by factory -authorized service representative, documenting activities performed at Project site. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Schedule and sequence installation to minimize risk of contamination of wires and cables, devices, device boxes, outlet boxes, covers, and cover plates by plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other materials. B. After installation, protect wires and cables, devices, device boxes, outlet boxes, covers, and cover plates from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 262726.11 GENERAL -USE SWITCHES, DIMMER SWITCHES, AND FAN -SPEED 262726.11 - 4 CONTROLLER SWITCHES Agreement No. 7588 APPENDIX B Plans A. HVAC East (MZ-3) B. HVAC Media Room Agreement No. 7588 Plans A. HVAC East (MZ-3) HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 EL SEGUNDO CITY HALL CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 350 MAIN ST. EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 PROJECT DIRECTORY SHEET INDEX SCOPE OF WORK (NOT LIMITED TO) APPLICABLE CODES —NER I I IF EL IEIINDI C' CLACT AD ANNE III ", I A I EFREET 1H I HE ", I , 2 2 EL FE.INDI CA l-1 E.AIL AFII@ELFE.1NDI IR. ARC�FECF I NNEI.IAIVIECAEl NC FAX N(E' I'll) 212 —1 AN. EERIE � lC' IDA AN E LE E F 212 -2 FIRRANCE CA 11161 E.AIL FIR INCIIAL RIFERY HILAY RNII N�CCEN. INE ERIN. III DRAEEND�A RIIERYINIHI .YIIN.J I NIT RAND LC N, ' =88 A # 08 111VANNEFEAVE -211 NE AL E, 2 I E CA F RNA 10101 TI RANCE CALIFIRNIA l0101 R 'E LIC N'T'N'IIN =C EFCA L F 1 #2 NOA l0101 1EVAI AVANAIIIAN LIC N, E22 =C EFCA L F 1 #2 CA l0101 I F HE EF N1.FER EHEET TITLE FIT T EITLE.IAH,EET T12 E AD I ARCH FECTIRAL CIVER 1HEEF DE.'LL IN R"F 'IN AE, NE—RCRII-IN A DETA A� DETA�'. DETAILE :TRICTIRAL ITRICTIRAL NITEI ITRICTIRAL DETAIL I RIIF FRA"INI III :CNANICAL I "ECHAN AL CIVER=T CALECHED ECHAN�C .1 1 ECHANICALDE.ILITIINRIIFIIN .2 1 ECNANICALNE—RCRIIF1IN .1 1 ECHANICALDEIILE .1 2 ECHANICALDEIILE I ECHANICALCINTRILE .1 1 TITL— ANDITIRY.EAEIREE .1 2 TITLE 2� ED I ELECTRICAL CIVER FHEET ED 2 ELECTRICAL FIN.LE FINE D—A. ED I ELECTRICAL FILE IIN El 0 EI LECTRICAL A— III El ELECTRICAL DE.ILITIIN PLAN EL ECTR-ELANICAL NMRC IN E E: ELECTRICAL DETAILE NI.FER IF FHEETE 21 2122 CAL RN AD" I ITRAT VE CIDE I AC) I RE"IVE F11 IIARD I LNI "ETAL IDDERAND ETALDICT CRIFEIVER CALEI 'RN�A A C'DE IF DEC, IFIINE ICCRI 2 RE N IT. HARD RAILECREEN EILIDDERAND.EILDICT CRIFEIVER I IRIV RE N- 1IFFIR. AT THE REAR IF THE .11111HE LVAC INIT IN EXIELIN. 2122 CA L FIRIA " �LD I I I IDE "E" FRAME AAFED I I THE CH ERNAL I CAL EIILDIN. CIDE (IRCA 2122 CALIFIRCIA ELECTRICAL C, RE (CECA AAFED INTHE 211l HATIINALEIC RICALCIDE (NEC) I ' IVIDE ANCHIRAIE FIR "ILLIZINE LVAC INITTI EXIIHINI IFEEL FRA I III 2122 ICAL I RE ECHANICALECIIE AAFEDINAHEE2`FHAENHNIFI"R' ENALCIDE -CA I RE.IVNE�N) RIFIRAI .1111INE LVAC INIT LIFE FIR LIDEAND REIFE ED ET ' T 2022 CA L F I RN A I I I I IDE (CICA 2 IRIVIDE NEN� E1111 AND RETIRN DIIELE —L DIC-IRCTI N- INIT AND AAFED I I THE" I 0, E , CHIC I R. I'Ll. FIN. CIDE (11CA I REVrR`NEUCINTR=DRAIN LINE AND CAE LINE 2022 RN A F32'lECCIDE (CFCA IRIV RINTRILE DEFI.N AND INTE.RATE INIT —H EXIFITIN. AND N- DDC EASED C'NTR'LFE CNTHECH ERNATIINAL FIRE CIDE (CIA ELECTRICAL ECIIE I DE.'VIED ELECTRICAL IRIVIII HE IERVINI "1111INE LVAC INIT ERIC RE 2 'RV ED, ICE I 'R=DE "NIERN'ENCE R ETA LER�VYN.1'"I"NENE HCAC INITERNI INETALLED LT HVA 'NIT 'Dm da nrw Rm'nmim CA J11A, 21012 1 P1 Architects- Engineers TO. 1 C ITY OF EL SEGUNDO ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTA HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 TITLE SHEET 305 MAIN ST. BUILDING INFORMATION NATDNELFE.INDI CITY NALL_ 11 E I F CINFT(R ICTIIN E — TYIE A F IN. FER IF ETINEE 1 SHIFT � FAFE. ENT NI CHANCE ED— ICCIIANCY IRIII F FIFINEFE (IFFICE IFEE NI CHANCE YEE 1 E21 EA FT SITE MAP —__-- sT�o�aosTREET sTavo�aosTREET r � � — — — — o�TVH1T >i of o.vHu� coO o uervax \Q la 1 E�sEcuNo o IIlaaTmEN �sEcuN o sE STaT l Nc.:l 1 I 1 1 II 11 II IF VICINITY MAP �aRPORT 0 NaN IT '� n ', T' i Ik Iu p C i i i E aaaao a� oT�'s a "• •ry i,i a i•i i+ T seo aECT LocaTON "< z Architects Engineere TO.2 ET—Noo CITY OF EL SEGUNDO m ENGIN E E R I N G D E P A R T M E N T HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 SITE MAP 305 MAIN ST. ABBREVIATIONS REFERENCE SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES CODE AND STANDARD A F.IEFINC NEW AT CIA �O S �'TTNINNFTRAAF �'MNAA)RICAFI R U RFORM I F S HAL OMILYWFULTHISIGICIRACCOLISCINT I 1111�IILDIN��TAND.D�.MINI�TRII��CODF IFELLI FILLE—CR W , OF_ I , WNSE ANFE,,CFCAFONE THE I ME"I ON I IT RRCA MADERAL I 1111CALIFORRIABUTRINO CODE YBC) IFELL I TITLE — A R 0 COFFAA ,THRALSLH,�L,CCOORDANCATTOIRT,HI INTENT AND RIAHREMENTS OF ALL MADERAL , ONTR (lIlICN'=A0SLA�LCBTRLCDANl CD�DI(Cl�CIIl.ATLFORTNL�AIICDRMINTI) LCO ) I MUM ARE AUTO AND UT MUM NUM AN MAY RESCUE FORCE ASSER A AN DOC FLY 0 A 0" 0 F IFN ON CENTER OUTS DR F AMSTER "CO L OA FAA A I I I �H CCNTSW NORMFFESHTM FR SC HTSUF ON R.1 FORESSIN.TUAL DO I THA A MET, 0 F FRO IMIN E DR FER I ROLE AT M (IIIINIIONI�L�CTRICICODE.DIIIICIIFORNIA.INDMINTs) F ALL AFFIRS1 1111 A AFFORRIA M ECHARICAL CODE (CM C) IFELL � TI FILE 1a A A R I AN DR I QUACY F—ELYOFIRICTION ARIINI IHORINI LEMINMARY (1111 UNIFORM MECHADICALCORE AND 1111 CALIFORRIMMENSMENTS) F ES ME lUllORF ETC I I BEEN CONS SDTHF SOLI E,0NHE F IT TH IT IN IRNR AL A ORN I R &TO R AND IT ACE 1 1111 A I FORRIA I LUMNE NO CODE I I ) PART I TITLE 11 A A R �O R F IT , A M E MR IF A OUT M B A ,E,ONS IN FORM FLUID NO CODE A BLO�OIDTF�OORYDOMTHH'�MRIUITDUR'Nm 0MRALRIHIALIFICATOUNFALL US 11CALIFORRIAAMENSMENTS) AUCH AC AID ALSO To R TEST NO M FOR R FILE AUCYURAL FLAT A- CONCRETE ARBNU, FULDINO �LAEE L_ :RIFAN 'T ALL FOQ D =-FINC AREA 1��%IOR F :REFARRICATED ' 01IRLYTIM QUANNITY ROQU RE)DIF NINC R USH K2) DOOR NUMBS R RARE AS ROOM NUMBER MULT FILE D NOR 6 NETIN ' R OOM DISSNAL D W IT SIR lUFFI I ARIINI ACCOHM ALL FOR ONE A 'I��ORN�A � Nl�RCIODCO' I IAC�HPART �ICTCFRLI 21 A A R F MOQUMTNF�0MNlORM.TFRACINC TO IROADE STABILITY INOR 'SIT CAT I IT R, F AT RATE OREARRAFFION ROCHE TO THE SITE OR STRUCTURAL INI N�NR 1:RRE INN THURFIN=TTRUOF I HEYAAI FECF MTND 2122CALIFORNIAMENDMENTS) A EM (2121 INTERNATIONAFFIRE CODE A THE CONTRACT FOCUS IS E E B AFTER THEY DO NOT E 2122 A AFFORNIA RE FEREN.D STANDARDS IART 12 TITLE 2" A R MICATE OR DICTATE MR AND OR METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION I IT OR AN EAT ONO I ME AND S"C F A AT ON 6 6 TO FULLY D ' I I IFY IT I IF RO, I, If IG IC 04THI DNRFW OIT ALL BE RI EONl ST, To R ALL OF THE WORD SCOIR DEFINED 11 1 AL A OUT R AS TOKEN CA AS A M C�l ARM MORT CYR COCA COCA ALL CONIT A I CORR CA CAlCH RN.AN A 4 M�NCT CEMENT MORTAR CLSAN CONCR� CONCR ; F TOM u I ON CO"ZCTION HOINT CONS CORRIDOR BE IFT E E SEE A CE) E FT E ITT ST D SIT ED ST NARF FOOT SHEET M LAN SOUTH 611 A F CATIONDS MUNAR, To OLOTEL E�=E EFFEL E D Z`RM DEAN E I R ' Go ' " AEFILRC NCON FL DRM NGOR%FORIAONAANIlNCl ONLY AND DOES NOT LIMIT THE A NOT DR I To F NFIF WHERE SHOWN IN DIMENSIONAL DETAIL THE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL M , SIONLYL RRC M CHANICAL BRUCE SENT DUCTS IIIINC AND FIDFBNy THARE �UM THE "A" LOCAL ON SHALL BE SET CONTRACTOR IM11CL TO F NAL ATIROIAL OF FUI= AND ARCHITECT E �AF RIC.. COLNOTLUNMDBINC AND ELECTRICAL DRAWN. ARE DIAMMARMIN IN IF D D MFMNFEWL AT MAYBE CRATQAY DFFFO�RIB�R SAUDIS ELBOWS OR OTHA R RIECIFIC SHALL BE RE R OF RN LA ANONO OF FHTlWOR U SUN IT HRIFIRDAYTHISITS ARDITO'N D'ITIAL E FF E AS RIQUR , D BYRALLICAL AND IOR AMIAL EQU IMENT LOCATIONS OR OTHER INS CONDITIONS SHALL BE FRONDED To COME LET, THE WORD SET FILE CIA CO DIM D F M DR DIAMETIER D SEND ON DOOR OIININI DOUSLASE FIR DOWN STRUCT �H F FLY E BOTTOM IT ON S'LOORE OUR , OF IT, IFFICAL 0/4— THE 'HIS M 1 6 F MEN D A A'If MIROII�CTIDBIF'ORSIONITOIL'QU'IY�%�IMANT�DTONTHNRL�ISON RIFOR E ALL OBTAIN THE F.ACT REQUIREMENTS FOR �H[�ITMEIFTUI ANDINSTALTALL MAINC ISNO FIFFIN. EUllORFE ANDO M 0 CORRECT E EA AND AND FAR CHATE FOR THE " 'SENT BE NO NSTA"D MENT RAT N. SHALL BE FANIN AS A M I MUM AND SHALL NOT SHMITUM WITHOUT AUIROIAL OF THE OWNER AND ARCHILE AT D I DWS A rCT NOR A UST IT .I HM �TNT F F DOWN SEOUL DRAWNC �ACH ACT �NT R I ONO ENSINEER QUAL EFNC ==M HINT UERIOR AS M� 0 O� MASE CONOREMLE M IT IT FLOOR ZIOR U F UBC UNO I�NFF RON A A= A AI '�R 'N ROOF IORTF IwUS RF A "IT "AT M 'AT UND ' RWU TIRE LAN ORATOR ED CINCOMORAZD NO COD' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE LANIO FNELD DHREOUMH CAL �R HEAT ED R M E I ER '7+11 Room NAME ROOM NAME ==RNTERIOR EFERIONO, DESSNATE D BY STRODE 11 D 0 1 OF SCALE DR AUR I ME THE G INIRAL CON I FACT OR SHALL RAN FY ALL A OUR ON AN D D MINI ONE AT THE INS I I I , R 0 R TO B DD NO AN D START 0 F A MILE CAT !TN IS ISCREIANT ALAN F CALMR FOUND THE OMER AND ARCHILECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR E M I I �H N&OTTEAND DEFFULDEHALL FIFTY IN ALL CAERE UNLESS RIECIFICALLY %TYICAFEE L, WIT , TLA,�M1,RINCCIONFNLCCTOW�GE NRANEM 12 NODITSMCDDIDT,�LSLONFDNROMNGS SH�LTHESE , E AN I, I,, AND SET I OR ANDOURRIECIFICATIONE THE MOST STRINGENT SHALLAOILY TRIT CH OWN NSN OFFER EWOR A, IT US TO A A LYS MNORDETALEDSHAFLBECONSTRUCECTAOR I F OREM A I DEFERMNEDLOBEFFIROIRALEBYARCH NO NEER I� ALL SYMBOLS ME CONSIDERED TO BE CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FEBREATIONS 'BED AN E BASED ON THE A 0 NSTRUCT ON SIEC F CAT ONE INST FULE 6 STANDARD F ST OF FEBRE A AT ON , F OR USE 0 1 D RAWN" CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN CO, ED AND B ON I RM RTS QUURNSH IS FLY BUD A A AS FOR HE 1 DRE NASTHM R'MONEIC � IT F "A OATNRAAR OR I LE'L E I ON FEAR I MB SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR CLARIFICATON ALL DMAN SION SAN EL To TO AS EOLFECONCRE BLOCIEFACRO'CTENCRELE FACE OF E F E A IT IS R 'A MATV ST HOT HIT IT B I NFO D FUEL E y AS I �l RESH ME E I U�IH .��NIU IT �R 0 B R CZNEF �R� HFARFNATBINEF =R DEAN MANE(C USE) C ATAMILESD 3FACCE E G I !OlANBIBB NCHE' NFORMATON NEIDE DIAMETER "I WE ITT MET "D "NDMMOFEENNNOUN '0 WN DO DOW BUD WOOD DESSNATEDBYARROW D FSEG,R�ED BEYSDROEINE ORT ROW ED B MSFTRO�N OR ARROW I ",ATTEDDY END Q RLEET�TEORN,�RQUETNCAUUARD ATFOCONTRACH OR NUMBER AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT STUD DCENTER NE F A INS UNTEE.OTH W No MR OF EADAN HEG NERF CEOFNOTREIOTRODRERHNILAIYRMFAYEIL�SEIRUREERMFEONRTMN D HAI I MOR CAN CESBEL�E,�HBEEACUTBUM�DEMETNOSTONS ON THE TNRMORRECTE NE 66 ALEY D FFEREN , D IT 0, US DON LED RAWN IT IT D HE AN EINFOEDCONSIDERATON AND INSTRUCTIONEIRIOR TO IROCEEDINSWITH THE MCRH,�N I I CIC TE 'ATHO EASED SITHAT STOORTHO R R 6 BED OR F THE WORD MAY NOT BE EASY AND MAY AN E D E AS US AN D D E MUSTRY IT �TF I OFF IOINT M 1HAIT NE Too T MADUFACTURER ACA# 250— 10 IATL 0 A. MAUONRYOlENNC M= M M�CHANICAF Architects AO. 1 'iHm O�AH �N IED 0 M To M MTEANEOUS L" A 11 1 11 1 1 ...CITY OF EL SEGUNDO c A L I F A ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 ARCHITECTURAL COVER SHEET 305 MAIN ST. DEMOLITION KEYNOTES <�>REMOVE (E) HSS GUARD RAIL TYP OREMOVE (E) WOOD SLEEPER AND PILLWOOD PILPTFORM TYP OREMOVE (E) METAL IDDER IP �REMOVE (E) METAL DUCT CROSSOVER TYP DEMOLITION NOTES DEMOLITION ROOF PLA" SCALE NEW WORK KEYNOTES: oN I1.-111,11.IIEENaEEIET-,zA3EnP o N IIITEORM aEEOET- —I TYI o N TAIME1-11ER aEEOETA1—Il, nP oN I.EAEON—R1.11ER,aEEOET-1-1TYI o SEE PENETRAT oN NOTE IEow, TYI © ITEP—INIIN. N—IIE—NNEANT11- 0 NEW WORK NOTES: NEW WORK ROOF PIA" ........ ....... EoxEE ----------- 11 N I . E A I ,Ex ALA E.E .I LADDER A, EL AEI. N'l El ,IN. Lll EELI IIIN. A A A PENETRATION DETAIL ATLAIA III (I) IT E E EEL, I'LL .NLI—ElEl -1-,-LOFF _jFLOOR ZTOP BRACKET TOP VIEW v A FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION (2) E E Ear —1 NIT L11K —ElER DE '�'RAEl'K`ET`l'N "AALI'"E"" -A-TPARAPET ACCESS LADDER ELEVATIONS IIALE 1 -1 1 111A, 211111 to%A (2) 'lid 10 LE FOR R 1111 MI K A3.1 10 1111111 1 E" IE D" ENT CITY OF EL SEGUNDO F 0 R I E.TRIDED A INI. EIDE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTA HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 DETAILS WENETRATION DETAIL ER BRACKET SIDE VIEW I 305 MAIN ST. 6 —E NTE SECTION GUARDRAIL SCREEN ELEVATION —LE 1 -1 1 DUCT CROSSOVER SIDE VIEW SCALE 1 -1 0 ROOF PENETRATION /DUCT JCCA# 250-1 A3.2 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO c L F A ENGINN E E RING DE PA R T M ENT HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 DETAILS 305 MAIN S �-ll)STRUCTURE -UCT PENETRATION WALL P)DUCT CROSSOVER TOP VIEW E-1 E I - - - - - - - - - - - r4 ,s PLATFORM SECTION DETAIL 3SIDE VIEW — PLATFORM s)MM!NG PLAN — PLATFORM AnArchitects.A3.3 4 I I I I I I N S .....CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 DETAILS :�ETAIL 305 MAIN ST. N-) eLV ..... . ....... %r N ZZ, VT 17.1 ... .. ... .......... ... .... . ... ....... mu cenies. as 1,71 EQUIPMENT 7ANCHORAGE M Z — 3 .. ..... ...... . .... ..... . "0 --------- - -7L i Ti KEY PLAN JCCA —A. 1-1 1 % so. 1 I t —1 L Architects Engineers ILI I I I ROOF FRAMING PLAN CITY OF EL S E G U N D O c L F A J) E N �G I N E RING G DEP`ARTMENT T SIHEDULE STRUCTURAL NOTES STRUCTURAL MI"'INEl DETAILS & ROOF FRAMING PLAN N) 1N�� M,IN,1)- 305 MAIN ST. GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS HVAC SYMBOLS PROTECTION 01 EFI IT No TO REMAIN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT CNISHES P P No EVIL PMENT CONTROLS ANY ELECTR CAL MECHAN CAL EAU PMENT NOT W E SCOPE 01 THE NEW CON TRUCT ON WORK N EP T No =TH I I I NOT DES GNATED FOR DEN OL T W 'TRU T E CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RE=lNFE PCONTLE RCT2N ONANY 11 ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED NA CLE AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER CARE SHALL BE EERC I ED To M �g M IS AMC NCONVEN ENCE OR D ITUREANCE TO OTHER AS EA' OF THE PH LD No WH CH ARE To RENA N N OPERAT ON FOLATE WORK AREAS FY=E TEAKEEP DUST AND DIST WITHIN THE CONSTRU AS 11 ALL DUCTWORD AND P P No NSULAT ON 8 HALL MEET ' RE AND So OCE HAZEARD EST No A, TESTED UNDER PROCED UBE FILM E 11 N ' PA " I AND UL AND SHALL N OF EC EED CLAIM E PIP READ RAT No 0", ANDMA.MUM I Mo OR YEAR TO PER RATI No OF �l CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ROI-LING 01 ALL DUCTWORK AND All EDD OR CIM CFSD ABOVE I INISHEI I Too I FACKDRAIT DAMPER CE �C I RET"UEREM INUTE CU IS COMBINATION FIREOSMOCE DUET T'IDE =1 A ENDUOCNT FIA'CANAILLEET TORNOTE I ST I W RETURNONFACE AIR DUCT FACING IIEWER DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR ANY SUBCONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL FRAME DEVGNNS SEPREECNFTC TACUNNG I FEEOR AD IN E'UPMENT'CHEDULE A FF IT, I 11 NO PIPING A.UIPMENT To SHALL BE REM OIED DISCONNECTED PER To OR 8 IT UT D OWN W TL'OTO p R 0 R REV E W W THO THWIOW OF GO UP R OF HAT AREA RENA N N 0 PERA T N ILL N I E Z MUM Go A I "DUCTAND p CLEARLY UNG AND 8 JIMIT DETA LED CLEARLY LEG BLE FULL I IS SHOPDRAWINGE NAUTOCAD ORMAT FOR APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER PRIOR To �ABR CATION CONSTRUCTI ON AND I NETALLATI ON OF DUCTWO RK CA DAMPER CONTROLIALVE OUTl RE A R D LOT FA C No 1= DUCTFA NGAWA FR C y ON, MULT ZONE UNT UTLIZED CONTRACTORIS RESPONSIBLEFOR STRUCTURAL DEIS GN A, PART OF I D LVAC ITO T HALL BE REA EMBLED CHARGED TESTEDAND ON By SUA APPROVED I FOROPERAT 11 IFIEDPERSONNEL CONTRACTOR MALLPROVIDEALL TART UPAND LVAC UNIT COMM . ON N I I I ERVICE I AND GO I ORD NAT ON W TH MANUFACTURE R REPRE SENTATIVE GO NTRACTOR SHALL DETERM INS IF LVA C UNIT I NA ILL BE DELIV BEER N I ECT ON, PC OR To I D AFFE OF ED FA " AREA 8 NOTW TH N THE SCO PEOF Wo RK BHA LL BE AFFE CTED BY ANY SHUT DOWN RE MOVALORD 'CONNE CTO N STATE NEEDS ADVANCE NOTICE PER STATE APPROVE SCHEDULE 11 THEAR ENTOF ElUPMENT DUCTWORD AND BE No SHOWN ON THE=M DOE I BASED Up NFORMAT AVAILABLE To THE ON= IS NMENDED TO SHOW ENG NEER AUTHETIME OF DEFIGN ECA OF D M ENS 0 ME BE CUIAR TO A FEE CIDI C M ANUFA CTURER THE DRAWIN GEARE IN PART DIAGRA M MATIC AND I ON E F EATURES OF THE ILLUSTRATE D AS UIPM ENT INSTALLATIO N M AT RE H RE REVI 810 N To M EST ACTUA L El U PM ENT NITALTAT 0 N RAIUREMENTS STRUCTURALEUPPORTS FOUNDATON I AND PIPING 11 CONTRACTOR INALLIUBM TIHOP RAWNGI OF COMPON UTEAT LEAETTWOWEEKEPRIORTO N TA TON . 0 WNER SHALL INSPECT AND APPROVE OF ALLWORD BEFORE COVERING WITH INSULATION OR INSTALLATION WITHIN CEILING SPACE 11 A BE R OVA L OR D IF BE BOVA L By THE USE ECTO R 0 F RECO RD DOE I M EA N A BE R OVA Lo R FA LU RE TO GO M PLY W TH THE REA HIRE M ENTE OF THE PIN I AND I SEND CAT ON I ANY DES GN WH CH ROOT ID) (E) EA EAT ESP E - FF DEN 0 REM OVE AND REPLACE E.IETING PROTECTINPLACE E.NAUFTAIR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EITERNA L STATIC P RE HURE ENTEN No WATER TEM P FAUTRENHE T PC L U POPE FOG FLANGED 0 GASKETED CONNECTION I —I DUCTSIZE FIRST DIMENSION FACES VIEWER SISETRANSITION (D T TV N (�CHOEUEITMCEATLALLY�LZNEED�DURG RITHAI INHOWNA)L E I ROUND E LBOW SHORT RA DI UP ROUND E ITS OW WC BE ITTER VANES UPON COMPLET ON OF P P No BUT PC ORTO APPLICATION OF NFULAT ON THE CONTRACTO R SHALLTEST THE P P No SYSTEM I FOR LEAKS EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DAMAGED BY THE SPEC F ED TEST CONDIT IONE SHALL BE ISOLATED So HER ULE CRANE F 0 R L FT No E CUP MENT FRO "To R 0 OF ONE WEEK NA RV AN C EAND GO NTRA CTOR SHALL GO ORDNATE WT IT OWNERAND OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED CITY PERMITS CONTRACTOR INA LL FURNIHAND N "A LLA LL RE AT RED DD C GO NTR OLCOMPO MENTZ To GO NNE OF TV A CU N IT T 0 ED ST No VLD NAGGE I EWGRYNMGAANN D E M E I I Y ITEM WITH ALL REA HIRE D ERF COURT T CONNECTEDP No VALKE I P BE SUPPORTS AND ELECTRICAL CONDUT PEC ED OF I Y HAV E TO BE ALTERED OR ADD TIONAL ITEMS REQUIRED TO ACCOMM ONATE THE EAU PM ENT PROVIDED NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT W ILL BE MADE FO R SUCH REV I ONE AUTTERATIO ME AND ADD T ONE GO NTRA OF OR BHA LL VER FY ALL D M ENS ONE AT THE 8 TE MAKING F E LD M EAS U RE M ENT, AND 'Hop DRAWNG, NECESBARYFOR FABRCATONAND NSTALLATONOF LVAC SYSTEMS MAKE ALLOWANCE FOR BEAM, PPEANDOTHEROB STRU CTIONSIN BU LD No CON ITRUCT ON CHECK DRAWING 11 HOW No WORK 0 F OTHER TRADE I ANDCONE ULT W TH THE STATE I REPRE I ENTAT A E CHT HY I A ENN 10 C M OTE I NCTAELR F ENDE CAT I N I CHOP DRAWING I A E M I E FITT I IS I I I IS AOONFS AONRD EINNGAINLLEVERE UCBOMNITTRTAECDTTOOR CLEAR OR I AGE GUOU I I HALL BE REFERREDTO THE CONSULTANTS AND OWNER FOR INTERPRETATION OR CTCR F CAT ON CONTRACTOR SHALL U E ALL NECE ARYAPPROVED SAN PROTECT IT I PORT ON OF THE WORK BEFORE DUR NGMANDSATTER NETALLAT ON UNTIL ACCEPTED AND TO PROTECTTHE N STALLED WORGAND OF TERALI OF OTHERTRADES INA LICEMANNER NTHE EVENTOFANY DAMAGE CONTRACTOR 'HALL MAKE ALL REA IRED REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS TO THE PAT EFACT ON OF THE CONSULTANTS AND OWNER AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER �C TV FPM FS FT GPM HHWE HHWR FFINTTERW �A FLY FGA D A FEET PER MINUTE FIRE SPRINKLER FEET GALLONS PER MINUTE HEAT I HOT WATER SUPPLY No HOT WATER RETURN DEATH LLINICGGHHHETTMMOFPP SRTUECTPPU LRYN PAM.EURE TAP DIFFUSER OR GRILLE HARD CONNECTED INSULATED DUCTING RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TRANSITION CON CALTAP N D F FUSE R 0 R I BILLS F LIPS I GO NNECTE D ROUND DUCT D A M ST ED CUCCU BEN N T NOE TTARlEWMAL GYIYAU o=D= NTBGNNNITTNEE REVIEW. EVAFLLETREWEC OUORNENNE GWCEROSWENNOR QAPPULARLE SHMSPIAIHRNUN TOAFHEFINOTERNADCENUUCR1TR1 E MFAICONOEM RELEEPN D PNR OEOW�MU FORLVACOPERATIONANDCONTROL ONAFI NTEOlD�0FHTENN MORE STRINGENTASTANDARDINALLPREVAISTHE HCTEEVORDETPE NHO0 TIHA=EINlD OC PNCD MOENNFCIGEUMRENTTI KS OIDRIFABRICRDIONPUICWSEWITORLOTERTON OFITIWORK SE WRFIOFYR AARTDYAKISTINAOSGNFE OFTHTHEWOTUHMATERABETHEFLRESPONEIFLY BEUMESMEMA NLNTL OR. WFTIQROSCOBNTAFOCMOTHT SRSOCOVOTCENH NLRTELEEDCCA R ER =TCO DRVELCONTROLPANEL UNNpEFD'QNTUCN LIAGCGS TRESTEARERRLLHINSAN THEEACOCATIONEELEVATIONSANDCHARCTERISTICSOFAL B PC CESANDELECTRCALCONTROLCONPONEOFF C SEEWWWAAATTTEEERRW RCOLUMN TSCINOCCTRPOORNDMOFEA.PL SRETDAQWLULAIRPARMSELEONEL LVAC SYSTEMS ORRELATED COMPONENTEAS INDICATED ON PLAINS ANDEPECFEDHEREN IG THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY ALL FEES AND PERMITS PERTAINNo To THE CONTRACT 11 OBTAIN AND FOLLOW ALL OWNER REQUREMENTI GUDEOEI RULES ANDPR`CEDUREFFOR CONSTRUCT ON PROV ME URANCE N ACCORDANCE WITH OW KILOWATT LENGTH PAZ HOODROOMIENIOR @) HUM DTY SENFOR 11 A LL NEW E AT PM E " AND M ATER A LTO BE N 'TA TLED A I PART 0 F 11 ED IT No M ATER A LS THAT ARE REM OVE D SHALL NOT BE REUS ED I N STATE I REQUIREM ENTS L ME R @ THERMOSTATEENFOR T HE REP TV CEMENTEMA LL BEAR AN UNDERW R T ED I TV BORATOR I E I AND INSTALLED IN THE APPROVED MANNER FOR WHICH THEY ARE DEF= DOCUMENT AND RELAY ANY MACOR 11 CONTRACTOR DEV AT o US FR ON T HE DES GN DOCUMENTS ANDATT�G AP"PROVALL FR ON THE MECHAN CA L ENG ME ED BEFo RoCEED BU T RE BE COPNoNF ILL BE PROVIDED INDICATING ALL CHANGES AND DEV MADE DUE NG CONSTRUCT ON CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CON PLETED AS BU LT DRAW DOE N AUTOCAD FORMAT GO NR HAND M ARGED REDUCED AF—BUILT DRAWING I WI 1 NOTTRACTOBEACCEPTED Co NTRACTOR BHA LL PC OF ECT (E) ROOF No.A ON SHOULD BE TAKEN N OF To CA ED TO AD THE AS 'EMBLY OR UNDERLY No ST R UCTURA L SYS TE M AND TO PRoV RE PROPER ROOF MEMBRANE PC o TE OF o N F C o MILE LOT ON TRAFF C I ANT C PATED PROVIDE A TEM PORARY PATHWAY TO PROTECT THE ROOF M EMBRANE 11 ALL WORK INA I CON PLY W TH THE 1111 ED NEOFTHE z NEW FY'TE ME ED CE ST WHERE MY OFFER A, BE No RELOCATED 11 ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE METALLED N ITS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANU FACTURER I WRITTEN NETALLAT ON INSTRUCTIONS 8 11 By STE M ZED SHCo N ITETACTE MALUBE PETER DER F o RTA TY LVAC DUCT I AND I R U D I BE 0 AND N I ALL E D N ACCORDANCE WITH THE 1111 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE AND THE LATEST FMACNA STANDARDS 11 ALL P PING INA LL BE ME TALLEDAE MY CA TED ONTLE DRAWINGS IN A NEATWoRGM AN I IT IS L OR M A NNE R AND BE FUppo EYE D AS RE AT RED I y CODE 8 P PING BHA LL BEER T Up ANDY oW HAND o FFIET A I RE AT RED To ST T F ELD C OUR T ON I D ELE CTR C COUPLINGS SHALL BE USED WHERE DIFBIMILAR METALS ARE IOINED 11 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESBARY SUPPORT' FOR F TUBES DUCTWORD IPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT N ORDER To CON PLY W TH BE I M C REA J M ENTS AS OUTL NED BY THE LATE ST EDITIO N(F) 0 F THE CAL F oR%E A I U THING Co RE 11 DEMOLITION OF ANY ED ST No AC ITO WORK NDEPING COORDNATEDWTHFACL2 DUCT 'HALFBE SAND op ERAToN' CONTRACT EPETING UORTENALL SCHEDULE WORK TO MINIMIZE SHUT DOWN OF N 11 ED SNBGE EJRFTACEED MY AMESASMNOTEI NCLUDED IN THE WO RK AREA HA So OF FRO AG BYAPPROVEDMEANE IF DAMAGA OCCURS THE DAMAGE SMALLER BEEF RED By THE COULD CToR To SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER AND AT CO ADD T oNA 11 REM OVE ALL BURP LUB=TAoL=T AND RE BRIE N C DENTAL To T IT I PC o �E OF AND LEAVE THE PREMISES CLEANAND o FREE Ly UPON CoMPLET o N OFWORK 11 ON INSULATED PIPING ALLVALVES HANDLES AIR VENTS AND PREIIUREETEMPERATURE READOUT PORTS TO BE PROVIDED WITH I E.TENE ON To CLEAR PIP No NFULAT ON 1� INDEPE PRE OF BAINCI No AND TESTING GO NTRACTOR SHALL (A) LET LBE MA. M N M JA (N) OFF 'p PH GUY RA LEAV No AIR TEMPERATURE POUNDS LEAV No WATER TEMP MA.MUM M N M UM M AGEUP Al R NEW PROVIDE AND INSTALL OUT' RE A R D FFERENT AL PRESBURE PHASE QUANTITY RETURN Al R (D THERMOSTAT DUCT SMOKE OCE DETECTOR REMOTE CONTROL PANEL FOR MUA I EPET No NEW WORK DEN N oLTo SHUT OFF VAI E CAL Fo RN A BU LD No M E CHANICAL PLUM I AND OTHER APPITCABLE FEDERAL STATE OR LoCALCoDEI A, AD OPTEDAND ENFORCED By THE TO C—URIDICTON NCASETHEPINESHOW MORE ITS NGENT REQU BEMENT I OCUMENTAOLL MOTVTEERRN THE ANo HOONRTITHY ETDO EAS OIGTIHNE DOCUMENT DRUEETSGEURGTPNFRTYEoTN(POLL IT So "o N o F BID N Co NNE OF ON W THTH I W OFF I NA LL MPLY THAT THE I DDER UP FECA M NED T LET o I I TE UNDER W IT CH THE CONTRACTOR W TYPE oBLGATEDTo OPERATE UP DER TH 8 CONTRACT NO E.TRAF CHARGE W ILL BE ALLOWED F o R FA LU RE OF ANY BIDDER TO ECAMINE THE SITE PRIORTO BID 1� WHERE USED THE TERM PROVIDE SHALL MEAN FURNISHAND NETALL C D=OToAT NHE`�UOBB oTTERPAR ToREBO'COMMVEENRCFY E OF OF A MY CONSTRUCT ON THE CONSULTANTS AND OWNER SHALL MMEDATELYBENoTFEDoFANYD I CREPANCE I SM A C NA N STA FLAT o N STANDARD I AND ALL RELATED To CAL ORD NAN C E I FEE BE I I MCP R o TECT ON NOTES TH I SHEET FOR MOREINFORMATION I AMLYLOVAFLEVREIo NITODROANWlNGE TO BE LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE " U N o N SSUALLBE p R CA DEDA MY NITALLED AFTER EACH THREADED TY p E VA FAR AND PC OR TO EAU PM ENT CONNECTIONS I PIPING AND DUCT SUPPORTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS A A LLBRAC No OF DUCT, AND P P No SMALLER METALLED N ACCORDANCEWITH SMACHA GUIDELNES OR AS DETAILED AND 'PEC LIAR HEDRE I WHEREBRA No 4ITZARENOTEHOWNONTHE DRAWINGFORINTHEGUDELNEE THE FIELD INSTALLATION F_ECT To THE FEES SNGFFEER OVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL I� ACOPYOFTHEGUDELNEBPUBLBHED BYSMACHASNALLBE PROV DER By THE CONTRACTOR AND KEPT ON THE L OF AT ALL PRO E WE THEN WATER AND A R BALANCE RE SO PH FO R ALL FAA C EQU�D M ENT NCLUDED NTH I PROTECT ANAGER SATURDYS TO REAPPROVED BY " EC LRA, CSOE UoNpDSoEPROTECTA MANAGER " Wo RK NDOORS 8 To HAS o CES W LLNEEDTO BE SCHEDULED ON 'A TU CRAY, o R AFTER BU I m BE HOUR I To I E A PpRoVED By E L SEGUNDO PROTECT MANAGER " THE EAU PMENT D ITS BUToR UP ED FOR THE BASIS OF DEFIGN IS AS FOLLOWS STEPHEN BAYER g, W " , ED BA ERWACCOM SIBA y @ y WWW BAY ERHVA C CON I BEACH BID SUITE IGI FUNTINGTON BEACH CA GI.G PC BIT IF ED IF ER SOFT T TT Typ FEE A RETURN FAN RELAT AS HUM PILL SUPPLY A R SMOKE DETECTOR SUPPLY FAN SUPPLY REGISTER 'QUARE FEET TEMPERATURE INDICATOR TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER TYPICAL TOTAL STATIC PRESBURE VOLTS 4NA 11 THEFCONTERD CTO RAI MALYFUpNMCONDATNONAALTY GA�L RANTE E A TY WORK PER AND LLEQ D ED I U R "'HEDEFOOR A PER OR OF ONE YEAR FROM THE=TAFINALACCE THE WORK BYTHE STATE I REPRE E LOSE IG CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BORE NOTCH CUT OR PENETRATE INTO A STRUCTURA L M E M PER W TH OUT WE YFEN APPROVAL FROM THE ST R UCTU RALENG I NEER OF RECORD AND STATE I REPRESENTATIVE VAV VEL VFD VARAB EAIRVOLUME AS LoCT L y VAR ABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE ,off Architects. Engineers Mo. 1 11 DME=I l�HATLTACKELPDREECELDEANNCDEGEVNEER.CLANLOT=NON THE No Yp A TA I M2M UNMOREQ JW BEENTS TO BE USED WHEN CONDITIO ME ARE NOT I W TITER IG ISO LATE A MY DRAIN EP STI No PI PING SYSTEM AS RE QUI RED TO ACCOMMODATE USTALLFTONOFTHEWORK AD AS AS RIFY I N F ELD PRE. RE ='GAUGE V11111 K I CITY 0 F E L SEGUNDO cENGINEERINGAL IF A EAHALL 11 N OF E I AND BELA L' ON T FE'RACV C. " ALLCONDUTAND W RE REQU RED FOR THE DIRECT DIGITAL COULD oL 'Y'TE M ECHA LL BECPTRORV�DE D AND WG DEPARE�MENT WAHKEEEP REoCEDEA OVER GENERA NOTESAND ALDET LB E YET GI ARESHOWN CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO GIMILAR ON RNI�TpAoLNF RLFTToHE Co NTRACTOR THE NTRA o HALFHVAC PROV RE ALL ELECTRICAL ITEM I REQUIRED FOR AN OPERATIONAL WT WEIGHT UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 PROTECT CoNTRoLFFyFTEM MECHANICAL COVER SHEET 305 MAIN ST. PACKAGED MULTI -ZONE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE- GAS/ELECTRIC " I IFIFF I ITI REAELE ITR I IF L NATA FERIAI T T I VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX SCHEDULE (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) IIA.ETAR RIWF F. I .11AL 11 - .1 11- 1 1 "1 1 IARRIER 11-1 IARRIARIlF 11A - - - I I "I I IARRIARIlFIll "IF - - - I I "I I IARRIARIlFIll 11 "1 - 1- 1 1 "1 1 IARRIARIlFIll 1� "I - .11 1 1 "1 1 IARRIARIlFIll 11 - "I - I I "I I IARRIARIlFIll I RR�E 1� "1 1 1 1 "1 1 IARRIARIlFIll IARRIARIlF -IARRIARIlF 11 "1 "1 1 1 1 "1 1 IARRIARIlFIll I I "I I IARRIARIlFIll I- I I "I I IARRIARIlFIll A OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATIONS, (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) IIIIIANIYIATE.IRY �� AENTILATINRATE IRAFTIN.Rll. IFFIIEFIAIE EN.INEERIN. IRIT IFFIIEFIAIE DEMOLITION KEYNOTES <�>D) NATURAL GAS FOR <�>GD,100NNNDEEINT�OFE DRAIN LINE LE-ORARIFT -1 FOR FUTURE RE N (D),REOITANGUIR DUCT NG TO FISH NG LEAVE (E DUCT PREPARE DUCT SUPPORTS PC RE. OVING OLD AZT , 0 PAINTING -H COLD GALVANIZED SAINT <�>D) ME 3 LVAC UNIT AND ALL AS SO DIFFER PIPING <�>D) DUCT SUFPS- SEE ARCHITECTURAL <�>F) CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE DO.N (%�OECMAETNE�DCW NTNRGOL PANEL ZONE COFUTROULTEARNER LAND ALL ELECTRICAL <�>(D) LADDER FEE ARCHITECTURAL AS SO AT CH ^PROV RE PROTECTVE ROOF COVERING DUE NG MECHANICAL DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN SCALE NEW WORK KEYNOTES [J] INI III ITI IN IINLEI " ITT IINE LIII INIT "I I 111 ME L OIL IN IE 'E, "NT IN 'E, . E , I "011 NO 1111 1 1 IONNEIT TO (N) IELIIN III I .. Ly I I "IT IN "0' INIT TO II-E EEE ELIlIL— 11—WE EEE EIlEllLE (N) EEONNEL ILNE,101,NTTOINI(INL) NI I TLINI I TO 10 0 , 'N'T IEE IELIIL (jig (E) 111L ElllOILE 101 (N) E1111 111-01I .01,a1 I(ILLEI_EylAIN 10 1 T"IOTNNEIT TO N, EE E N,=II '0 lENEL— IIOIIIE INlILIOLI.E lI.lEIE EEE IELIL �& [5 INAIE III ILEIN IONIENEATE IIIN LINE [E.I"IE,LIN"I IN, 'INONTI IINI 110" ("IONE IENIOII TO N) . E'ON"IT 0. '00,TOTEIONEEENEOIEIT"IEN)ION111TN.LIILION. To N"'I""''ONT'OL"NEL 1001— IONTIOLE .1. 11 OITO —I EEE ELEITINIL [7 ] (N) IONIENIITE IIIININI IONNEITTO (E) IENT EEE lETIIL � [1] (N) NTNOTEINEOLN11IT INI IONITITOIE 110. .1 1 TO .1 1 10 GENERAL KEYNOTES. I IEI IT ILL (E 1001 IIIE LEI.ITE —I N— 1001 —1 "0' E IIIE E.TENEION . NEElEl 1 10011 NITE ILL N- MIO MITI TIE I1111TEIT—LINI ELE'T, OIL _NE I IEIIEEYILLE.111 .1. INET—TIONIE.111E.ENTE 11011-11-01-110ITTO NIIEIEEIEI.ITONONE EE lNOIIlZT'�LTOloT'ONI LIIIYTE I NIL NET TIE IOLLO= I E E IOTEIT IN IIIE IIIE Ill. IONIIITINI IONIIITOI TETN""NELLoo. E (E "" IETIIN E.lIlET)TO(EEITO—ITEEINllIOI I IEI —01-ITE110.1LETIONOINE-01I MECHANICAL NEW WORK ROOF PLAN .AlANIlRl IMANCEIT NE I IN 'ENLR' IVT W) R00 lIN..E.ElN I 'E'E (.L,E " —L') TO (E) ... IN. EEITEITII_E.E (..-,,)PIPE SUPPORT - DURA BLOCK ON ROOF ��l 1111 NOT TO 111LE RECTANGULAR DUCTVVORK DETAIL ENGLE ME DOLBLEIRE GO IU ON I�NELE DIAGRAM DIFUNERAT E GO ON _T T- T T I Dt —T— 4 ) DUCTWORK DETAILS �M3.1 ICALE. NOT TO ICALE DRAIN L ME SNA LL BE A T LEA ST THE 'A I E , Z E A , T HE I PPLE ON THE DIAIN PAN PANITARY DRAIN TEE CLEANOUUT LEE OPEN VENT AE CLEAN OUT AC UNIT PITCH DN E Lop E DRAIN LINE ___ TORD DRAIN A �EAN D AD CONNECT A T 0 (E) CON ONNDENEATE D RA IN ONLY MIN 1� ON 'UNL RA LUNION (N) P GOM0 TRA CPTBY CTO R LONG CAR U ELBO — MIN I TO I ONDEN 'ATE DR P ED 2122 CMC E E IT 0 1 CONDENEATE TRAP CALCUITIONE DRTHROUGHFAN T 'P'l 11 1 IAIP I— BT THROUGH FANI 1 I Tl (..2,)CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL 1,!3 1.) ICALE NOT TO ICALE IEDUCEIAE Tl� IR E.rUDIE D NETALL.AE PIPING FULL GIEE REDUCE GIEE OF CAP , CONNECT2 NGTO%COTNNECTION IDE @ 'C"EDULE BLACK 'TEEL GAP PIPE 'A IT GAP I IE TO PROTECT I IE FROM C011OE ON U C'Mp UA A\C U C"MP GAIPIPEIUPPOIT DOOF GAP DIET LEG (1::i:)NATURAL GAS PIPING CONNECTION DETAIL ,!3.1)ICALE NOTTOICALE CONTINUOUP, 11 GAGE GALVANDED ETEEL — — — — --- -ING NUT LOCK NG HAND AIM AUAD'ANT HANG NG I RE 01 CHAIN METNATICN_I 1EATEl 1O", N TlAEG.E1 RECTANGU'R DAMP IENT, Room NAENUMEI"EERR IOVIDE DAMPER 1 OPTIONAL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER BALANCING DETAIL ,!3 1.) ICALE MOTTO ICALE rL.A JCCA M 311 Architects •Engineers CITY OF EL SEGUNDO c EN SINN L E RING G DE PA R T M EN TA HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 MECHANICAL DETAILS 305 MAIN ST. Existing 5 Port Ethernet Cellular Modem Switch Located Power to Cellular Modem, With Static IP Located in MZ-2 Graphic Module and In MZ-2 Ethernet switch provided through convenience outlet in Seasons4 unit. y9�I ......... ................. 7................. CAT5 (New) J CAT5 5 Port Ethernet {} (New') Switch All Items other than new MZ-3 (New) MZ -2 3 Opticore are existing n \" Existing Control Panel. MZ Graphics Bayer HVAC to provide Module Located Allgraphical control upgrades n MZ-2 And new ethernet connection e % To MZ-3. Contact: Seasons4 Opticore Seasons4 Opticore MZ-2 (Existing) Q MZ-3 (New) Stephen Bayer, Jr. 714-655-6530 IElaa9��d CA211111 •ry i,i ui i+ i ok Architects • Engineers M4. CITY OF EL�SEGUNDO E N G I N E E R I N G DEPARTMENT HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 MECHANICAL CONTROLS 305 MAIN ST. p GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST I ILL ... .. T IS ' E1111"Al I ll"IFINIE IT" I11FIIIFE .. Ell AND STANDARDS I FE T" ", A LET " FEEL GIFTS .. FE AN I STAND EYE I IEI 110 1 A IIIIIAL ALL E FEITI IAL Al I I I ENT I I ILL IS LIFE I I I TEI " 'EST F ED ST A NAT 'NALLY RE .. NEAR TEFTN. FEES, lATOlY All I TED ST TIE UNITED STATES OIIUIATIONAL SAFETY DEALT, AD.11�F_ I IEI 110 1(1 IOFTA. E DIOI TIE A.1El NED 10 — E DIO I ON 11 DID I I IINET' HIT IN 11 NOT INTE1111T 11 I.IFIR I1FlITIIN IN, IS"I I A_ IS IT A SEA I II I I I I I I I I LETIN M REC AAL'L � I I I E DIFIC 1, , NYE OFF, EN.ALLFFA TH IT. E IT A I I 11ITE Fll I EA` OUTSID I AGE I F IOIL DUST TFIELI 11 IS OIL AND FOREIGN MATERIALS IFEANUI AND RE AS 0. THE "E. .0 CRY FEE ALL DEENE AND EU11YUS MATERIAL IAUFED ST THIS ISO'D 11 ISIEIE THERE I A I ONFF'T `E-EEN THE DEA- USE I ANY FELEAANT AFF AFIIE FINISHED I FILE F L.. 'S FULL I'D All AN. RE RE ITI NO INIT IFUNEFIOAID IAIAIITY RELOCATED A A.1ElE FLY I NILE IT ME DIAGRAM SHE SUESTATION I- 'F'u 111111T IFITICATIN (IFFIFFIFIR 111111T I;� 10 1 .. ED) "I" ERIC MINATEI 1111111 NO 11 NIHT A MY I =U" 'ONDUITT'O' NIT. I 1EG1`1'E -1 SAGS. 1101 RE III 1 11111-111 11ElE NO IONDHTCSIlE ELSE 11 STATED 110�G E DAN IATE I NEUTRAL F 01 ALL FDA N11 IIIIHT SOFT I ITALLED FEEDER IONDUITOII AND IIANI" I IIJIT IONDUITOIS TO TIE FA'T'E' CONNECTED LOAD 0, OUTLET INALL NOT E.'EAD , 'Ell— I ALL IAFLEGSIlE IONDUIT RUNS ARE FIOISN DIA.1—AT IALLY I THEY INALL IS ME E.'E'T IS'E'E FILLED To FULAENZNEFE0-T'E "DAGON. TOIATIONFAIEE.ILITLY THE ELET' 'AL 'ONTU ITIO NIEIIA�'ENA'TIO'N'OLODEDIONEDEENIIIT'D D—AMMATI AND SYMEOLI I CODES THE CODES FDA TY GOIEIN E.—TISITEIE TIE DIAGN USE MY CATE A - LITYLEIEL�UIEIIOITOTIAT�IEIIFIED SYTIE CODES 11 TIE ISOID 11011DE MEANS THAT TIE CONTRACTOR INALL FURNISH IN STALL, D—T TEST AND INTE.IATE INTO A IO.ILETE SYSTEM TIE ITE. A I E`N`EAIE`FGAN1'LCO1NA GALNELA' DIAIE 'I %AANHDFyF%EL-ANEOUE ITEMS 0 T E. FIND E:N I U�T I 1 SO T I SEA Ell ED FFOAID IF IO11El IIIIAL I DISTANIE JN=lOUND US (D) DEMOITION TO JON (E) DENOTES EIIITINI OTTEISSIRE NOTED EA EACH IONTIA 'To I IEIION I I LE FOR RE AT NO GOOD U T " T" E AN I ENT A , GO MY U'To' I FEE IEI '1101 AGS. FOR IIIIHTE US TO 100 IT E TEE =Fo0'1'1'lIUTT.1'F 'AO" LITMAN GOOD IANELFOAID.01111 IM III01-11101 IM Fl D'�AI'NNE'ITF—TIEILEE�'TI'EALTAEI'LUMUNTTE'NI'OEUTL(MOTO"� ET AD A I E I DOE —10— IF 'IFAT ME —ITIIEOAID.01111 IM III011DO1101 IM IONTIOL11 I"EI AIIJIMENT lAIII EMALLTIANEFOIMEIE ETI) ARE ONLY A .. O%ATE FURTHERMORE THE EAUIMENTNDEIIIE DECITIONE ARE GENERALLY SYMEOLI AND NOT DIFRIN To SCALE T I F NEI 1 0, IND I GROUND TANEF IN MINIMUM ISI ISEATLEI 110OF E ED IJ NTDA CIT100"TO 'TN �'D A 'U=T 1 0 1 TGN' 0 1 F I I FAR 0 E.HIMENT MANUFACTURER IEIOMM ENDAITON I EENT OF CONFLICT OR I .. EAN'y 'ETEEN "AISIN. FIEI F IATIONE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FIEI F OFF ONE DIAGN I . AND SITE IONDTONI T HE CONTRACTOR "ALL "0' RE THE MORE FTlIN.ENT OF THE DA,, I I FIEI F OFF ONE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR TIE OFF NOT TO SCALE (N) N— TD TIME DELAY —ITION SO. IONSTIUITIONE AND SIDDIN. 1Ul1OFEE I ELEITI IAL DIAGN NII IND IATE NEI 1011 UNLESS OF " Ell IS NOTE ED ST NO ELECT, 'AL ST STEM I ARE NOT I TO I T E , E WwAIDA F"I'TEIDLEENOIGEIT'IETAILE (�ENG 1 101) SHE ISEATIE111 T OOFED FOLLO INTERFACING IS lE.HlED I ALLNECS IOIEI 1ANELI OUTLET IOIElE ENCLOSURES ETI MOUNTED ON FUSED DISIONNEITSITIEDAS INDIIATEDONDIS.E THE E.TE'O' OF ANY STRUCTURE INALL IS ISEATIE1110OF (MENA 11 MINIMUMLFO 1AINTEDTO MATIITIEE.IETIN. EUILDIN.IETIUITUIE I ALL E.FTN. SURFACES DAMAGED ST NEIS IONFTIUI�ONFl= TYPICAL PLAN LEGEND LIGHT TARN LINEEINDICATE E.IETINC "FIAT T" GO L ME' MY 'ATE ME' 1EAIY SHORT DAFIED IT NES MY IATE DEMOLITION 01 REM OIAL T" I IYMIOTOIY TO IS USED IN ELECTRICAL AND LAYOUT FOR ALL FLOOD"NE EAU'MENT DEA'EE UTILITIES ETI FIOISNON DIFFIDWE 'AT"ED OR ' EIA NTED TO MAT " E-1 SUN I 'OND ON F SURFACE INALL IS IFF ITS I FROM FlEAG To I DEAD IT HALL IS TIE IONT'A 'To" ' E I ION " LTYTO FIT '" IRS 'A ' ALL DA I A I E TO ED IT NO SHE FA I FIE AND F I I , FIE CURTIS 'No RE T, E AFFE 'TED A , EA (E) 0 F — I INALL IS IEIA DIED TO MATI" THE F I El THAT ISCE 1lEIIOUF1 ECETIN. ED 0, To THE COMMENCEMENT OF ISO'D 10 DUN IONDUTI IONI='ED1AA1 AADNDEII TUONLEITINGLE.D 'N. ED ST NO ISFALLE A I T" OF ST SURFACE 11 UDATE ALL 'O' 'AEL I DENT FIAT ON LEFFEELE (GIONYTAIE�ITEOCIOFFFEIT NEIS IOLR�'TIUITGN OUTLET 11 ALL FILED AND FEAUL— IONDUIT INALL NAIE A GROUND IONDUITOI 11 IONDUTFIENETIATI -11EIATEDAIEFFEENALLSESEALED INSTALLEDON OUTEDEOF'ONDUT GAMEFIlElATIN.AE =.ILIOIED FIRE FTOI MATENALTO MAINTAIN TIE 11 ALLMATEIALI NLEII OF Ell IS NOTED E TINI ELE'T"AL Y=OA1'1E1AN1oETNE1 ITO E.'E'T " FEES NTE'FA 'IN I IONIENT ONAL I NO HE DETEITOl LETE "T' LINE 'OLTAGE DELAY FOR FAN I 'UT _ I AN I ADDIEFFIF FILE No RULE F 0, NTEIFA I E T, ECETIN. FIRE AULAIM SYSTEM lE.HlED 11 MANTAN IONTNUTY OF ALL E.IFTING IIIIHTE 01 1ORTIONE THEREOF AFFE'TEDF_ 11 CONTRACTOR I I FA I L= I E NT"L 111E E ED IS RATO IOAIT ON "0 �E IT 10 O=TE �TIANOISNEI A FO . IT L GATIO OFALLE.HIMENT 11 IS IN I ANI"OlA OR OF ALL NEI A MY EIRTNI I NO IONDUIT DU'_O'G FILE MENT 'ANELF ET, FDA TY IS ST L � NO MANUFACTURERS FlEARIATIONE IN ACCORDANCE ISITI TIE EDGE ISO AND THE LATEST ISSUE OF ENI INEEED SEEM I "AN' OF IUIIENDED UTLITEE AS 'UFLIF'E I ST TIE UTEINATONAL I E I NO A SET OFF 0 1 TEI"NOTOIY (IIAT) OFF 0.1 MASON INDUSTRIES CIA OIIG TOLIO O'A 0,00 '00, Ell I IT E CIA 0111 OR I � IFFUSEE OFF 0011 OR EIUAL 11 IONDUIT F ITLY N. FOR USE I EMT RUNS E. ILL IS CAUTEANITIED STEEL IOU5IRIHTEFALL NAIEA DEDNATEDNEUTRALIONDUTEENALLSE OEDAEREEE 1ROIIDEDANE.NIMENT.ROUNDN. IONDUITOR 11 ALL NEIS GADDI IONAD METALLI STRUCTURES AND E.HIMENT FAERNATED I'l DN ST", EoArcG'O Architects �DI'I'Go F; IST, GETALLI I MILES ALS SUCH AS GENERATORS MOTOR FRAME ENITOI USES ETC 'ANEL' RACEISAY SHALL IS 'ERMANENTLY I EFFECTIELY GROUNDED ISHETTER SHOISN ON DRAISING OR NOT GROUND CASHE SHALLSE CONNECTEDTO COLD-ATER ' 'E 'Ell CE 1 210 12GA) (1 ) To CITY OF EL SEGUN DO SUILING GROUND NO FEE CEC 210 12GA)(2) OR CONNECTED To GROUND ROD FEE CEC 210 12GA)(1) cENGINEERINGAL IF A D E PA R T M ENTA 22 THE RIGHT TO REIU RE=R III AT ON OF HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 OUTLETS OR EAU 'MENT SIR OR To DOUG I GU`R`R NO ANY OUTLETSrHENr I ADDITIONAL COST OR CHARGES ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET 305 MAIN ST. NEW WORK KEYNOTES: [J] 111111E 11 111111T EIE.El EIlEl IE E-N [1] 1111 IE 11111 1111 1111 TEIII 1- 1 111E , E"NNET - IT" N NE. I " EN, . E "E [1] 111111E INI 1.11- IN (E) I I TI .11 GENERALNOTES I ILL N111- 111IN 11 EIIITINI INLEH ITTEI I ILL NEI I " 11=11�1%N I-E El�N ET, E'T IN E E, LL E .INI.l. =IT�EE.EE'I'E.ETN.'IE'EEI'EIN ENTIENI'TEIT , E JEE E.TENI IT N , � N I Ell" I ElE 11 Ell '"ENT 11 NEElEl TI 1"11 11- TE,.,NITE E.111.ENT .-III-El INET111TINE LOAD SUMMARY LlIl IE "' IEI (11 11 c 1111 11") 1 L'I, I, IE I LlIl lE"lIEl N 11EI III I-EIT 11 lIElIL LlIl- 2 E ETE N�.�N - LIII 11 1 1 - TIE EEEN IllEl TIE IlEIlITE TI lElIE TIE TITIL IINNEITEI LlIl - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -i - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ! // - - - - ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN N --L- ® -0� ELECTRICAL CITY HALL (OLD POLICE DEPARTMENT) BASEMENT P� FIFFE NEW WORK KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES ��°�* �� o1E I�°NEoao'°M E.' E.E. E EHDwm °N 8 N0 °I DECE�IEE wTHEAITC11EA TENTDNTD Dl=ENEAETCDlEIlEEFDLrEEVE ECHEDDEETDCDDED�TEE�CTE��CHA Rn°M AI'AND °F„° ArchRects •Engineers E 1.0 MAxM° I oNER....ENT EEETEET oN""' CDNF EM DEr °" CITY OF EL SEGUNDO THE m ecH "Lc m T "N FN Fac,'NDE"ND m aHe comNecT ome.H"eeo omF END comp TINE Fl Finay NT E N G I N E E R I N G D E P A R T M E ° ;. HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 m•M�,.z.�:,� ...,�, i. ED ET ID CDNDT DIE HAVE SEEN EHIIN EASED IN FEET AVAFEE. IFDEMATDNATTHETMEIFDEEIN.CDNTEACTDE AD—T.ENTE ACC DaDNELlvlE . IF MIDAND mAUNE ELECTRICAL BASEMENT PLAN _ 305 MAIN ST. DEMOLITION KEYNOTES I -NNEIT - IE "I" ELE IN� . . IE"111L IE"11TIN NlLllEl 11- NITLI.ITEITI -H <�>IE =N , �N- 1-1N- IE. IL � 111 NT31 L 1� NE L - 11 NT- 11 N11 T � 1� TI .,�. NlENNII N I N 11 IE ELE IT11- L 11 . 11 NE- I I . T GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN �\ -LE NEW WORK KEYNOTES [1 ] CONNECT( )FEEDER TO (N) ROOFTOP MOUNTED MUFUZONE "FIC UP (E) CO ND' LZY'�TEMREPFROIYDCEOCOORNDDNTTE.'OR' ITO RE N.E (N) RMC FOR (N) I MC CONNECTORE FE NEEDED TO TERM INFLE (N) FEEDER [2 PROIIDE FEEDERE EIZED FE FIT— ON ED 2 p R 0' DE C ONIEN EN C E RECE PTC LE OF ERCE PT IND E.TEND FR ON ( RE RECE PTIC FE ITTIC, ED To F RIN C, CIRCUIT H 12 PRO' DE M=NT'OFNN FULL DMNEPDEOT'ECTOONR' UP NCLUD NO ILDUCTE OR I FIN=1PERRE'FIC1�11DRE.U�RED TORE E PC 0 RMM=FIN ED D D F LE F I FIRM IND RECONNECT TO "� C _, F RE FR=NNI.FIRE FULFIRM EYETEM PROIIDE Ifl PC 0 1 DE 1 C CO I COUP U T IND I R NO IETEEN ' O I UP CC NTRO L P=O FMOU OF ED To ME , P DI DE C NTROL I R NO IE-EEN ME I IND ZONE IENIORI IN (E) CCONDUIT TERM MILE CONTRO_ R NO PER MFNUFFCTURE R INETRUCTIONE © PR�OIONNEDE 1 CTC IN NEMI RE 11 IF �IP NICI�1PUR 01EFIEY PULL F UP ED D RR�N.EPERCMIAETIECUPAECNTMZFEE2RINDNETMRZUICTTORMME IN�TECONTROT GENERAL NOTES 1 C D=LLLEYCOOTRDPNITECICORETTFEIOR��Tl�LL N I RT U, I NTONTO NEC" PIRTCUIR CIREFULI RE, E==NICIDEN DULEPTO COO'D U, TE ELECTR CIL CNIRICCTER�TYICE INCLUD NO IO—.E M N M TO C RCU T IMPIC (MCI) FOR MF.IMUM OIERCURRENT PROTECTION (MOC' COUP RM DIECONNECT —ITClFND ETIRT NO MEINEARE PROIIDED EY TIE MECIFNICFL UNT MFNUFFCTURERFND NICE IDIUITMENTI IIIED ON FIELD CONDITIONE FOR F UILCONNECT ONE 2 ED IT NO COURT ONE `IIE IEEN I " OIN IIIED ON FEET F,F,F. NFORM ITON FTTETMEOFDE PC N CoNTRCTOR ' POPE �N ETD 0 'ECOE LE IERFo R N�II 'LL ED IFT NO CC N=N _T P 0 F MAKIN.—ITETMENTEFCCORDIN.1 F—' FIFFE. I, I AT I FEN AFF. F III PC I I I III I �811 II TURN 31 FIAT I L RA�N. AT _F1 I F LESS THAN 1 CFM I RIIIII "PE I ('PEDE, 3;SQ F L—A 1 F L' IR '=LLE 'IC, MLLCE I LN, 1 1 I�E I I T'H' I IMRE NEI%E 'CLl' HTlEC�TULl'FNIRM'ALC- CHTN C111 ICF IR —I 1—C-3)3INCRETE -LLMAIALFI PECINETRICTEI IF ANT 'L I F NCR TE F I F L A I A PC E I FTR' ED AN, L LIFE IFIEIIRECAETCINCRETEINITE' MA.IIAMIFIIENIN.11IN MA.IIAM IFIIENIN.11 FTIIR CINITRICTEI IF HILL" CRE 'RECAFT CNCR ETEINITFI—N F EE C'NCRETE F L'C HE (CA" ANI IRECAFT CINCRETE I-E (CITIF CATE.IRAE IN FIRE REE 'TANCE I RE IT III FOR NAME' IF MANUFACTURER. I HR .. H PENETRANT I NEMETALL PIPE CINIITIRTIIIN I NITA L' NCENTR " LL' IRE CC ENT � I HIM I , E I N. A NNILAR EPA CE FE-EEN PENETRANT AND PER IHER, I F " EN N. ENA LL FE I'M I (P IT C'NTFAC' I, MA. , I IENETRA MITI FE I 1 11 P111IRTEI IN FITH IIIEI IF FTIIR IRIALLAPEEMILY THE FILL—N I TIlElAND USED 'I IENETRANTI MAI IE MIN I IN DAN (AR IMALLER) ICHEDILE 11 FOR HEAI ER) ITEELEPE I RIN P PE — MIN I I MAN (IR IMALFFR) CAFT IR DUCT, LE IM PIPE I C'PPERT UP N. I'M � I I AM ('R EM ALREA LIFE L (IR HICIPEA CIPPER TUPIN. I CIPPER P PE — MIN � IN MAN (IR FMALLER) RE.ULAR (IR HEAIAR) CLIPPER PIPE E CINDU I — MIN � IN I AM (IR MILLER) FTEEL CONDUIT IR MIN a IN DRAM (IR EMALLER) FTEEL ELECTRICAL I ETALIC TUPIN. (EMT) 3 F REFT'p E'ETEM THE DETA L' IF I HE F RElT'P "'TEM 'HALL 'E FIE FILL,_ A PACHIN. MATERIAL— MIN I TH CUNE FE I F I I PCF I NERAL—ILEAUT NFULATMN DRIFT PACCED INTI IPENIN. FIE A PERMANENT FIRM IN FTIIRE CINETRUCTED IF PRECA 'I IM CRETE UNITI PACINI MATERA LTC E F LUIH ' TH "TTIM IF FTIIR PACHNI MATERIALTI FE RECEPEED FRIM TIP PURFACE IF FTIIR IR FRIM FITH PURFACEP IF "ALLT' ACC 'MMDATE I HE REQU RED I H I INE FE IF F LLMATERAL F FILL IIID IR III MATENALF— PEALANT—MIN �'M IN TARCC ME 'ME' F 'N AULANTCREPUTN' A FFpAL ED, " THPN TUHREFANNEHLRI FLUIH I THTTIPUIURFACEIF FALIR IR INTHAIPITHE IURFACEI IF IFALL AT PIINT CINTACT APPLY MIN 11 FE I PE I IF T'C' I TE TER I E I I, F I F TIIR 'R F I F RFACE F F RAT I F 'NL_HENCFE F PH.. CFI IIIlLF(I'LLITIRIF-1) CPINE FEALANTIRFE INEMA. INTUMEECENTEEFULANTIEUPED HILL CINETRUCTIMN CHEM MI", ILE I OF H I FE LINE INTUMEECENTIFEAULANT FE LINE MA. INTUMEECENTEEFFINT CFE FFI— FEAULANT CFE F ElLELEEAINT(FLIIRE ,NL,) A P PEDITHINE " ED IF I FIT ' RAP F I DUCT 'RAP MAIER A MIN 1 111 1 IR I I THICIIINIET FA I ED IN I ME I DE IR I" ' TH A F '=' TD A M'P E, F 11H'A LNL ' E'lMR DUCT —AP F TI E.TEND A I I MUM IF 3� I FR'M T'P EURFA I E I F F L" I I I FTH F DE F IF �A LLA AN I FR I HE PTT'M I F THE F L" I I HE FIRE ARE TI FE I HTLY PULLED TI.ETHER AND TAPED IN TIP FIRE IF FTIIR AND FITH FIDEE IF —L THE E.PIFED ED.EE IF THE FACED PLANDETE ARE TAPED —H � IN —E PREFEURE F 3EN' I 'E ALL I "TTM 'U I I I" I' ARE I HR —N MIN 1 lll�NTH C�'�Ll AP�E NTHE RFA E IF HE F I F'NR�'HR E IENT lHTNITHI=ICEETH�EUPENDD —E PIUND THE I FTAND FTH RATIN.E I ET F U PER THE I FT AND FTH RAT I I FARE 3 1 IN NU TH JN=L CELRCA'CIRNECwRAFPRDEUMCA=='IPR'ELwRAP DUCT 1 1 NFULATMN Fl INDICATEE FUCH PRIDUCTE ECALLPEARTHE ULCERTIFICATIN MARC � I A PDETAILS DRA-AND FET IN — CINDHT PIPE ELAIT:ERRAMNEITI I �A= P LE P'C I '11H I I ADHERED I, P, PE AND I " FN. TREATED .. I F I PHED R" IF HER PECTRED TI DERC'I ITHAF.CERNERI 4R I I FR 'URA I I I IED PAT CCE PH ED CH EA EACH R— 11 1 1 (E) METAL R, F I CC CONDUIT PENETRATION THRU ROOF JCCA I JCCA# 250— Architects - Enaineers I E3.1 EN SINN L E ER ING D E PA R T M EN TA HVAC UPGRADE, PHASE 2, MZ-3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 305 MAIN ST. Agreement No. 7588 Plans B. HVAC Media Room CITY OF EL SEGUNDO MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE - CITY HALL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 350 MAIN STREET, EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA 90245 SHEET INDEX SCOPE OF WORK (NOT LIMITED TO) PROJECT INFORMATION APPLICABLE CODES EOIDDINOROOFwARRANn EAEEMENTFLOOR IL N ARCHTECTORADDETAIDE ITRUCTTRAL NOTEE FLOOR PLAN a DETAIEe ROOF` N FLOOR MECHAN CA�DETA MEE MECHAN'ADDETADE NDATORLMEAEOREE T�TLE TITLE EA ELEITRINAL EE., E�CTRCADOENERADNOTEE ED ELECTRCADNE=LROIN REAAIRANDFI;:ROOFAENRAT ETRATIONAERARCHITECTORA�DETAI� AROVIDEN— HOOEEHEEAINEAARFIROOTDOORHEATAOMA. AROVIDEN—LVACDEEIENFIR EAEEMENTMEDIAROOM.ARH PROVIDE N—E�ECTwcALDEFINN TO SERVICE N- HVAC EOOIam ENT E°(Imin"�oA�" LEEEONDO,CAOEEA1 EMAIL AEll@E.EEONDOORO ERE ATE HONEN.("O2'2 aalAO ESE, TORRANCECADFORNIAOESE, Nw DNAi HANIo 3"' TORRANEEIFIFORNIAOESE, IT L OARDENA,CALFORNAOEEA, EEE DE FCACA CADFORNIA "REOF REEOLATIONE mCw EEE IRE (IF') EAEeo oN THE iNTERNATiONABaUiLDINO CODE OEC) ozz DEmECA HARED ON THE E,2E NATIONADE�CTRICAD CODE wEOF ozz DEmMOF EAEEDINTHE E12EONIFORMMEIHANIIALCODE(1MC) 022 DE6F) EASED ON THE 2,22 ITERNATIINALFIRE CODE(FC) l BUILDING INFORMATION EOIDDNODEEONATON EDEEEONDOCITLHALL LIFE OFCO NETRA a,AA NOMEEROFET NEETNOr. OCCOAANCLOROOA EXETO.) EEOENEFE(OF FORFERE NOCHANEE EARIN�ERE. LEE n F. (NOI'HANIE,TENANT MAROVEMENn. JCCAJ11A Architects •Engineers CITY OF EL SEGUNDO A E N G I N E E R I N G DEPARTMENT CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE TITLE SHEET 350 MAIN STREET SITE PLANIT- \ \ U IITlllL r f IITlllL llEITATA c �sJ MAIN STREET VICINITY MAP MAIN IT JCCA so A a E.oIANIAAE. Architecte•Engineere T02� CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ENG I N E E R IN G DEPARTMENT A CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE SITE MAP 350 MAIN STREET .®� quaiily Assna�ce Pmgam I 15 YEAR QA WARRANTY FOR NEW ROOFS w.. aea .. ^ sory ABBREVIATIONS REFERENCE SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES IN NEW I NIFTNIINFRAAF 'I, I ' OF To SCALE I I N NUMBER AL TWO I FIRE ORMIS SIT ALL COM LYWITH THISI MININAL NOTES 11 LESS OTHIRWIF ,T,,)RO I I,, FEE AW I M, AND ,�C I CAL ON, THE MNRAF CON COOFTR�AT&T�FF INTENT AND REFUND MENTS OF ALL MINE RAT NOTITIRNTHORITHN CONTRACT AND FORM FORM I HIM ARE AN MAY RESCUE FORCE FULM ASPER CAN DOC FLY 0' ON CENTERB 0 F OTTE BE DIAMETER ST IFN I G PDT " OV O"CT I IT INERMAL CLER OR SIT LIMR, F �D`R' PER N.:CO CHI CIT0.1 BF AN LITAR , IT PC FILE SET OF I F DOC UP , 0 1 " F RENDA) I THE BACHENT AFFFBEIACY AND SAFFFYOF FRICTION FRAAINC SHORINC LEMINMARY 0 A I A I TLHTY,,FNTHRI, CN III CROTISTIDNIFFLU" "IS'N'S OINRTAL CFORRCFOR ANSIBLAS NOORT RAS R ,ON, I 6 IT OF IT IS UC R I IR 0 R To THIPPITCALONO ALLEIRFAIN ROOF AN F FLOOR 'MAMM'AN F FlHTMUAFIR ALI IT I CHALL 'ROARE AS ANATE I I I DART FRAS 1 0 To I R TEST NO M OF I FRIALE CH. AUCHURAF ARCH AC ASINA, A, ARANI CONCRETE STRIP FULDINC �FAAS �AN F�NRI AN I A -00 4IFFEE 4IFFEANDCATED IF PROP�RTTY LINI ALL ALAN READ RIAU RED R D.ROUSH OPENINC K2) DOOR NU I AS ROOM NUMBIR ONLY 'LE=M I ONE ROOM 1EDIUMNATED MTH LETTER BULL. IIR0 ARDVIASHAN, SYT IR 0 R TO A FEYATTHNNUEE I H IT I I OR I MIRINT ON I F M AT I R I IS FE, I I TH I A FIC B CLUMAL ENCIN. R SHALL NOT NCTURE INSPECTION OF THE ABOVE ITS ME I IT I CON LIPS I DOCUM IN IS REPRESENT THE I I HID STRUCTURS THEYDO NOT INDICATE 0 R D AT AT, M PAIRS OR ME IT ODD OF CONI ON I THE ORMANITERAT ON OF THE DR- ROD AN B IC I CAT ONE DINT IT THE ENTIRE OP, MNR, CONTRACTOR%HALL BE R, SI FFULRLYY 'RO"CT S' ALL OF THE WOR, SCOPE BE I DID ONLYAND DOES NOT LIMIT THE I R INCON DABOT NGORSDFO 'A CA CFO FORN A I CATC IT N=N A EL"N'T C�R MORT MNF MORTAR A COCA CONCR COCA ELLE CONCR2SL I OC CONST CONSTRUCTION A I CONITTRUCTION IOINT CORR CORR ROD 'I DINUFFER FOOT BHT SHIFT B M B M FAR B SOUTH SPEC (6) SPEC I CATIONDS) IS IT ROIUARI FOOFFLIF B ELL S�STE BID B ELL MRM = DRAN EL B D B AEFILRC NGOOFML DR % FACONVINIINCI I IIICIPF WHERE SHOWN I D M N�MDMTDIF THE LOCIION OF ELECTRICAL PLUMNINO ,,CHMC,,QUPM,NT DUC�, OCAL ON CHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ME UP RTIC'OSTIONLRY "PRIC"TITAINI IIACT APPROVAL OF THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT I �H R I AM 0 $n_ AL 'I IT ENCE I PC SM PERMIT CFO PFU0MFFG MBDINLDICTRLBC�DROAR�ONTGSRM�IPD RAMMMTNTNNALUT D IFREQUIREDFORPROPER NITALLATIONOFTHEWORLE SUCHWORLISHALLENEVERIFIRDAY IT I T' IN HI AN I OF CONOFFSETSDI ON—ALLBE EDOV D IDTo AS R 'QU R I DDY" IF CAL AN D FOR ACNA A A SBOR USMINN' TATNOAN DSD COMPLT I THE WIRE D D �FS D DUS (0) '�RUCT 'Z`CTUR B B IF I'M �H IT PC I SO I IFTFUL OR ENLARMEMENT INDICATOR I �H HE INCAL M INS ONS OPPIT AN TO M ANTIN D CAl' A 00NN TH FLOANISHAN I OFF Plo IT HATI'll I y I UR STAFF MAN IQ U I INI RA R ALL BT I US RTMI' AN D IT IT R SSO�TRHNISHID AN STAILPLEMLUMBINS PIPINC FITTINMS BE FOR HWTMM CORR US BIT FOR THE 'QU POINT BE NO I FOR I IS ALEN. D D= TIOR % I FIR �OORLAEE ' I I US RS I— TONSUP - ROOV` 1 0 1 TOP OF STEEL HE TYPICAL NSH`FLDDUCU MBING AND IQUIPMINT RAT N. CHALL BE TALLIN AS AM I MUM AND CHALL I BE IF I D G THOUT APPROVAL OF THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT 11 DO NO 6 CAL' PER ROD IT I I NEPAL CONTRACTOR SHALL AIR IT ALL COND SAND NTION FORD IT I OB SIT, I R OR To I DD NO AND START OF CONSTRUCT ON I ,M, S S � =M SPOUT IWO IRFURNS A EAT AS rCT ��CA R I ONO U L UNDER- TIRE LAPPORATOR 'I INCORPOR ATEDNO UBC PUTS UODFNRM A CUP U NLISMNOTID TH OTHERWISE 1ITFUL INDICATOR IMALL CONDITION 11DAREPANCIES ME FOUNTHE OMER AND ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR A LAN I CAT ON I I THE HE CAL NOTE B AND DFD TAIL.HALL AD PLY IN ALL CASE B UNLESS BE ECIFICALLY BE LATER LEFORTERE 12 1 OF'CSBAN A LFS No OTDRAWD DS STILL LANE PRO , R FRED I D D D, ED IIAN OF I I FBI A IF A WITH THESE 11 GENERAL TUMID TY D I NOR NNINEER A IT MANO IT �I�ANZN HUNT .I E.TTERIOR OC AA OM O� CO SC R I TYE OUR ZEHL I ZIH I LIFON SH' I ORY I RRIEUTUZANEHER EC RE E.TINMUSHER V2 VI INT A R�YANIONLD A% VZ �HEOUIH POOL AD RT VARTMAL AFF VOLU IT EREATE R IT I ATE R IS IREALEIRTME TE R DUE "I D "IENDTOW D I M I I El ON 10 INDOWNPENINS Room NAME IOOM NAME F.Al ql= ==RNTERIOR ELERACTIONDS) FACE OF STUDOACE OF COCA DIME — 1 1 BE IIHINATED BY ITROIE 3. -7. BE SURNATED BY ARROW SPECIFICATIONS THE MOST STRINGENT SHALL APPLY 11 A ON 6 NOT 6 ECFC IT "' OR DETAILED SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS BIT— FOR R DIFFER MA I I I I POP R PER ATE By ARCH FIAT OR PRO NEER =M AS DETERMINED To APSAT" I AN CONEDTIED TO CONSOTNRUOTON�TTEMD�ATRM�DM.DRLE�ITAOTFON�UDEDME NOTLHE CON R A I S CLICAT IF B AFEBREAMONS FOR UTOERONBEDRDA.NTHE PROONTERC.TFOTRH�EHCAOLNTORB��TNOCOHPAEB ANDTFORNISH �O ALLSI COULD AS B NO I R _UES ND DEAN C AM OR THEIR E.ACTMEANINN THE OMER AND ARCHITECT SHALLBE NOTIFIED OR CLARIFICATION EC ETBRY I I DOLL DOINCLEN.DOETTHEEDOR AD FACEROF CONCRETE FACE OF STUDS I IS ON NS ME "N BE I TE I� BEFORE ORDERINO ANYMATERIALS OR PERFORMINO ANYWORLE THE MENERAL CONTRACTOR SIT R I I EN AN A I WEEN I YNL FEE REY'EL MIE"URE M HETSIMTUDASHD�LENEIIRENSIPOONNSHBELEIIFTORMHETROCIOERRNEDCCTATEESDSON I GSS ALL IN M HE DR M I IT BE BC TETDEND�TWTTHHETMCMTREHCTNFwRL�ODN�IDERIION AND I TR CUT ONIPROR I ED 0 1 HE IT A =HEOTSE CANINET TH R LREOLL IS R AN I R D FOOD DRAIN IF 31E (MATURE) 3 AANI EFED OF SLAUS jGBT HIT OIIGDERLEB "IM OUT AD WOOD D ATE EDE REY�lj DOINED OORN AN R M ED TUMN RED INATTED BYITROIE OR ARROWSAI DID AFTER DIMENSION ANUMBERAFTERPRAD OF CONTRACT THE IS AUTO R "IS ED TUOFT THE OFATHEWORIMAYNOTBE EASY ANDMAYE.CEED TH IN D FACT AN D IT DUST D. IHITNN DIAMETER ETER T ONT LF M LNAI II TooT JCCA # MACUFA U MED RNC 11 eirs AID. 1 M MAUOUNRCTOPREE MAIL MAIER I I E V11111 0 - I I � CITY OF ELSEGUNDO M . MAIMUM MIDAH M�CHANICAL "Ll, A II FTL` , � , 111,11 1, M M�N IN =MULAPPEOUSDEPARTMENT I A L I F 0 1 1 1 A ENGINEERING G I N E E R I N G D E PA RT M E N T CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE ARCHITECTURAL COVER 350MAINSTREET NEW WORK FLOOR PLAN -LE NEVVVVURK KEY NO I GENERALNOTES I TILE 1INT111TI I l"ILL IEIII I INI lElTllE ILL =NN�� 11.14". VILK t LI INTERIOR WALL FIRE PENETRATION Englneeirs [ A2.1 CITY OF EL SEGUNEO I I L I F I I I I EN GIN E E R I N G D E P A R T M ENT CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN AND FIRE PENETRATION DETAIL 350 MAIN STREET CITY HALL BASEMENT IEYPLAN-e DALV. SHEET METAL COLLAR, E o LDElL AT ALL EALV BTEELCTR AROVNo / (p a / 1J ............. (E) INEVLATION IF APPLICABLE, �XPTIN DAMAGIE s PIPE PENETRATION A3.1 6.GIINDTI NiNA`TLA�TII�NedSETRATION 'z^ BARE METALANo WITH EttP. Ell, UP RDDFET, 'TYP. (E INEDLATIDN IE AFFLICAELE Ell, VP Roo OVER EDARD OVER (E 1-110 CE W IT z PIPE PENETRATION "wDDDED"DET'Tll G.1 ROOF EQUIPMENT PAD 3.1 IIALE JCCA Architects Engineers A3.1 ,. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO A A E N G I N E E R I N G D E P A R T M E N T CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE DETAILS 350MAINSTREET INEI 6 0, 18 lollpet o a . «x 9P.9„ , .. .. ... ...... nxm x.xe. rex. w, � �xn 11-111 111 Fl, SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION eP HOUSEKEEPING PAD SECTION .... ...... ......... ..... F F F111IM'F .. .. .. .. .. ... .. I LIM h'\ HOUSEKEEPING PAD 0.UUZ (PLAN VIEW ) I po - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - I to! JCCA------- ---- Architects • Engineers So.1 1 1-1 N8 L CITY OF EL xSEGUNDO V I L I F I I I ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM LVAC UPGRADE — — — 1,1111IN— STRUCTURAL NOTES, FLOOR PLAN& DETAILS I T iu PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN EET F- 7 IS New Work) III MAIN ITR ALL KEY PLAN GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS HVAC SYMBOLS I PROLE CTIO N 0 ' EDIST NG T 0 RENA N THE CONTRACTOR SHALL p R OTECT I I HIGHS I p p NG EVIL PMENT CONTROL, ANY EFECTR CAL MECHAN CAL E U PMENT NOT W TH N THE SCOPE 01 THE NEW COME TRUCT ON W I OFF N EP IT NO AREA I NOT DE' GNATED FOR DEMOLT 'TRU T E CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RE=INEWFORNTLE RCT2N ONANY 11 AFTWORD I HALF BE PER D MACITS AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER CARE HALF BE=E I C I ED To M t� M IS ANY OWEN ENCE OR D STUREANCE TO OTHER AREA LD NO WH CH ARE To RENA N N OPERAT ON I OF THE 1 0 LATEWORD AREAS BY=BTEAKEEP DUSTAND DIRTWITHINTLE CONSTRU AS 11 ALLDUCTWORKANDPPNG N I TFATON I NAFFMEETIREAND IN OCE HAZARD RAT NO A I TE ITS D UNDER P ROCEDURE AFTM E N PA I AN E SED E E ' NG' OAND ULJGA MU I GUALLON O'D 'ICE PED`FMTI I P R AD RAT A . I M C E TO NG OF �l CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ROUTING 01 ALL DUCTWORD AND All EDD OR CIM CFSD ABOVE IN I HER I LOOP FACKDRATDAMPER C=G DETPUEREMINUTE CU IS COMBINATION FIREOSMOCE DUPPLIFEE CF.IRTGDIAERNDUOCNTIFIAPCANAIEEWTEORNOTE I Y, E I A RETURNONFACE AIR DUCT FACING IIEWER DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIS WORK OR ANY SUBCONTRACTOR I 1 STRUCTURALFRAME DE�GANDISFFEPREECNFTCTACUNNGLPEEORFIED IN EQUPMENT,CHEDULE IT, I 11 NO PIPING EQUIPMENT TO SHALL BE REM OIED DISCONNECTED 8 UTDOW WT UT 0 A WW TH T W PER To OR IT N HO PC R RE Ep HWIO OF GO UP R OF HAT AREA TO RENA N N 0 E RA To N ILL N BE FM=AMND SUBMIT DETA LED CLEARLY GO A, , DUCT AND p IS NG FHO=W NFULLPAUTO CAD ORMAT FOR APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEERPRIOR To �AFR CATION CONSTRUCTI 0 N AND I NETALLATI ON OF DUCTWORK CA DAMPER CONTROLIALVE 0 JTIIDE A R D LOT FA C NG 1= LOT C y ON, D FA NGAWFA FR MULT ZONE UNT ITT LIZED CONTRACTOR I I RESPO NEI FILE F 0 R GO A, PART OF I D STRUCTURAL DEIS LVAC ITO T SHALL BE REA 11 EMPLED CHARGED TESTEDAND APPROVEDFOR OPERATON By Q UA IFIED PERSONNEL CONTRACTOR HALL PROVIDE ALL TART UP AND LVAC UNIT COMM . ON N I I I ERV CE I AND GO I ORD NAT ON W TH MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE IF LVAC UNIT SHALL BE DELIVERED N SECT ON, PC OR To I D AFFE OF ED FACT AREA 8 N OTW TH N THE SCO PEOF Wo RK BHA LL BE AFFE CTED By ANY PH , DOWN RE MOVALORD PC ONCE CTO N STATE NEEDEADVANCE NOTICE PER STATE APPROVE SCHEDULE F E PMEN 11 THE AS OF 0 AT T DUCTWORD AND P P NG SHOWN 0 N T FE=M E I I I IF I ED Upo N NFORMAT ON AVAILABLE To THE ENG NEER AT THE TIM E OF DEFIGN AND IS NOT UTENDED TO SHOW ECAF OF D MENE ONE PECULIAR TO A SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER THE DRAWIN GE ARE IN PART DIAGRAMMATIC AND PON E FEATURES OF THE ILLUSTRATED EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION MAY REQUIRE ON DEVI SIRENMTEONTIE ETTACCHA REA U PP`FENRTI SFTO PFAFF 0 N I REQU RU TU ALIU MY AND PIPING Al CONTRACTOR INALLEUBM TEHOP RAWNGE OF COMPON UTEAT LEAFTYGOWEEGF PRIORTO NETALTON . OWNER SHALL INSPECT AND APPROVE OF ALL WORK BEFORE COVERING WITH INSULATION OR INSTALLATION WITHIN CEILING SPACE 11 A BE BOVA L OR D IF BE BOVA L By THE "PECTOR OF RECO RD DOES M SAN A BE R OVA Lo R FA LU RE TO COMPLY W TH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PLANE AND SPECIFICATIONS ANY DEFIGN WHICH IS NOT IDI (E) EA EAT ESP EWT DEN OLISH E.IETING E.CAUSTAIR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE E.TERNAL STATIC PRE HURE ENTERING WATER TEM P FIG FLANGED 0 GASKETED CONNECTION 1 DUCTSIZE FIRSTDIMENSION FACESVIEWER SISETRANSITION COURT CALLY L NED DUCT SIZE I INTERNAL (D (SHEETMETALEZE STARG E R THAN SHOWN) ROUND ELBOW SHORT RADIUS ROUND ELBOW - IPITTER VANES UPON COMPLET ON OF P P NG BUT PC ORTO APPLICATION OF NFULAT ON THE CONTRACTO R 'HALLTET THE P P NG SYSTEM I FOR LEAKS EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DAMAGED BY THE SPEC F ED TEST CONDIT IONE SHALL BE ISOLATED 8 CITED ULBC RACE F 0 R L FT NG AS U P MENT FRO "To R 0 OF ONE WEEK NADVAN C EAND GO NTRA CTOR I HALL GO 0 RD NATE W T IT OWNS R AND OBTAI N ALL RE QUI RED CITY PERM ITS CONTRACTOR BHA LL FURNIH AND N ETA LLA LL RE AT RED DD C GO NTR OLCOMPO MENTZ To GO NNE OF TV A CU NI T TO ED IT NG PER NAGCEEWGRYNMGAANND EMENT SYSTEM WITH ALL REQUIRED C U=EIRNL CONNECTEDP NG VALKE I PER I UPPORT, AND ELECTR CAL CONDUT I PEC ED MAY HAV E To BE ALTERED OR ADD T ONAL ITEMS REQUIRED TO ACCOMM ONATE THE EAU SO ENT PROVIDED NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT W ILL BE MADE FO AUTTERATIO R SUCH REV I ONE ME AND ADD T ONE 11 CONTRACTOR I HALL VER FY ALL D M BY I ON I AUTHE I TE M ARING F ELD M EA I UREMENTS AND I TO P DRAW NG I NECE . ARY F 0 R FA ER CAT 0 N A MY NSTALLAT 0 N 0 F LVAC BY ITEM I MAKE ALLOWANCE FOR BEAM, P PEAND OTHER OF STR UCTIONE IN BU LD NG CON ITRUCT ON CHECK DRAWING 11 HOW NG WORK 0 F OTHE R FEW RE I ANDCON I ULT W TH THE STATE I REPRE I ENTAT A E NHTHLEEVEMNTOFUMOTENTAL,�ELRFENRDENCTINSGHOPDNAWING IS AECNR HCRMIOMSENFWOOIRT ETIHNGAAOILNLFL UCEBOIMRCNIAWTT C OR I A M I I HOUSE HALL BE REFERRED To THE C=LTANTE AND OWNER F 0 R OF ED p RETAT ION 0 R CR F=NALL USE ALL NECESBAR I COULD Y APPROVED MEAN To PROTECT HIS PORTION OF THE WORK BEFORE DURNG ANDAFTER NETALLAT 0 N UNTIL ACCEPTED AND TO PROTE OF THE N STALLED WORGAND OF TER ALI OF OTHE R TRA DES IN A LIKE M AMMER N THE EVE N� 0 F ANY DAMAGE GO NTRA CTO R BHA TY MAKE ALL REA IRED REPAIRE AND REPICEMENTS TO THE PAT EFACT ON OF THE CONSULTANTS AND OWNER AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER 'F FC Fl FPM FE FT GPM FAHRENHEIT FAN COIL UNIT U LF NEE �EET =NUTE FIRE SPRINKLER FEET GALLO ME P ED M I CUTS HOTT HSRIT EUEATPUTP RSR DAMPEURE TAP PRE. DIFFUSER OR GRILLE HARD CONNECTED INFULATED DUCTING RECTANGULAR TO ROUNDTRANSITION CON CALTAP N DFFUSERORGRILLE FLEVIRICONNECTED DD�RIUOCOOON OYAN ONMOF EU D BEN NMOTWDYLO GYYUDEROEEDQTPWWUEAIRPERMSEE ONENNITTNE SMCTINNLIGCGL EMALN VAFNLH RIWCTBU OR SRLCREMO TFKDYASAPIAIUR1 PPRE MFWAI OIIEPNSR TOFFOHDSQF TR1E1R0SWE LRNYNG WWOAATTRREER PNDRR OEEOO FORLVACOPERATIONANDCONROL RO,ODNFIS NWCAAAOTNERDE CR HNFAHITOIVETREIH PURCHASEANDIORINSTA—TION TSH H E WOA OFTLECONR TEHMATTERSARETHESO.RESPONSILITY HBEUME =FFK CPEA NUMPEIRYLINCURCMS ONAFCTR OONDMOSEAPLITSIREITEAEIREERQT TEVORIETE INO0TTANRTEOIDIOFHTENAS ORESTRNGENTSTANDARDINALLPREVALNEMENTSTHE CIGLELU0M OIDTETLERRWEC EEAWOTDROEOANTOTIKTSRTOAERCDK TT LE RSFEIOFRY ORADESPCORFABRICATION ETEOFE II N SCOOVOTCENHERNADCENUCU NEIMTAAR MEFERUOL N,NT ELLEDCSARN=C MLUARLECOINEGW NTAS OCTHS NCWFR O0 ROKF INAOSGNFE UEPPLY TETTENO WIMUUNEDGEY OITKE ATNBFONC =oD=HIOTEHA ITHNOA D THELLEACOCATIONSELEVATIONSANDCHARACTERISTICSOFALL B PROTECTIONDEVICBEANDELECTR CALCONTROLCOMPONENTE HTHHOWWARE WTCT MARVEL CONTROLPANEL PH A I Q DT PC I MATTHEW LVAC SYSTEMS ORRELATED COMPONENTEAS INDICATED ON PLANE ANDEPECFEDHEREN IG THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY ALL FEES AND PERMITS PERTAINING TO THE CONTRACT CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTA N AND FOLLOW ALL OWNER REQUREMENTS GUDELNEE RULES AND PROCEDURES FOR CONITRUCTON PROV RE INSURANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH HE HE HORSEPOWER IT OU R HOODROOMIENIOR HUM DTY SENFOR 11 A LL NEW E AT SO ENT AND M ATER A LTO BE N I TA TLED A I PART 0 F THE REP TV CEMENT BHA LL BEAR AN UNDERW R T ED I TV BORATOR I E I 11 ED IT NG M ATER A LS THAT ARE REM OVER SHALL NOT BE REUSED IN NEW FYTE ME ED CE PT WHERE MY GATED A, BE NG RELOCATED STATE I REQU RE M ENTE 11 DEMOLITION OF ANY ED ST NG AC ITO W A PIPING DUCT OFF NOEME N IN W C NCHEE INCHES OF WATER COLUMN THERMOSTATEENFOR (D THERMOSTAT AND INSTALLED IN THE APPROVED MANNER FOR WHICH THEY ARE DESIGNED. 11 CONTRACTOR DOCUMENT AND RELAY ANY MACOR DEV AT o N 8 FR ON T FEDESgNDOCBUEFoNTS RNDATT BUILT FR ON THE ME C HAN CA L BY NEE R OCR D�N UA RE BE I I T COP BE SHALL BE PROVIDED INDICATING ALL CHANGES AND DEV AT ONE MADE DUE NG CONSTRUCT ON CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE GO M PLETED A I I J LT DRAW NG I N AUTOCA D FO COAL CONTRACTOR HAND MARKED REDUCED AF—BUILT DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED Co NTRACTOR I NA LL PC OF ECT (E) SO OF NG CAUT ON SHO ULD BE TAKEN N OF To CA ED To AD THE FEE EMBLY OR UNDERLY NG STR UCTURA LSYS TE M AND TO p R CA DEEP op ED R Go F M E M I RACE PC o TE OF o N F C o NIT DUCT ON T RAFF C I ANT C PAT ED p ROV RE A TEM PORA BY PATHWAY TO PROTECT THE ROOF M EM I RA ME 11 ALL WO RK BHA I CON PLY W TH THE 1111 ED NEOFTHE 11 ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE STALLED N STR OF COMPLANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS FLUEN NTALLAT ON IN, I WRIN TRUCTIONE 11 YTANEED 8 HCo N EMTETA 'TTEDA LUBE PRTEVD DEDF o RTA FLL LVAC DUCT E M AND R U C D I BE 0 AND N I A ED N ACCORDANCE WITH THE 1111 CAIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE AND THE LATEST SMACHA STANDARDS 11 ALL P PING SHALL BE NETALLED AS MY GATED ON THE DRAWINGS IN A NEAT WORKMANSHIP L OR MANNER AND BE I UppoRTED A 1 REQUIRED BY CODES PIPING SHALL BE SET UP AND DOWN AND o FF SET A I RE AT RE D To IT T F E " COUP T ON' D ELE I C COUPIT DOE SHALL BE USED WHERE D . MILAR METALS OF R INED 11 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESBARY SUPPORTS FOR F.TUREE DUCTWORD PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IN ORDER To CON PLY W TH BE IN C REA U BY THE LATE IT EDITI ON(F) 0 F THE CAL F OR%EMBUNLDING C OT LE N E D D COORD OFFER W TH FAC L2 'HALFBE I AND OPERAT CONTRACT EPETING UORTENALL SCHEDULE WORK TO MINIMIZE SHUT DOWN OF N 11 ED SNBGESPURFTAECESEDNDAMEDAASMNOTEIBYLUPDPERD METHMEEWORKAREA HA So OF FRO AG A CA D AN I DAMAGE OCCURS THE MAGE SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR To 'AT 'FACT ON OF THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER AND AT NO ADDITIO NAL GO IT TO TH E OWNER 11 RE MCA E ALL FUR PLUS OF TE RIAL' EAU PMENT AND DEEP I N C RE HKA, L To T IT I PC oL E CTAN D LEAVE THE SEEM FEE CLEAN AND 0 RDERLY UP ON CON P LETI ON OF WO RK 11 ON NSULATED P P NG ALLVALVES HANDLES A IS VENTS AND PRESBURECTEMPERATURE READOUT PORTSTO BE PRoV RED WITH I E.TENSIONTO CLEAR PIP NG NFULIT ON I� INDEPE NDENT BALANCI NG AND TEST NG GO NTRACTO R SHALL OW (A) IT FEE MA. MIN M JA (N) OFF KILOWATT LENGTH LINER LEAV ING Al R TEM P ERATURE POUNDS LEAV NG WATER TEMP MA. M UM MINIM UM OF FEUP AIR NEW PROV RE AND INSTALL o UTZ RE A R DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR REMOTE CONTROL PANEL FOR M I I E.IFTNG NEW WORK oLTo DEN N SHUT OFF VALKE CAL Fo RN A BU TH NG M E CHANICAL PLUM I z AND OTHER FEE I CABLE FE DERAL STATE OR TO CAL GO DES AS ADO STEP AND ENF oRCED By THE LoCA L 'R I D OF ON N CAP E THE P -ME I HOW M 0 RE STRI NGENT RE QU RE M ENTE THE PLANE BHA I GOVERN THE DES GO ET NOTHING 0 N THE DES IG N DO CUM ENTE I . ILL BE UTER PRETED NOTHING A UTTO RITY TO VI OITE GO DE(F) 0 R REGUIT ON(F) TURN BIG N o F BID N Co NNE OF ON W THTHS W OFF BHA LL MPLY THAT THE I DDER NA I EIA M NED THE jo I I TE UNDER WH CH THE CONTRA CTo R W LL BE o I L GATED To op SCALE U NDER T IT 8 Co NTRACT N o E.TRAF CHARGE W ILL BE A LLOWED F o R FA LU RE OF ANY BIDDER TO EDAM INE THE SITE PRIOR TO BID II WHERE USED THE TERM PROVIDE SHALL MEAN FURNISH AND NETALL " C D=OToRTNHE'JUOBBoNTTERPRToRRT'O'COMLMVEENRCFY ANT OF ANY CONITRUCTON THE CONSULTANTS AND OWNER SHALL MMEDATELYBENOTFEDOFANYD�CREPANCEI SMACNA NSTALLAT ON STANDARD I AND ALL RELATED LOCAL o RD NANCE, I BE I El I M C PRoTE CTI ON NOTES TH I SHE ET FO R M 0 RE I NFO RMATIO N 11 ALLVALVEI UNIONS ETC TO BELINEIIZEUNLEH OTHERWISE MY GATED ON DRAW NHS. 11 ITO ONE SMALLER PROV DEDAND INSTALLEDAFTER EACH THREADED TYPE VALVE AND PRIORTO EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS 11 P PING AND DUCT I UPPORT, 'HALL BE A, FOLLOW, A ALL BRAC NG OF DUCTS AND P P NG SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE W TH SMACNA GUIDELINES OR AS DETAFILED AND 'PEC F ED HEREIN I =MB RAOCRNN TH`G'=oTTH`EoF`NLo MYTHALLATIO N SMALLER SUBJECTTO THE APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINES R ACOPYOFTHE GUIDELINE�PUBI�HEDBY�MACNA�HALLBE PROV RED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND KEPT ONTHE JOB ATALL PRO RE WE TTEN WATER AND A R BALANCE REPO PH FO R ALL LVAC AS UI ENT NCLUDED N TH I PROTECT 11 THE AS J SO E OF DISTRIBUTO R USED FO R THE BABI 10 F DES GO IS AS FOLLOWS OMAR ROTA I (" I) I I I " oRojAB@B GLERE CON WWW I GLERSOCALENGINEERING CON III SOUTH PUENTE STREET BREA CA AIG Np PH STY RA RF RG BIT IF ED IF BE SOFT DIF F ERENTIAL PRESBURE PHASE QUANTITY RE URN A R T SET U RNFAN RETURN OR TLE RELAT AS HUM PILL SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DETECTOR IT SELL FAN SUPPLY REG ITER CA240 SQUARE FEET J c " THE GO OF RA CTO R INALLUNCOND T ONALLY GUARANTEE ALLWORD PERFORM EDANDA LL EAT PMENTAND GATED ALE FUR NISHED FOR RGREPREEDENTAT A F INA L ACCEPTANCE OF AHPEEWO TIMES IG CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BORE NOTCH CUT OR PENETRATE INTO A 'TRUCTURALMEMBERWTHOUTWR L=THATIVE TI "T TEMPER TUBE INDICATOR TEMPER ME R E TRANSDATUR R rc itects Engineers Mo. 1 T I E RKOBFLOTHEELIETARTS 11 DMENIONIINALLUAGE PRECEDENCEOVER ICALEF=NON THE DRAW DOE Typ CAL DETA LE AND GENERAL NOT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD=ATATREOVAE OF 11 ACCIT DERANNTEAIITTNONP NFUEYIORM AS REQUIRED TO OM=T I FLA W C g TMP p FEE "T PACLASTA TOT TIMPRESBURE CITY OF ELSEGUNDO M��WUNMOREQUWE�MEENTF TO BE USEDWITEN CONDITIONS ARE NOT I TITER 11 NOTEGENERAL D A L' ON THE DRAW NG' 'HAI TAKE p RECEDENCE 11 ALLCONDUITAND WIRE REQUIRED FOR THE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROLEYETEM SMALLER PROVIDEDAND INSTALLEDBYTHE Co NTRACTOR THE CONTRACTOR 'HALL BE RE'PoN' ITS To 'S VAV VEL VARABLE AIRVOLUME VELOCTY --E I A L I F OSI I I A N G I N E E R I N G DEPARTMENT CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE o VER NOTESAND , p CALDETA LE WHEREN o DETA LE ARE SHOWN CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO GIMILAR ON PROTECT PC CA REA LL ELE CTR CAL TEME REAR RED FOR AN OPERAT OVAL CONTROLFEYETEM VFD VIC VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE VERIFY IN FIELD MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES AS WG WT VELOCITY PRESBURE WATER GAUGE WEIGHT 350 MAIN STREET OUTDOOR HEAT PUMP DUCTLESS SCHEDULE 11 HEAT F.IFRIIAL A" IIAI IIERITIII RACC E I—ECT TA. "A. 11'IEITNIIll FFE1"E1,I RATE , GA E IR -E I ITT C1 TITI ('A) (A) E F.,T� I (LI I (L ) I L FRI Ell, I A Hai` "I FEAR RA.ARGE ... 'A "' ' A, I I I FE (.T,,H) (.T,,H) . A . , LE 111 1H IT, (I �� .,A. NMAp IIICIARRARIEIRAA, RGIF I "I G "I 11 11, 111 "1 � I sl 1 11 11 1s 11 111-F 11 —F nil [1] IRIIIIEREFRI.ERANTR,l.ITHCHAR.EIFI,l�F III I R 111T I HEAT "., 'CITFIT 1E III IATFEIRAll F RI I THE IA" E "A ITFACTIRER Al THE I FTRI I R INDOOR HIGH WALL HEAT PUMP SCHEDULE ENTERING TE.1 RE 'F RATE' I I N. CI=FAT NIGIR I L III.ENTTA. "A.IFAECTNIRER Lo. EECREIN C(E G�HRE ARGE T I LE L A RET— Cl(�FI)N. HEATN.F) (CF.) LIA111 FICTIN CINNECTIIN III IF RI-E CIRCITHE (F.—H) I 11lCARRIER H= E11A FIG. 1 118 11 G �� 61 G, - — I I 1 11 l l [1 IRIIIHAIIREFEFE REIITE CINTRIFFER [I I AINTAI 1 3 CTRARANCE FRI I TI I A NI 3 CTRARANCE FRI I FLI IR [3 1 NFIFATE REF RIG ARANT 1111 NG TI All FRI I IITIII R INIT [1] NTTlII R INIT I IFT FE CI I 1ATIE LE All FRI I THE GA. E I ANIFA CTIRER A F THE INIG IR [I I —AR F 111HE I El I FTRI IR INIT I NEW WORK KEYNOTES: wr NEw, PaovioE allo weTa� o(N)11.1wA 1-11M111CT-DD-E.M o NENENINE EEFENENNT E111 r NNNETIIN PIPIND HE o(N)3E, C�1NDEN-E-IN IIIIN. TEI.IITEINTI(E) E-EIIN -11111 PIPE I-E HE DET-INI I oPENET-EIIIE1T1-wA NDRDUTEIN—TEDREIII I -IT FFUSE (E)III T. 114 C,a DUCT �El EUNAUDT (E) 08 DUCIN JCCA M244- MECHANICAL NEW WORK BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN �\ O rchitects •Engineers -LECITY OF EL SEGUNDO E N G I N E E R I N G D E P A R T M E N T" CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE MECHANICAL NEW VVORK BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN 350 MAIN STREET CITY HALL BASEMENT KEYPLA� = aovEo=E NEW WORK KEYNOTES: E " EI..'I'E Ea ' , N IE ' ll�ET _ O (N11-111 1-11.11NIT EEEIET-11.11 (N)IEIII.El�NT�1111�NIIETIINIIIIN. 111TEIN1111 INIIINNEITTI N11111NITTITI—I(E)IIII 'ENET.T'N EEEl,.,l o (I)EIEI._I�l .... ElEll�lNl(N)—TlEllllll SIT ET E .. TEIT I—ET— o (N)HII—EEEN-1 EEEET " IT —IT M (N)l 11NIE—TE IIIN 111. IT— 11.1 -INNEITTI (E) EEE IET- El I 11E (E) 1111 T_H GENERAL NOTES 1 lEl 11 ILL(E) 1111 1111 HEIIHTIITH NEI 1111 IIIH "" HE "I E E.TENE NEEE, I 111111—TE NEI IIIH IITH THE ELEITI-L IINE . ... . ITE IN ' E IIN' I THTIE ..... I HE I (E) IENT 11 El HDIN. . � NTE . N , ETH11 HE HIIII, N , LTEEAT INE EH (E)INIT (EEl. LE, EINI T 1-11E E—L EE —E TI THE 11111N. EIETE. ' H3 (E),.I.LEEINE L TITl N NEI IT'IN _11 (,E) NNlEN.lTE E— lit IfliIII-1 L: (E)lEllI.—NT MECHANICAL NEW WORK ROOF PLAN (D '�41 Ul HALL BASEMENT KEY PLAN pp ALLAPI'Ll ELllILllE NE . IS _EI"T,IANILE I ILLA II L AT ElZ1IN. II WEE LTEL NAWEIIIIE NOTES I ENEIAIL IIN ENAILL SITE. IT IlL EIEELE III A11111AIL E. ITS—., TOI E1L1IN"IL'I, PAN, ANPLL'.'PL1E11L1 AET . T IN E..INANDEL D"lTIEIDlAElLIS.TDEOIlOI,PDNT TEOEDI,II'AE PSILPIED PERPE WITI PIPE clamp LE TEEL1111 PROV D NSERLISADDLE '_EEN PIPEAND"POPE E.111.ENE.11.EN TER ADIESIV POOR DIRA ODTO RIPPERROO P R'SPER R=ON IR I IRE P PE MULTIPLE PIPES TO D RATED APITENER1 E AND 01 EA.E SIDE AS ILEVIE PIPE NAWER INSITITED PIPE WITH EIIALD To D , RA ELOD WITI PIPE Il.P PROV D ISERTISADDLE '_EE AND NAN'ER SINGLE PIPE L11L �OINT PIPliG ROOF SUPPORT AL PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL�3HEAT DR IN �EEE ETRNITIRA L IONTINIATION DRAWIN.E IOR PAD RETAIL PUMP ROOF MOUNTING DETAILM3.1 No A NA. E NO SCALE (N) IONDEPEATE DRAIN LINE f------------- ---------------- - ----- - -- 10 SEND I W, E I'll 11 1 .W, I � Fr CONNECTION DETAIL JCCA # 240-4 rc itects -Engineers 3.1 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO I A L I F E N G I N E E R I N G D EPARE�M EINTA CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE MECHANICAL DETAILS 350 MAIN STREET NOTES: INDOOR HIGH WALL MOUNTING DETAIL M3.2 Nosca/E NF.E I �2�CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL M3.2 No sca/E ,Architects • E—ine.,-I M 3.2 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO E N G IN E E R I N G D E PA R T MEN T N CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE MECHANICAL DETAILS rtn a P350 MAINSTREET ,oa o 13 0, 18 space <ontlit-mg Mantlatnry Meosures: Space <ontlitianinp Mvntlatnry Meosures: ---------------------------------------------------------------------- rchitects • Engineers CITY OF EL SEGUNDO A EN GIN E E R ING D E P A R T M ENT CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE TITLE 24 MANDATORY MEASURES 350 MAIN STREET GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS SCOPE OF WORK IF .DPE z FWORD IETI T EN TEFD000EGEN F NTHOOC DF WORD T A„ANHED T" I NOO, AND THE ND,EO AND TE T NDO DN,HE FIIN,IA.YIFT,,AFC,DROREOPDNOO�,DCCMP�,E,HEREGUREMEN,O FDUNDNANCDF,HEAODVE. C. CDNTMACTO....ARETDOE 'FEE DUPDNCDMPLET NOTIE WI1GuTHNTIE E1WLLGET TIE AN_ERETOOUEC,DNC,ACBOOM ACPDCCOLEF . NTIEOPDTANEWEROCANNIT BEPRDVRE, UNUN'-NCDN'T'ME A.IEIE RRUP,NO P PDT A AMPEREN,E A. AMPERE PO `°"aN" � PC PHD,DCEOENODR ED, OREAAER PRDOMAMMAOLEDOOCAL PN� PANE�ODARD CU COPPER � BEDDCITED a r �o" ,. PR"ERAREA NOEMENTO CANOEMADEWTHDUTW RABY, PPAGE. F THE CONTRACTOR TO NITILL CDMP�,EDFDRM.,DINOIRE,HEOAFE"FTHEWRAUNTI�I,IOINI,O C CONTRACTOR` IF THE CDNOTRUCTIDNI—EC,. EO,RIC,�CENFDRCEDAND,DMAIN,AINAOAFE mF D OON �E) E ,SING FIE IN. FLYONO�UNEDAOMAM F ERN" UNDINO OvuO MITIHODARD IINDIITIR TIE 1111AL "^. ELECTRICAL LEGENDS � OR I IN ENT BID IT' I THE FIN FINN pN' ,HOD ,HRDUGH '. EH GUY GROUND �,AOEDRDPEIOE CURVE LINE INDICATES GROUND WIRE NO NIGERHEINIDMPLETIDNDF"NOTRUCTIDNNOADE'D,HEEDOEODNDDPODEEN MAED I RUOOIO,W.TEANDOURP�UOMATERIA� DI ITT IND UIIN 11"ILET IN IF WORD ,MAC,DROHAEREMDVEDEORIO, NREGULARAND�DROFFHDUROAODIRECTEDElE C OENEMADCDN,MAC,DR VDN VDI E C,RDDE VFD VARIAO�FREGUENCCDRIVE IINDUITIR WE WEATIERIRIIF CECD Ou= ® Ovu�,CHODARD�aoan,Cm,avu $M MD,DRMA,EDMANUADOvuI,CH BE.= DIRT ONE , EA R FRI. TIE DATE IF A"ETANE IF TIE WORD F, TIE OWNER 11 E:FEODRANDIATERALEFRE TEDTOTHE "TAUATmNDFNEw,DROHAE PRDVIDEU"ND EN-TE I, NEEMCDOTFIRTHEBECAME VEAFTER NA,E.CDN,MAC ENERGY CODE TYPICAL PLAN LEGEND — LICIT THIN FREE INDICATE E.IETIN. TIE TIME IF NCPEC,DN. DRAW N. DEFINITION ADHUFT FEET AND INTEGRATE INTO A .... LETE B y EYE. TIE TE. AOODCATERURGE UNDEI ME ITDCDNDCA L"UCTDR_IENCDNTILLANEDNFILE ,HEOAMEENC�OURE. aoGa�F 11 EACH GULF RE ' RANCH I FILL HALDEDWUL THEBRANCH CIRCUIT A° GINATEE a,NHi DUNDED CCNDUC,DRO A„HE PD N, vuHE�E CDMPLETEANDNCUD NO DPEMA,DNADOCO;EM. - LISTING ALL ELECTRICAL FEELING Eo. PRDVIDEEEPARA,EEUOMI„A�FDRA��E�EC,RICA�EUOECE,EMEvuI,HPDuuER IFgFMD�,ALRUDERCAL HIFAC ND DE DATA IF IFNORDII EHAN AANDE��HVAN DREECUR"T,CNDREADERET.L,DI �;C JCC� °""2404 GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES LIYTER APPROVEOOrACI,roFCAN 'GA 'ABC APPROVEo,EO,wOLABORATORY . N'TAL - U(o �n Architects• Engineers E0.1 OVERCURRENTDEVICED DE ANDIN,E RUP,ING PANInDF,HE ID,ING REMOIED TO THE NEAREET DEINE WHICH WILL REMAIN CIRCUITRY WHICH G NO CITY OF E L S E G U N D O �EiMOUNTED HN GONNEE,EENO' AND E N G I N EE R I N G D EPA R T M ENTA CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE CEILINGI OF LEF T ABANDONED NTHE "ACE ABOVE THE DRO"ED CE LING ANYUN NEEDED ED ET NO CONDU T W R NO FOUND ABANDONED I THE OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES eE TIDE REMOVED CON EFIELDTELY VERIFY ENTFICATION TO E.IIFTINODEVI ROV RE I RCCEE WHICH WILL REMAIN AFTER _ 350 MAIN STREET NEW WORK KEYNOTES: [I] 111111E3„11-11-11-11 Nl a° o 11— IT,: o UaEE-TIN.1.11 aRE.ER IN 1ANE-1 NE 111111T o PR CH FOR HEAT oP1111 UMPOEII III111"11IlTlI EAT11"ITOHOHwA11 0 l 1 1 ELECTRICAL NEW WORK BASEMENT PLAN E2.1 a� 0 o o DT, s , o �. �/ CCA cn u. 2aoa - O ��o Architects • Engineers E2.1 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO E N G I N E E R I N G D E P A R T M E N T CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE ELECTRICAL NEW WORK PLAN ELECTRICAL NEW WORK ROOF PLAN �\ 350MAIIN STREET E2.1 e CITY HALL BASEMENT KEYPLA� _ Agreement No. 7588 APPENDIX C Structural Calculations A. HVAC East (MZ-3) B. HVAC Media Room Agreement No. 7588 Structural Calculations A. HVAC East (MZ-3) Agreement No. 7588 MURASHIGE & ONISHI CO3, INC. Structural Eiaghice rt, 5800 HANNUM AVENUE, SUITE A220 CULVER CITY, CALIFORNIA 90230 VOICE: (31 10) 568-01001 FAX: (310) 568-0111 E-MAIL: bob C&,0ni sh i-Engrxom Hesidenfiall', onin tervid I '] n d uqtria� CITY OF EL SEGUNDIO CI HVAC REPLACEME 350 Main Street El SegLindo, CA 90245 JCCA Job Number,: 22042-3 M&O Job Date: December 1, 20', M&O Job number: MO-2212-23 ADDENDUM#1 DATE: November I INDEX TO CALCULATIONS Guardrail detail... ... --- ................................ ..... I Guardrail design..... .............................. MI SCOPE OF WORK Structural work includes guardrail desigri. � � Lle Nm th Cornpliance Se� vires, hir, L.A... �iEVH��Mf A��; : . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . I �"IIVV� I I AIIIS ">�C JIM� N� I �� IA 111111111� 11' 11 ) ()I ()Sl�' Afl VvV I APHICANI CAI 11 HIRINIAIM11 )INOSIAN1�AIMS C(,)I)ISASAI)()IHIIMY1III SIAII OII A"�1 1(0)1\)I'dIAAI'dI)AI�Ill'dI)I IEIII I SIMISINN AMIIHIRI/I CONSIRMCIIHIN ANY 111011RAI SIAII NOR IMAI RIOUIAHON I! Y XO%am qalc&da IM 11 11/21/2025 II HIS SI I ()I 1111 I'l ANS ANI) SPI CII ICAI HINS 10S I I iI KI H HIN 1111 J()1',SSIII Al Al l I V11 S ANI) I I IS UNI AM III I () VIAIYIi ANY CI IAN01 S ()I\) Al II RAI HIISVVIIIIMI I RIVIISSION I RHINI I 111 CIj Y OCCUIPAINCY01 SIRMCMIRI (SHSINM I'l RIVII I I I I'y A� I I'INAI AI'1'1\)()VAI IS 01\)AN I 1 1) A �Al iI I I)I PAIR I VII N I S 1970 A�'-)�'-vovM specIfIcatIoris does rot '')vfIflly OMISSIOPI ✓ ✓ IS u� devIafi J!, (i IN:e u-dIriarice, code, oIe so I, o SASS"', fiorii� xi`,se [-flaIIS Mtho�A Wr Q I IltomctoIo of conlnla.AI-J Dartnierit oI, J hIs desIp M Is sUz)ject to fi6d One set (�I,fappoved pIaris niItst '-)e II qz)t on fihe jot-) sIte at Ml finies �.IeniiIt rio, 001M 25 305 M7 Addi-oss° 350 MAII 11'�I S oi-1111L ss�'Iod by° p-Jjz� Ii-o II1isl,o1 Mii,, RoqI,,Ii-od? :)Iaiiiihig IIIispooLiaii RoqI,,Ii-od? 11\lA 12/01/2025 � �-M "IM P,'A! 1612 67�41 0 90(�. 14- =7 U141 CALCULATED CHECKFD BY SCALE DATE � 1 DATE 42" ri ..-, - ,, www.hiliti.com . . ....... . ...... . Company: Murashige & OnisN Engineering Co., Inc. Page. Address: 14426 S. Raymond Avenue, Gardena, CA 90247 Specifier: Phone I Fax-. U E-Mail: Desigm Masonry - Sep 26, 2025 (3) Date: Fastening point: guardrail conn Specifier's comments: El Segundo City Hall HVAC 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Item number: Specification text: Effective embedment depth: Material: Evaluation Service Report: Issued I Valid-, Proof, Stand-off installation'. Proffle: Base material,, Installation: Seismic loads Kwik Solt TZ2 - SS 304 518 (4) 2210278 KB-TZ2 518x4 3/4 SS304 Hilt 0 5/8 (4) Kwik Bolt TZ2 - SS 304 with 4 in nominal embedment depth per Technical data , Hammer drilled installation per Wit h, = 4.000 in. AISI 304 Hilti Technicai Data Design Method ASD Masonry Grout -filled CMU, L x W x H: 16.000 in. x 8.000 in. x 8.000 ln.; Joints'. vertical: 0.375 in.,- horizontal: 0375 in. Base material temperature: 68 'F Face installation no inpW date and ruft must lbw chocked fnr conformky vAlh the eAstIN canditions and for OausiNfityT PRORS Engineering (c ) 2033-20215 HN AG FL-9494 Schaart Hi is a reg:9stered Tradarnark of: Hilt AG, Schaan Agreement No. 7588 Ally - a � /a 11111/2025 0 HU111UHNIU1 MU1111 Agreement No. 7588 U.U"tj N mi I Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.24 www.,hilti.com Company: MurasNge & Onishi Engineering Go., Inc. Pager 2 Address: 14426 S. Raymond Avenue, Gardena, CA 90247 Speoffier: Phone I Fax: I E-MaiL Desigm Masonry - Sep 26, 2025 (3) Date: 11/11/2025 Fastening point: guardraH coon Geometry [in.] I np' �uh a dita ad re�� nmst �- ch-,,ko, ed fnfo—Hy ith th. ..Wing mndifiW ons ind plausibilflyl PROFIS Engineenng (c) 2003-2025 HH6 AG, FL-9494 Schaan HN is a registered Trademam of Hk AG, Schaan r.rZff.-j""'wj"23, Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.24 cm== Company: Murashige & Onishi Engineering Co,, Inc. Page: Address: 14426 S. Raymond Avenue, Gardena, CA 90247 Specifier: Phone I Fax: I E-Mail: Design: Masonry - Sep 26, 2025 (3) Date: Fastening point: guardrail conn Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] Y z 1.1 Design results Case Description I Combination I 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Service loads Forces [lb] I Moments [ln.1b] N: = 600; V, 0; VY = 0; M� = a; my OM, = Oo Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 6,010 0 0 0 Input data and rGsultz must be chocked for cantormity with the —d raplausibility, PROFIS Engineeting l c V 2G03-2025 Hit AG, FIL-9494 Schastin Hitti is a registered Tradernark of HN AG, Schaan Agreement No. 7588 M41- 3 11111 d2025 Seismic Max. LIM. Anchor no 67 K 1=3= Agreement No. 7588 Hilti PROMS Engineering 3.1.24 �"" www.hiti.com Af Company: Murashige & Onrshi Engineering Co., Inc. Page: 4 Address; 14426 S. Raymond Avenue, Gardena, CA 90247 Specifier: Phone l Fax: I E-Mail: Design: Masonry - Sep 26, 2025 (3) Date: 11/1112025 Fastening point: guardrail conn . . . .. ..... . . . . . . .. . ....... 3 Tension load (Most utilized a!rtchor 1) Load P, [I b] Capacity P, [lb] Utilization Op PsJPj status Overall strength 600 897 67 OK 3.1 Oveirall strength Pt,sa Value refer to Hilt Technical Data, P, = PI,B... (—J,F s ' fed, u er,,;, fred,8eqont P, > P, Variables c, Cun.) c,, [In,] sm�n [in.] s, [in.] Temperature [F] . . . . ....... 4.000 20,000 5.000 16,000 68 Results P, [lb] P, a. [15] P� [ib] frad,L fmd's frd,Te.V f'W Bedju4l . . ........ . ....... 897 940 600 0,954 1.000 1.000 1.000 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the exisfinq canditirrns and for plausibdity4 PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2025 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilli is a registered Trademari of HUti AG, Schnar, 0 lnfi= I * if Company: Murashige & Onishii Engineering Co., Inc. Page: Address, 14426 S. Raymond Avenue, Gardena, CA 90247 Specifier: Phone I Fax: E-Mail-, Design; Masonry - Sep 26, 2025 (3) Date: Fastening point: guardrail conn : P1111!y!1112 Es 1 1! 1 R11!11•iirlk 11 Overall strength Agreement No. 7588 11111/2025 Load V, [1b] Capacity V, [lb] Utilization Pv VNr Status NYA N/A NIA N/A • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations (EN1992-4, AS5216, etc.). This means ioad re -distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered - the anchor plate is assunned to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with FEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above. The proof it the rigid anchor plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! The equations presented in this report are based on imperial units. When inputs are displayed in metric units, the user should be aware that the equations remain in their imperial format. Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. The rnin, sizes of the bricks, the masonry compressive strength, the type / strength of the mortar and the grout (in case of fully grouted CMU walls) has to fulfill the requirements given in the relevant ESR-approval or in the PTO, Only the local load transfer from the anchor(s) to the wall is considered, a further load transfer in the waH is not covered by PROFIS! gall is assumed as being perfectly aligned vertically— checking required(!): Noncompliance can lead to significantly different distributon of forces and higher tension loads than those calculated by PROFIS. Masonry wall must not have any damages (neither visible nor not vis"ble)! While installation, the positioning of the anchors needs to be maintained as in, the design phase i.e. either relative to the brick or relative to the mortar joints, - The effect of the joints on the compressive stress distribution on the plate / bricks was not taken into consideration. • If no significant resistance is felt over the entire depth of the hole when dii1fing (e.g. in unfilled butt joints), the anchor should not be set at this position or the area should be assessed and reinforced. Hilti recommends the anchoring in masonry always with sieve sleeve. Anchors can only be installed without sieve sleeves in solid bricks when it is guaranteed that it has not any hole or void. The accessories and installation remarks listed on this report are for the information of the user only. In any case, the instructions for use provided with the product have to be followed to ensure a proper installation. The compliance with current standards (e.g,. 2018, 2015, 2012, 2009 and 2006 GO) is the responsibility of the user. Drilling method (hammer, rotary) to be in accordance with the approval! Masonry should be built according to industry standards,. InPkji data and re's'lift Most be sharked fine conforr(Qy with the exisling wndAians and Foar piausNTRy! PROMS Engineering d c ) 2003-2025 Hit AG, FL-9494 Schaan HN is; a ieqi5tered Trademark of HH AG, Schaari www.hilti.com . . . ....... . . - Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Pastening point: Profile: - Hole diameter in the fixture: - Plate thickness (input): - Murashige & Qnushi Engineering Co., linc. Page: 14426 S. Raymond Avenue, Gardenai, CA 90247 Specifier: I E-MaT Masonry - Sep 26„ 2025 (3), Date: guardrail cone Drilling method: Drilled in hammer mode Agreement No. 7588 6 11 /1112025 Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2 - SS 304 518 (4) Item number; 2210278 KB-TZ2 5/8x4 314 SS304 Maximum installation torque. 421 in.lb Hole diameter in the base material. 0.625 in. Hole depth in the base material: 4.750 in. Minimum thickness of the base material: 7.625 in. Hilti 0, 518 (4) Kvvik Bolt TZ2 - SS 304 with 4 in nominal embedment depth per Technical data , Hammer drilled installation per MPll Coordinates Anchor in.. Anchor X Y C, c.X c.Y c-Y 1 0.000 0.0100 118.000 18.000 96.000 5.500 Input data and results imust he chnaked for nonformily with Ire nxishng condihnns and for plausibflily? P'ROFIS Engineering ( c I 20�03,2025 Hilt! AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilt is a registered Trademark of Hilb AG, Schaar 6 Agreement No. 7588 Structural Calculations B. HVAC Media Room Agreement No. 7588 ]if -sif I en 6 a I -Com nwrvikd- IN iq I u5tria I MURASHIGE & ONISHI Structural !Eing?-'neers 14426 SOUTH RAYMOND AVENUE GARDENA, CALIFORNIA 90247 TEL: (310) 819-8185 E-MAIL: bob@Onishi-Engr.com CITY OF EL SEGUNDO CITY HALL MEDIA ROOM HVAC UPGRADE 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 JCCA Job Number: 24042-4 M&O Job Date: February 28, 2025 M&O Job number: MO-2502-121 INDEX TO CALCULATIONS Plan. Roof framing plan (showing area of work) ...... I Equipment anchorage criteria .............................. E I thru. E4 Equipment anchorage design ............................... E5 Roof joist check ................................................... FRI References Equipment information F"'stablisfied 1970 SCOPE OF WORK HVAC design for basement media room, Structural work includes installation of new heat pump unit on the roof of the existing building. REFERENCES Original structural drawings prepared by Marion J. Varner & Associates Arc & Engineering, dated November 1975. MURASHIGE & ONISHI ENGINEERING CO., INC. Structural Engineers 5800 Hannum Avenue, Suite A220 Culver City, CA 90230-6558 SHEET NO. CALCULATED BY, CHECKED BY_ SCALE Agreement No. 7588 OF DATE DATE Ppr)ni W.T ryM .......... . . . . ..... . ...... USGS web serwces vvere down I 'Or sorne pe6m,'of time and aa �esuft this too11"asn't opelationa,9 �,Tpeg7,N,j 9, ,,7��88 SGSwlh sev�ces we now opera so this toN shoukl w-0( as expected,. El Segundo City Hall 350 Main St, El Segundo, CA 90245, USA Latitude, Longitude: 33.9205474, -118.4154266 W Pine Ave E Pine Ave E Pine Ave 'D Segundo Parks & Recreatbn',:' ue 1_lIlerfly CoffeE,r B lE E Holly Ave G o o d S L f f E I S e g u ri d o Grand Ave Me g G�e W Grand Ave VB Map data (D2025 Date 3/3/2025, 4:46:59 PM Design Code Reference Document ASCE7-16 Risk Category 11 Site Class D - Default (See Section 11.4.3) Type Value Description Ss 1.872 MCER ground motion, (for 0.2 second period) S, 0,661 MCER ground motion. (for 1.0s period) Sms 2.246 Site -modified spectral acceleration value SMI null -See Section,l1�4".ASite-modified spectral acceleration value SDS 1.497 Numeric seismic design value at 0.2 second SA SDI ) -7 4"? null -See Section ly,4( Numeric seismic design value at 1.0 second SA .8 01 Type Value Description SDC null -See Section 1 A 'g V Seismic design category F, 1.2 Site amplification factor at 0.2 second Fv null -See Section 11,A8 Site amplification factor at 1.0 second PGA 0.808 MCEG peak ground acceleration FPGA 1.2 Site amplification factor at PGA PGAM 0,969 Site modified peak ground acceleration T� 8 Long -period transition period in seconds SsRT 1.872 Probabilistic risk -targeted ground motion. (0.2 second) SsUH 2.073 Factored uniform -hazard (2% probability of exceedance in 50 years) spectral acceleration 3sD 2.434 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (0.2 second) S1RT 0.661 Probabilistic risk -targeted ground motion. (1.0 second) S1UH 0.736 Factored uniform -hazard (2% probability of exceedance in 50 years) spectral acceleration. S1D 0.836 Factored deterministic acceleration value. (1.0 second) Agreement No. 7588 &�� r��r+ r�'^ ' '_~ —'~~ Hazards `~,~ Report Standard: ASCBSB7-1G Latitude: 33.920455 Risk Category: || Longitude: -118.41633 Soil Class: D - Default (see Elevation: 114.86884857737783ft Section 11.4.3) (NAVD88) ^ n � 3 ' � � 7 a �s .. ~ u r Results: Wind Speed 94Vmph 10'yoarK4R| 65Vmph 25-yearK40 71 Vmph 50'yoarK4R| 76Vmph 100-yearyWR| 81Vmph Data Source: ASCE/SB 7'16. Fig. 2G.5-1Band Figs. CC.2'1—CC.2-4. and Sootimn2G.5.2 Date Accessed: Mon Mar 032O25 Value provided is 3-second gust wind speeds at 33 ft above ground for Exposure C Category, based on linear interpolation between contours. Wind speeds are interpolated in accordance with the 7-16 Standard. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (annual exceedance probability 0.00143.K4R|=700yeam). Site is not in a hurricane -prone region as defined in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.2. reement No. (bbb PROJECT: El Segundo City Hall PAGE: 25-4 44 26S A c km,i. (A �W"� 1,' CLIENT DESIGN BY: IeL (3 I O} 19 "') S " Erk b'A'%"' ()n,'hin 'c"'n JOB NO.: MO-2502-121 DATE: 2/28/2025 REVIEW BY: Wind Load, on Roof Screen / Roof Equipment, Based on ASCE 7-22 INPUT DATA & DESIGN SUMMARY BASIC WIND VELOCITY V = 94 mph, (151.28 kph) EXPOSURE TYPE (B, C, D) == > C SCREEN TOP ELEVATION H = 17 ft, (5. IBM) HEIGHT OF STRUCTURE (< 60 ft) h = 15 ft, (4.57 m, ASCE 7-22 26.10.2) BUILDING WIDTH B = 50 ft, (15.24 M) BUILDING LENGTH L = 50 ft, (15.24 M) SCREEN VERTICAL SIZE E = 2 ft, (0.61 M) VERTICAL PROJECTED AREA Af = 5 ft' ( 0.47 M2) HORIZONTAL PROJECTED AREA A, = 4 ft' ( 0.37 M2) TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR Kzt = I Flat, (26.8 & Table 26.8-1) tiw Out -of -plane load for screen design P = 31.4 psf, Horizontal (1504 NIM 2) Fh = 0.157 kips, Horizontal F, (0.7 kN) 0.099 kips, Vertical (0.4 kN) IND ANALYSIS t-of-clane wind force for screen design (ASCE 7-22. 29.4. 1 Fh = PAj = q,KaGC,A-j = (0.00256K, K _,V2 )KdGC,A.I-= ( 31.4 psf)Af = 0.157 kips, Horizontal Where: G Cr = Maxi Min[ 2 - Af / (B h), 1.91, 1.01 = 1.90 , (ASCE 7-22 Eq. 29.4-2) h, = 16 ft, centroid height of the screen B h = 750 ft2, building side area (ASCE 7-22 Eq. 29,4-2) Kz = 0.86 (ASCE 7-22 Tab. 26.10-1) Kd = 0.85 (ASCE 7-22 26.6) K. = 1 , (ASCE 7-22 Tab. 26.9-1) F, = PA, = q,KaGC,A, = (0.00256K,K,, V2 ) K,,GC,A, = ( 24.8 psf) Ar 0.099 kips, Vertical Where : G Cr = Max{ Min[ 2 - Ar / (B L) , 1.51, 1.01 = 1.50 , (ASCE 7-22 Eq. 29.4-3) B L = 2500 ft2, building side area (ASCE 7-22 Eq, 294-3) Wind Load P MURASHIGE & ONISHI ENGINEERING CO., INC. Structural Engineers 14426 South Raymond Avenue Gardena, CA 90247 VVI/VAte ow Q;v JOB SHEET NO. OF 2 11 1�tl CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY SCALE V fly;' . . .. . ... ..... .... RM D PRODUCT 207 MURASHIGE & ONISHI ENGINEERING CO., INC. Structural Engineers 14426 South Raymond Avenue Gardena, CA 90247 JOB ZOO SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY SCALE 47- fv"E"w i56?wr ....... .. . < .. . ........ .. . . .......... ....... DATE D PRODUCT207 Agreement No. 7588 EQUIPMENT INFORMATION Installation Instruction r-7111' V' -�; Fig. I — Sizes 09K to 36K NOTES: Read the entire instruction manual before starting the installation. Images are for illustration purposes only. Actual models may differ slightly. TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................2 ACCESSORIES.. ................ ___ .......................................... _ .... ...... 10 INSTALLATION .......... ....... ........................................ ................. I I DIMENSIONS..................... ........................................................... .11 CLEARANCES ................................................................................ 15 A. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION.............................................16 B. REFRIGERANT CONNECTION INSTRUCTIONS .................21 C. WIRING INSTRUCTION...........................................................23 D. AIR EVACUATION ...................................... ....... ... ____ .... 26 E. TEST RUN. .... .................................... ___ ...... ......... ............ 27 CARE AND MAINTENANCE ........................................................27 TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................... ....... __ .... ....... .... 28 ERRORCODES ........... _ ............ - ............ .................... .... ___ ....... 28 DUCTLESS START-UP CHECKLIST - Single Zone ....................29 Specifications subject to change without notice. 37MARAQ: Installation Instructions INSTALLATION Agreement No. 7588 Prior to Installation Before installing the indoor unit, ensure the compatibility with the outdoor unit using the product data as a reference. It is also necessary to confinn the proper application of the equipment and to perform a heat load calculation for proper sizing. DIMENSIONS • A location which is convenient to installation and not exposed to strong winds. • A location which can bear The weight of the outdoor unit and where the outdoor unit can be mounted in a level position. • A location which provides appropriate clearances (see Fig. 6), • Allow sufficient space for airflow and service of the unit. See Fig. 6 for the required minimum distances between the unit or walls. NOTE: DO NOT install the indoor or outdoor units in a location with special environmental conditions. For those applications, contact your Ductless representative. Table 5 - Dimensions and Weights SYSTEM SIZE 12K 9K, 12K 18K 24K 30K 36K (115 V) (208/230 V) (208/230 V) (208/230V) (208/230 V) (208/230 V) (208/230 V) Height (H) ( in MM) 21.85(555) 21.85 (555) 21.85(555) 26.50(673) 31.89(810) 31,89(810) 31.89 (810) Width (W) ( in MM) 30.12(765) 30.12(765) 30.12(765) 35.04(890) 37.24(946) 37.24(946) 37.24(946) Depth (D) ( in MM) 11.93(303) 11.93(303) I 11.93(303) I 13.46(342) 16.14(410) 16.14 (410) 16.14(410) I Weight - Net Ibs. (kg) 64.6(29.3) 62.17 (28.2) I 62.17 (28.2) I 92.59(42) 122.14 (55.4) I 142.86 (64.8) 150.36 (68.2) I Manufacturer reserves the right to change, at any time, specifications and designs without notice and without obligations. 11 Agreement No. 7588 APPENDIX D City Construction and Demolition Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP) Form Agreement MN75WIONS City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Construction and Demolition Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP) PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS (including MUNICIPAL ROAD CONSTRUCTION, OVERLAY, SIDEWALK REPAIR OR LAND CLEARING PROJECTS) INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to the California Green Building Code of 2016 (2016 CALGreen), the City of El Segundo requires diversion (repurposed, reused, or recycled) of at least 65% of non -hazardous construction and demolition (C&D) debris from Public Works projects. A C&D Waste Management Plan must be submitted to the Public Works Department for municipal projects or projects on public property. The contents of this packet, when completed, constitute a C&D Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP). This packet is designed to track the amount of C&D debris diverted or disposed from your City -related (i.e. Public Works) project. If you believe your project cannot achieve the required diversion, you must complete and submit Form PW-D, the EXEMPTION REQUEST form, to the City (i.e. your Project Manager) explaining the circumstances, and requesting an exemption from the requirements. Step 1: Complete Forms PW-A and PW-B Form PW-A is the PROJECT INFORMATION form. This form asks for basic project information, such as name, type, description, location, and contractor contact information. Form PW-B is the PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET form. This form asks for estimated amounts of debris that will be generated by the project. Option 1: If you are electing to contract with hauler(s) from the Authorized Hauler list who will handle recycling compliance on your behalf, complete Form PW-B (short form). Option 2: If you will be handling all waste management activities (through direct hauling or use of own bins), complete Form PW-B1. Estimate the weight of the C&D debris, by material type, that will be recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed and/or transformed from your project. You must complete either Form PW-B or PW-B1. Step 2: Submit Forms to Public Works Forms PW-A and PW-B (or PW-B1) must be submitted to your Public Works Project Manager and approved prior to commencing work. Step 3: Complete POST -PROJECT SUMMARY - FORM PW-C At least 5 business days prior to contractor requesting release of final project retention, submit a completed FORM PW-C to your Public Works Project Manager. *NOTE* A FACILITY INFO list showing nearby companies that accept C&D materials for recycling is included in this packet. This list was developed to assist you in finding local facilities to use as an alternative to disposal. If you use a certified mixed C&D processing facility, your project will meet the diversion requirements. There are authorized haulers that do business in El Segundo. The HAULER LIST showing companies that are authorized to collect solid waste inEl Segundo is included in this packet. You must use one of these haulers if contracting for waste removal service. For your convenience, there are electronic versions of the forms that will automatically calculate waste generation, disposal, and diversion based on the data entered. Rev.12/4/2020 Agreement No. 7938O PW-A City of El Segundo El of Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Project Name: Contractor Name: Date: PW Project Manager_ PW Project Name: FORM PW-A - PROJECT INFORMATION Submit this form to the Public Works Department prior to commencing your project I for all municipal projects subject to compliance, or projects on public property. Project Address / Location: Mailing Address: Ofc Phone No.: City / State / Zip: Cell No: Email: Project Type: Mark appropriate box in each column with an "X": F-1 Road (construction, overlay, repair) F-1 Facility Improvement (renovation, alteration, or addition) l USE FORMS PROVIDED BY EL SEGUNDO COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPT F-1 Land Clearing (trail, grading, etc.) F-1 Other Estimated Project Start Date: Estimated Project End Date: Request for Exemption: F-1 (If you are requesting an exemption, fill out Form PW-D: Exemption Request) To the best of my knowledge, the above information is an accurate representation of the proposed project. I have been made aware of the 2016 CALGreen requirements and will comply with all requirements. Print Name Title Signature PW OFFICE USE ONLY -Approval Status F-1 Approved F-1 Denied F-1 Further Explanation Needed F-1 Exempt Due to Infeasibility Reviewed By Date Date Rev. 12/4/2020 2 Agreement No. 7MB PW-B . City of El Segundo ® Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Date: PW Project Manager: PW Project Name: FORM PW-B - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS This form must be completed and approved or a demolition / building permit will not be issued. Instead of completing a detailed accounting of the types and quantities of C&D debris that will be generated from this project (FORM PW-131), you have the option to select one of El Segundo's authorized waste haulers. These haulers can handle your project's debris in such a way as to comply with CALGreen standards. If you elect this option, please specify which authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) you will be using and sign the acknowledgement below. El Segundo authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) can be found on the City's website: nj.;jl�as.;// .::. lls u, irn tl.?....airg .? ;irirnirim, ,ir UO...2 aitirirneinro..s/ u.�lk�lliic..vv rlks/I.iraslrro..irec clliiirro It is your responsibility to ensure that the hauler knows you are contracting for "C&D Recycling Service" so that the material is properly handled and waste diverted. You need to obtain weight tickets from the hauler indicating the type and weight of the material collected. In order to comply with the requirements of the WM P, I will contract with the following hauler(s): Hauler: I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities which receive debris from this project and that I will submit a Post -Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least 5 business days prior to final inspection. Print Name Signature Date Rev.12/4/2020 Agreement No. 75WW-B1 �f® City of El Segundo 11 �mk Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Date: PW Project Manager: PW Project Name: FORM PW-B1 - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS [This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned bins/trucks for disposition of material] This form must be completed and approved or a demolition / building permit will not be issued. In the table below, list estimated weight or cubic yards of debris that will be generated, recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed, and/or transformed by this project. You must include all recyclers, salvage companies, recycle facilities, mixed -use material recovery facilities, landfills, and/or transformation facilties that will be used for the project. List of materials to be generated from the project: ex. wood, metal, concrete, asphalt, drywall, cardboard, mixed C&D debris, etc. TONS Reused/Salvaged/Donated Ex.: Habitat for Humanity, Thirft Stores, regrind onsite, reuse fixtures, reuse dirt/concrete/asphalt Recycled A facility that accepts 100% recyclable materials to be turned into other products. Delivered to Mixed C&D Recycling Facilties that recover some materials for recycling Disposed/Landfilled/Transformed Transfer station, landfill, orSERRF Generated (total of above) CUBIC YARDS Facilities to be Used I or my company elect not to use an authorized hauler because I or my company own containers (bins or roll -off boxes) Initial Here and/or dump vehicles and will not be contracting for debris removal services. I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities Initial Here which receive debris from this project and that I will submit a Post -Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least 5 business days prior to final inspection. Print Name Signature Date Rev. 12/4/2020 3-A Agreement No. 7518& 1w-c City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310)524-2300 Form PW-C - Post Project Summary Project Name: Project Address: Contractor Name: Project Number: Project Manager: Date: This form must be submitted to the Public Works Department at least 5 business days prior to project finalization. Provide facility name, material, and total tonnage disposed and/or diverted. Documentation must be attached (i.e. weight tickets). If an approved mixed waste processing facility was used, a report by the facility for this project is preferred. Return the completed form to the Public Works Department. You may use additional sheets if necessary. If you used one of the City's authorized haulers or facilities, complete this section, then skip to the SIGNATURE section below. I used (List haulers and/or facilities that were used) to meet the recycling requirements. Weight tickets are attached. I. FACILITIES Please list all facilities (i.e. landfill and/or transformation, recycling/reuse/salvage, mixed C&D debris processing, materals recovery) used for this FACILITY NAME TONS DELIVERED TONS DIVERTED TONS DISPOSED DIVERSION RATE 1 2 3 4 Other (reused on site) TOTALS (A) (B) (C) Please enter disposal and diversion totals for each item below, according to letter. Totals reported must match those listed in Section I: TOTAL GENERATED (A) TOTAL DIVERTED(B) TOTAL DISPOSED(C) OVERALL PROJECT DIVERSION RATE Ov00% % (B/A)-100 To the best of my knowledge, the above information is an accurate representation of the disposition of the construction and demolition materials generated on the jobsite. I understand that the City of El Segundo may audit disposal and recycling documentation for this project. Print Name Signature PW OFFICE USE ONLY Diversion Requirement Met: Yes No Exemption: = Yes No Reviewed and Approved by: Date: Rev.12/4/2020 4 Agreement No. 7580 PW-D Project Name: Contractor Name: Project Number: City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310)524-2300 Form PW-D - Exemption Request Project Address: Project Manager: Date: If it is infeasible for you to comply with all of the requirements set forth by the Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Form and you are requesting an infeasibilty exemption, please use the following space to explain why your project should be considered exempt from recycling requirements. PW OFFICE USE ONLY Exemption Approved: Yes No Reviewed by: Date: Rev.12/4/2020